Parallel Universes and TimeTravels

(in english and in russian)

Our Journey from the Source back to the Source

George and I designed this Symbolic Diagram of Perpetual Wheel of Balance, (which is a very approximate picture) ! This is how Robert Monroe witnessed it! The picture is showing how each one of us (A and B, for instance), as small pieces of Balance (Soul), entered one of the Apertures and started the long Journey down from the highest Level of Consciousness to the lowest for humans (the 3rd physical Level) and soon we are about to start moving up again! There are 2 circular Channels: one is going down and everyone is moving down one by one along this Channel! Another half of the Circle is another Channel and everyone is going up one by one (when they are ready), till they enter the Aperture in a form of a Sun (Total Self) and merge with the Source of Creative Force!  Some can complete the Circle faster than others, then the order of A and B will change.

While moving down Level by Level, you leave a group of You, called Higher Self, on every Level (except 4th and 3rd). When you are moving up Level by Level, you will be collecting your Missing Parts (your Higher Selves) from every Level! But when you merge with your Higher Self on the highest Level, you become a Total Self, a Sun, then you enter the Source through the Aperture, which is shown above! You will join the endless Chain of Suns (huge pieces of Balance). There you will have a few choices. One of them is to become a Sun in a Newly Created Universe; another choice is to split into small pieces of Balance, so they can also start an independent Journey someday! On this picture A is following the Chain, but B  decided to split. On that Level there are other choices! For instance: you can choose to participate in wrapping up Old Universes or designing and building up New Universes!

HS - stands for Higher Self. There are No Higher Selves on 3rd physical Level and 4th non-physical One, because they are not balanced, but all Higher Selves are balanced! The Higher Selves start appearing from 10th Level till 5th One! Law of Attraction has no meaning in those higher Levels (from 11 to 5 Levels), because they are balanced, there are no separate positive or negative energies. Law of Attraction works only in unbalanced Levels, lower, than 5th Level of Consciousness!

PP - stands for Parallel Personalities of us (Alters), which we create while playing the Planetary Game! Reptilians and other negative aliens, as well as Jews are the negative part of us, our Parallel Personalities, but negative energy is part of Balance!


You are not Your Physical Body; You are Not the Physical Matter: You are White Sun Energy! And Everything what happened to You, happened for One Good Reason: to Merge Your Energy with the Energies of Others, with the Energies of Earths, with the Energies of Universes! The Mixed Energy is the Final Product of all Universal, Galactic and Planetary Games.  Lydia Monroe

There is some interesting information about Parallel Universes on this link. Below is an extract from the book of D. Cannon:


"...you perceive three dimensions visually.
That is height, width and depth.  And your scientists assume, that the fourth dimension is Time, to take up the space of the rest of the object, that you know is there, but you cannot directly see, since light travels in a straight line on your level of existence. Out of convenience your wise men have labeled these dimensions: the first, second, third and fourth dimensions, assuming that is all there is. From their limited understanding of the nature of the Universe and their limited understanding of the mathematics involved, this is sufficient to work out their equations. However, there are many different ways of perceiving reality, many different ways of experiencing “what is”. And each of these different ways contain and involve various dimensions. These various dimensions are not necessarily length, width, depth and Time. These labels apply to but four dimensions, when there are really many dimensions. Do you understand so far? (Yes) The various combinations of these different dimensions contain various branches of the Mega-Universe, that I have described to you before. Do you remember about the Universe and how it’s always branching off and dividing and weaving together due to the nature of Time?

D: Yes. And then the Parallel Universes are all interweaving together?
B: Exactly. These Parallel Universes not only involve the same dimensions, with which you are familiar, but also other Parallel Universes, that are involving with all the other dimensions, that you have no way of perceiving. These other Universes also contain intelligent life, higher life forms, who are also working through the Circle of Evolution. The Beings in some of these Universes are much more advanced, than you are, spiritually, mentally and intellectually. Consequentially, many of them have discovered a way to travel from their Universe to your Universe by using certain wondrous devices, to alter the dimensions they are perceiving. And by altering the dimensions they perceive into dimensions you perceive, it automatically puts them in your Universe. It’s hard to explain. Consequentially, that is why they are said to be from different dimensions. Because their Universe occupies the same space, so to speak, as your Universe with a different set of dimensions, so that nothing collides...That which you consider to be part of the dimension called “Time”, actually encompasses several dimensions (vibrations-frequencies, LM). Your World and Universe does not contain just four dimensions. It is composed of many more dimensions than that, but the others are lumped under the label you call “Time”. That is why strange things often happen, which are inexplicable, due to the nature of these various dimensions interacting with each other, which you perceive as one dimension (vibration-frequency, LM). Therefore it’s conflicting, nonsensical and confusing to you sometimes.
The various natures of these various dimensions, which you call “Time” are these extra dimensions. You are capable of perceiving them, but your scientists try to rationalize them away. However your body is equipped to perceive them, and it is this perception of these other dimensions, that gives rise to what you have labeled “psychic powers”. These psychic powers are not anything extraordinary. They are along the same lines of your being able to perceive depth, length, width. These psychic powers are your tuning into these other dimensions, that you have lumped under the Concept of Time...
"

Mysterious Structures Balloon From Milky Way's Core (they are not mysterious at all! LM)

Many people still don't know the meaning of Violet Bubbles growing in the Central Black Hole of our Galaxy. We created a symbolic Diagram out of this picture for people to understand the meaning of it better (especially for those, who doesn't know English well enough) and it is below! What you see is our Galaxy, Milky Way and two huge Violet Bubbles with small Violet Balls in them near Central Black Hole. These Violet Balls represent the Planets with population, who have been achieving the Violet Vibration (like our Planet) and will be participating in the Galactic Shift of Consciousness together with us! There are many such Planets in our Galaxy, which have been gathering near Central Black Hole, but those Planets, which have much lower Vibration are checking out of this physical level one after another! They have been moving to other physical Universes or to 4th Level of Consciousness of our Universe and this process will continue till last ! That's why these Bubbles are growing! This is a natural process, which follows the Universal Flow! Because our Planet Earth and us have been prepared to play the Role of a Trigger for the Galactic Shift to start, we placed our Planet at the top of the upper Violet Bubble! Inside out Violet Planet there are tiny Violet Circles, which are symbolising humans of superfast Violet Vibration (500 millions of them)! Planet Earth with us will be leading the rest of the Galaxy towards 5th Level of Consciousness!



ANNOUNCEMENT: This page has been modified to be viewable on Mobile devices

Важное Сообщение - эта Страница  на русском и английском и теперь может быть просмотрена на мобильных телефонах !


Link to Site Map listing other articles, books and useful websites:  SITE MAP

LIST OF SECTIONS ON THIS PAGE
(TO GO QUICKLY TO DESIRED SECTION, CLICK ON ITS HEADING IN THIS LIST)

СПИСОК СЕКЦИЙ С НАЗВАНИЯМИ НА ЭТОЙ СТРАНИЦЕ
(ЧТОБЫ БЫСТРО ТУДА ПОПАСТЬ, НАЖМИТЕ НА ТУ, КОТОРАЯ ВАМ НУЖНА):


Migrants from a Parallel Earth

Dark Flow of Galaxies

Handbook for the New Paradigm

Thoughts Energy

Description of the Shift of the Universal Proportions

Welcome to Fourth Density

Universal Changes

Androgynous Being

R. Monroe's 2 important meetings

Four Universal Laws

About Balance

12th Density New Beings

More Details about Planetary and Universal Shifts

Our Universe is alive Being

More about Creative Force

Creation of Earth and Planetary Game

The Original Timeline

Incomplete copies of our Total Selves

The Catastrophe of Our Universe

Статьи на русском

R.Monroe's example of one of Parallel Realities

Cities of the 4th Density

Seth about Parallel Realities

How We Create Universes

Dolores Cannon's  Explanation of “PARALLEL UNIVERSES"

Uni-Anti-Multi-Verse

Black Holes

Parallel Realities

Dark Matter

Large Hadron Collider

Worm Holes and Time Machines

How Time Travel Will Work

UFO Phenomenology

Antimatter

Communication between Densities

Strange Portal Connects Crust of Earth to Sun

Teleportation

Transfer of Energy Through Time and Coupling (link) of Parallel Universes

Implosion of Parallel Realities

The Explanation of Densities



There are many added pictures on links :

Fun and Entertainment

Old Funny Pictures

Black Holes

New Earth and Old Earth

and there are many unusual anomalous photos added to:   Anomalous Events

Rainbow Corona of the Sun in Violet Sky!


Content of Video - Robert Monroe's Out of Body Experiences
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CBii06UyWwY

"...Question: What did we come to learn (on Earth, LM)?
R. Monroe: You came to learn a measurement system, this is a system of opposites, of polarities and we quickly give them labels like positive, negative, bad, good. These kind of things we learn. This measurement system is very important: we learn it, this system of measurements, and the great system of measurements, that we learn is pain-pleasure and we know: how in the world could you know pleasure, if you didn't experienced pain?
The most boring thing, that you could do is to have a very even life with no pain and no pleasure. You couldn't stand it. You've got to have this and we search for those pain and pleasure things. We go out of our way to do it. So if you think in terms of the whole concept of living here to learn measurements. Now that is the first.
The second is very interesting, is that you learn to manipulate energy. I move my arms like this, my hands. I move my eyes and so on. I am using, I am manipulating energy. To do that, that is the use of 5 or 6 types of energy, to let me move my arm. We learn this very automatically. And I can tell you from the deep personal experience, that simple ability, that we take so much for granted of a learning to manipulate energy, is increasingly valuable in other energy systems. You'd be amazed how much value, that we take in our odinary things. Keeping your balance for example. We automatically learn how to stay in balance in this groovidic (deeply satisfying) pattern?
(Alex Collier was saying how much energy was supplied to us from our Higher Selves to learn to manipulate that energy in 3D Worlds, LM).

But over there it's wonderful. You can use these kind of things. So these are 2 Key things. But important thing of all: we came and we come here to learn and acquire an intellect. It's strange. An intellect we acquire. Intelligence is not enough of the word. An intellect and analitical ability. We come here to learn, that we use the metaphor (abstract) left brain. We learn to acquire left brain by living here and being here. That's the real valuable tool, that we come and pick up. So you think, that combination puts together a Being, that is a Super Being. And that's true, except that terrible thing that happens, they say 'on the way to the store'. We think we come and learn this and we think, that I go and take off and go back to where we came from. And I can say without any equivocation (misleading). No resevation, no conditioning, that everything, that little is not much, I assure you I might achieved so far, is totally due to the imposition (a tax) of my intellect upon what was taking place. Instead of just flying around in OBE state and I knew it wouldn't kill me. I got curious. What's going on here? What is this, that is taking place? That was the difference. That brought the whole thing into focus, into patterns, getting my analitical abilities and work at it. And any what little growth is due to that. Now the funny thing is that is so and so, now we gather all these things. We gather an intelect, a measurement knowledge, an application of energy. We all,
as I like to put it, are going Home (Your Home Planet ! LM)  with all these bags full of Goodies, as it were to take Home and show the local boys how much you've learned and what you could do! The only problem is, that when we do this, we forget, that something has happened, as again 'on the way to the store', that we don't expect. What's that? Well, if you know about that, then you can have fun. When you don't know about that, then it gets dangerous and as we become addicted to being a human and so after we exit this particular life sojourn (temporary stay), we say, instead of going Home, and what I call having 'ESCAPE VELOCITY' to go Home, something's happened in living that life. We've picked up a 'LOAD FACTOR'. There was a friction along the way and that represented, and so instead of moving out and having 'ESCAPE VELOCITY', we start turning around that, and that's our decision, noone else's. That's an important thing: our decision!
We say: "Well, I think I'll go back just once more and next time I think I'll be a male instead of a female. That ought be more fun. Just once more and then I'll go home. So what happens is: instead of moving this way, we loop around and go back being human again. And go back and have another human experience, another lifetime. And we come out again, but this time we've already had a great load factor, don't you see? We've slowed down little more. We haven't got the speed, that we did. We have a greater load and so we now are in orbit and we have a decaying orbit, because we come out around orbit like this, instead of going on. We say: "Oh, I've got to go back, because I've never seen Paris and I'd like to go to Paris for once in my life and I'd like this. What purpose to go back and live again, so that I can go to Paris and I've heard so much about it and I want to go to Paris and live again, so I can go to Paris. And, as you can see, each time you are picking up in each succeeding lifetime a greater load factor, so as you go through this, your orbit decays more and more. As you go through this living your successive lives, until you get locked tighter and tighter and tighter. Until you got in being human so tight, that you forget, where you came from. You've lost all of the desire to even depart and go Home. You've lost it all, because this is so overwhelmingly addictive, that you can't think of anything else, but this Time-Space physical matter, all the things, that take place in that, and, no matter how hard you try, you can't get away from it. The reason being...There is no Law, but when you 'die' and, instead of going Home, you make the decision. There is no Law to say :" You have to stay here. You are the one, who says: "I got to go back, I didn't eat enough steaks; I didn't have enough strawberries; I didn't have enough children." And all these kind of things; or I didn't have enough sex. Anyway, that's how we are locked in being human. In so doing. In so doing this, now the next trick is: what happens? Well, why don't we recognize this more and more? Because we are so deeply addicted, so we developed an excuse, which you call a belief systems to rationalize this process. And when it's all done in this, so called, traffic in human terms: this is the difference! As a result, somewhere along the way you begin to find cracks in the belief systems.
You begin to find the reasons, that don't work quite well. That's the analitical thing coming into us. As you say, wait a minute, something's wrong here, this way doesn't work out: 2 makes 6? No, no, try again! You begin to find out, that there are some holes in the cracks. That's when you begin to regrow and begin to see, that successively you begin to start on your way out again. And you begin to have a higher and higher orbit, as you learn more in this successive lives, and, finally, you've got 'ESCAPE VELOCITY' and then you do go Home. And that's what is all about.

Q: Bob, are these very provocative ideas the result of your own analitical human mind or is this information come from some source outside of your human mind?
R. Monroe: Oh, well, that's an interesting question. I would say, probably, I can't give you problem to make percentile? It's a combination. Obviously through the years, I've developed a lot of non human friends...

Q: "Bob, would you tell us what this new Goal is?
R. Monroe: Well, it's not quite that simple. The new Goal, that reawakened me out of this, was, as happens, I met another (non-physical) friend and this other friend I gave another type of name, simply because of the fact, that I couldn't, how to put it?
I couln't understand him. It's a He-she and I didn't want to use Heshe name again. So what I call this new friend was Inspec, short for Intelligent Species, which meant, that I wasn't an Intelligent Specie. And a very, very deep and warm relationship developed with this non physical Being. And I never saw him in a physical form: he didn't have a form. It was just an energy. And that went on for a number of years, until suddenly, oh I must say: there is another part to that. And I asked where his home was. And he said: "Would you like to go, it's on the way to my home and I would like to show it? Oh, my, yes, please, please!!! So he did and that became my new Goal was to become an Inspec. One of these, because the exquisite. All the things, that we express, that being ideally: Love, Joy, Relationships, all this type of melding and unification was expressed, when I went and just on the edges of this Inspec's Home. It was a beautiful, beautiful Goal to be that and that became my Goal: to grow and be an Inspec. And my plans all shifted to go to that state of being and this Inspec gave me so many different beautiful things, such as escorting me into the Future to see my last time around as being human. This kind of thing. Until one day, one night one afternoon. I've forgotten exactly when. The Inspec, in our particular place, which was outside of Time and Space, said to me:"This is our last meeting." I had a great shock, why? And the Inspec said to me: "Because you are taking another Path. You need to learn along that other Path", and I said: "Well, will we see each other again?" And he says: "Not in this form," and I said: "What have I done?" And he says: "No, you have done nothing wrong, is that you have gone in another direction and you need to learn that other direction, and get back to Basics, before you can go any further." And in that he, the Inspec, winked out like that. He was gone. And I went back maybe, oh, 25 or 30 times to that meeting place and Inspec was never there. He had really disappeared. So that occasion, another depression, but it did trigger my Left Brain Intellect. See, that was the point! It did trigger my Left Brain Intellect.
Basics, what's meant by Basics? And I started tracking down the Basics of what I have missed. And, apparently, I missed something, something very, very important. And so this is needless to go to all the searching, trying to find what I had missed. The Basics. And I went to all the human, than that was already procedures (I couldn't work it out, LM). Took a long time to do. Finally, I came upon this one thing and made the change. And that one thing was, that many years ago or about, perhaps, if we go into Time, I would say somewhere in the 60's, because this consciousness, this I, this Mind, didn't know what to do with this Out-Of-Body activity. I had no idea what to do with this. So what I did was I used a phrase, a term, an idea, that we had a Total Self. I don't like the word 'soul', because it doesn't seem to fit. So I thought, I don't know, what to do with this. To keep conducting experiments and going from Virginia to California was ridiculous, and how many times can you go to Mars and the outer Planets? They are just more of the same. And so, what I did, I finally said: "Wait a minute, the Thing, the Basic, that I'd missed, was: what I've been riding, this Vehicle!?"
In other words, I've been using this Navigator and this Driver and this Vehicle all these years and I am not taking the trouble to find out: who is been doing the driving?! Or, as we in America put: "what is under the hood of the thing, that I'm driving?" And so I did, I began saying: "That is the Basic!"
I opened the whole new pattern of finding out, what that answer was and that's a long thing, but, in turn, moved me in a totally different direction and brought me to the knowledge, that anything, that I could conceive of now as a goal, was inadequate to what the obtions, the availabilities are, after I've Graduated as being Human. And that is the limitation, that I see, that humans place upon. We, and I was a part of it, probably, still am, as a matter of fact, we place upon ourselves by our belief systems. We think, that only certain things, that we can do, after we leave here and our non-physical. We forget this other, very simple patterns, our things are based on local ideas, local ways of thinking, doing our even. What we call is only a very human system of measurement. And here all these things, and they, suddenly, by this process, opened up to me, to discover what is this Graduate Human, the Being, who Graduates from this human system of learning, can be. And that's what I mean, I say: "Go on the Interstate. The Goals are so spectacular, so far Beyond. Anything, that we can even consider. That they are the Prime Targets for that anyone, who has a curiosity, which I do. Prime targets of the scientists is: to get into something, where the real action is. You run out of action in Time-Space: there is a limit ! There is no limit in this, in this whole Spectrum of Consciousness, that I see. That's what I'm talking about. How far is it go? I don't know how far it goes, but I do know one thing, that one of the routes, that you can take (and that was one of my explorations), because I went and explored it to see these potentials. One is, that one route, that you can take and you can see the source of this. This is a lot of the Humankind, we all have yearning and we express it in the desire to go Home. We express it in our going outward, into Infinity, looking for other intelligent life, looking for things out in the Universe, all these kind of things. But the real part of it is, that we really want to do, this Key thing: we are looking for something else. And what we are looking for is: the thing, that built into us in the beginning and that is that. And we express it in our religions, that we would like to go and meet our Maker. Now, all I can tell you is, at the very least, because this can go on for a long, long time. I know how one can get on the Interstate. Go, meet your Maker! And all I want to do, I have not met that Maker yet, but what I would like to do at some point, and that totality of me (and that is another story). We would like to go and (quote) 'not prostate ourselves at the foot of our Maker', but , let's say, to shake that Maker's hand and say: "What a magnificient Engineer he/she is, what a beautiful Designer he is, she is, Heshe and go get into a New Game with the Maker. And that's all we want. And it seems endless options, that you can take. You can become a Maker yourself, if you want. What you learn here is the Basic tools of being a Maker!"


Migrants from Parallel Earth

Migrant crisis: Hungarian army stages border protection exercise - 2 videos

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-34205849
10 Sep 2015
The BBC's Anna Holligan says Hungary police at the border have been given "an impossible task"Hungary's army has begun exercises to prepare for a possible future role in guarding the southern border to try to stem the influx of migrants.
Budapest plans to send soldiers to help police at the border where thousands of migrants arrive from Serbia every day.
A new razor-wire barrier is already being built along the frontier. MPs are expected to vote on stricter border controls later this month.
The plans for militarisation have been criticised by human rights groups.
Meanwhile the authorities in Hungary have been told to expect 40,000 more migrants by next week.
The BBC's Bethany Bell at the Austria-Hungary border reports that hundreds more people have arrived there and that 3,500 had crossed into Austria overnight.
Many migrants are fleeing conflicts in countries like Syria and Libya and are trying to travel through Hungary to Germany, Austria and Sweden - wealthier EU nations with more liberal asylum laws.
In other developments:
Another group of 2,500 migrants boarded a ferry hired by the Greek government early on Thursday morning to transport them from the island of Lesbos to the mainland
Denmark earlier suspended all rail links with Germany and temporarily closed a motorway after police stopped hundreds of migrants trying to reach Sweden at the border. Trains are to resume after some migrants agreed to register in Denmark and others were driven away in cars
The Irish government has announced it will take in 4,000 refugees - the figure includes 1,120 people Ireland has already agreed to receive
The European Commission earlier proposed that 120,000 additional asylum seekers should be shared out between 28 members of the EU
Can EU overcome its rifts?
Europe migrant crisis: Are you affected?
'Intensive work'
The Hungarian army launched the Decisive Action exercises on Wednesday to prepare for its possible new role, pending a vote in parliament.
Migrants at the Hungary-Austria borderImage caption On Thursday morning hundreds more people had arrived at Austria's border with Hungary Migrants sleep on a ferry from Lesbos to mainland Greece. Some 2,500 migrants were put on a ferry from the Greek island of Lesbos to the mainland Migrants walk on the E45 freeway at Padborg, while trying to head to Sweden September 9, 2015. A group of migrants crossed into southern Denmark from Germany, forcing the closure of a motorway
"It is our job to make sure Hungary is defended," Gen Tibor Benko said.
Last month Nils Muiznieks, the Council of Europe Commissioner for Human Rights, criticised the country's plans as "ill-advised", saying "militarisation of borders is [the] wrong answer to migration".
Hungary has recently completed a 175-km (110 mile) razor-wire fence along its border with Serbia, and is building an additional barrier.
Prime Minister Viktor Orban this week pledged to speed up the construction of the new barrier.
However, the measures have so far failed to stop thousands of people getting into the country from Serbia.
Hungary has become a key point on the journey north for the migrants, with more than 150,000 people arriving this year.The BBC's Fergal Keane on Lesbos: "This Europe is a place they have mythologised as a promised land"


Syria war: The plight of internally displaced people

MigrantCrisisSyria.jpg
MigrantCrisisFromSyria.jpg


http://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-34189117
10 Sep 2015
Perhaps the most sobering thing about the pictures of Syrian refugees arriving in Europe is the fact they are just the tip of the iceberg.
The United Nations' refugee agency, the UNHCR, put a number on it last week - they are only 6% of the total fleeing the conflict.
Another four million are languishing in neighbouring countries such as Turkey, Jordan and Lebanon.
And then there is a third figure which dwarfs even that - 7.6 million are displaced inside Syria itself and their plight remains very much out of sight.
The aid community has an acronym for these internal refugees - they are called IDPs or Internally Displaced Persons.
Syria now has more of them than any other country in the world.
Last week, the UN produced a map of Syria with several arrows criss-crossing it.
Those arrows represent the flows of Syrians fleeing violence across different parts of the country in the last six months.
After the takeover of Idlib by rebel forces in March, for example, 230,000 people ended up heading into the surrounding countryside or neighbouring provinces.
Photographs of late brothers Alan and Ghalib Kurdi and their mother displayed outside the home of their aunt Tima Kurdi, in Coquitlam, British Columbia, on 4 September 2015. Alan Kurdi's family had tried to move inside Syria before making its fateful trip outside the country's borders
Many will have been forced to move multiple times because the battle lines have kept changing - pushing people one way and then another.
The family of three-year-old Alan Kurdi, for example, had tried moving around Syria before they finally decided to leave.
They had moved from the Syrian capital, Damascus, to Aleppo and then to Kobane.
"Generally, people try to find solutions within their own countries first," says Erin Mooney who is an expert in displacement and who has worked in Syria.
"Often they want to stay close to their homes to keep an eye on their property, perhaps hoping they'll one day move back. Now, though, the conflict is into its fifth year and people are becoming much more desperate."
But not everyone will have the option of moving across a border into a foreign country.
Some will have lost their documents, so foreign travel is inevitably hard.
Others have become besieged in areas which once were deceptively safe.
A Syrian refugee looks out of train window on arrival at the train station in Celle, Germany. Those refugees who reach Europe often have the means to escape Syria
Very often IDPs are simply poorer than the refugees we have seen reaching the EU's borders.
"The journey to Europe is very cumbersome, and it's not cheap so you have to have a certain level of resources to do it," says Carsten Hansen, Middle East director for the Norwegian Refugee Council.
The conditions facing the displaced inside Syria are hard to illustrate through news agency pictures because these areas are too dangerous for journalists to access.
Even more worrying is the fact that aid agencies and NGOs cannot reach them either, putting them literally beyond help.
Oxford University's Professor Paul Collier, an expert on migration, says it is important that these IDPs are not forgotten just because they have not created a problem for European countries.
"They are obviously more vulnerable because they are still exposed to the violence," he points out.
"Often they can't get out. Refugees are at least relatively safe - unless they are lured onto boats by criminals."
The refugees who flee to safety abroad also have extra legal protection because of the UN's 1951 Refugee Convention which sets out their basic rights.
Those left inside Syria, on the other hand, are still formally under the protection of the Bashar al-Assad government, and for many it is his regime which has been the source of their misery.
Others will have been forced to flee their homes by Islamic State militants, like the 11,000 people recently chased out of Palmyra in May.
Experts describe the day-to-day existence of these internal refugees as being like a hidden purgatory.
Many will be living in makeshift mass shelters. They may not have access to basic amenities like clean water or electricity.
As for medical care, that too will be patchy - the World Health Organization estimates that 57% of Syria's hospitals are now out of action.
Yet helping those left in Syria remains the trickiest task of all facing the world's leaders.
"I think we use up a lot of energy talking about solving the refugee crisis, but far less focus on finding a solution to the conflict itself," says Mr Hansen.
"We need to find a way of stopping the fighting."
For those who have followed the horrors of the Syrian conflict since it began, it makes no sense to only help those who have escaped abroad because - like the Kurdi family - today's "internally displaced person" will be tomorrow's refugee.

Migrant crisis: Australia ups refugee intake and plans Syria strikes - video

AbbottSpeaking.jpg

MigrantCrisis1.jpg
http://www.bbc.com/news/world-australia-34171024
9 September 2015
Australian Prime Minister Tony Abbott. Mr Abbott says all new refugees will undergo health and "character" checks
Australia is to take in thousands more Syrians, amid growing pressure to do more to help those displaced by violence in the Middle East.
Prime Minister Tony Abbott on Wednesday announced that Australia would accept 12,000 Syrians from persecuted minorities.
That is on top of the 13,750 overall intake of confirmed refugees for 2015.
Australia will also expand its role fighting the so-called Islamic State (IS) to include its Syrian strongholds.
The Australian air force has been bombing IS targets in Iraq for about 12 months, but the US last month asked Australia to help pursue targets in Syria. Mr Abbott's announcement is a major policy change. Several days ago he said Australia would take more Syrian refugees, but only as part of existing quota.
Europe is struggling to cope with its worst migrant crisis since World War Two, with tens of thousands crossing European borders.
The European Commission has announced plans to distribute 120,000 asylum seekers among EU member countries, with binding quotas.
When senior Liberal politician, and close colleague of Tony Abbott's, Mike Baird said Australia had to do much more to help refugees, you could almost hear a collective gasp in political circles.
More than any international criticism of Australia's stance on refugees, the New South Wales premier's plea last week to Mr Abbott to "do even more" and "do it now" would surely have weighed heavily on the prime minister's mind.
Similar calls from other Liberal state premiers followed and thousands of Australians took to streets demanding the government help solve the biggest migrant crisis in decades.
Mr Abbott on Wednesday finally took note, announcing what will be one of Australia's biggest intakes of refugees since World War Two.
How will Australia's refugee pledge work?
'Generous response to the emergency'
"This is a very significant increase in Australia's humanitarian intake and it's a generous response to the current emergency," said Mr Abbott told reporters in Canberra.
"Our focus for these new 12,000 permanent resettlement places will be those people most in need of permanent protection - women, children and families from persecuted minorities who have sought temporary refuge in Jordan, Lebanon and Turkey," he said.
In recent days, a number of prominent government members have said Australia should only accept Christians from Syria.
That position has been widely criticised by other political parties, Muslim associations and international charity groups, who say decisions should not be made on the basis of people's religious beliefs.
Mr Abbott said the government was not discriminating, as both Muslim and non-Muslim minorities were being persecuted "and we are prioritising all of them".
Financial aid
Australia will also give A$44m ($32m; £21m) to the UN to directly pay for the support of 240,000 displaced people in countries neighbouring Syria and Iraq.
That would increase Australia's total humanitarian aid to the Syria and Iraq conflicts to A$230m since 2011, Mr Abbott said
Asked why it had taken the government so long to react to mounting public and political pressure, Mr Abbott said he did not want to rush a decision without taking advice.
"I think we are all in the grip of grief, really, as we saw the tragedy unfolding on our television screens [but] the responsibility of government, the responsibility of prime ministers in particular is to act in a measured and considered way," he said.
The government's decision to extend air strikes into Syria, a sovereign state, has been criticised in some quarters. Syria has not, unlike Iraq, asked for international help to fight IS.
Independent MP Andrew Wilkie said on Wednesday the move was illegal, reckless and dangerous.
He said the UN had not approved the air strikes and the government's claim it could make the strikes under "collective self defence" was not true.
Article 51 of the UN charter guarantees "the inherent right of individual or collective self-defence if an armed attack occurs against a member of the United nations".
"As odious as [Syrian president Bashar al-Assad] is, Syria does not pose a threat to any other country," Mr Wilkie said.


Migrant crisis: People treated 'like animals' in Hungary camp - video

MigrantCrisisBorderHungary.jpg (3)
http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-34216883
11 Sep 2015
Migrants are seen trying to catch food packs tossed into the crowd by police. Footage has emerged of migrants being thrown bags of food at a Hungarian camp near the border with Serbia.
An Austrian woman who shot the video said the migrants were being treated like "animals" and called for European states to open their borders.
The emergency director of Human Rights Watch said the migrants were being held like "cattle in pens".
It comes as Central European ministers again rejected a mandatory quota system for sharing out migrant arrivals.
"We're convinced that as countries we should keep control over the number of those we are able to accept and then offer them support," Czech Foreign Minister Lubomir Zaoralek said at a press conference with his Hungarian, Polish and Slovak counterparts.
The European Commission, with Germany's backing, wants 160,000 asylum seekers a year to be shared out between EU members.
The Central European states had already rejected the plan, even though they would take in far fewer refugees than Germany if the EU backs the proposals.
In recent weeks, tens of thousands of migrants have been desperately trying to make their way to Europe from war-torn Syria and Libya. Many of them travel through Hungary to Germany, Austria and Sweden - wealthier EU nations with more liberal asylum laws.
Hungary in particular has become a key point on the journey north for the migrants, with more than 150,000 people arriving this year.
The footage from Hungary comes from a camp at Roszke, one of the bottlenecks where large numbers of migrants heading north and west have built up.
Migrant carrying a baby crosses the border near Roszke, 11 September 2015. Migrants have been crossing through a gap in the border fence Hungary is building Migrants and tents near Roszke, Hungary, 11 September 2015. They have had to contend with wet weather, with heavy rain falling on Thursday
It was filmed by Michaela Spritzendorfer, the wife of an Austrian Green party politician who was delivering aid to the camp, and Klaus Kufner, a journalist and activist.
"These people have been on a terrible tour for three months," Ms Spritzendorfer told the BBC.
"Most of them have been across the sea now and on the boat and through the forest and they've gone through terrible things and we, as Europe, we keep them there in camps like animals. It's really a responsibility of European politicians to open the borders now."
The lack of support for migrants in Hungary has drawn criticism from activists. Peter Bouckaert, emergency director at Human Rights watch, described the situation at Roszke as "inhumane", saying that migrants were held like "cattle in pens".
At the scene: Anna Holligan, BBC News
The Hungarian refugee camps have become humiliating holding zones for the thousands trying to cross the country's borders. Journalists are banned from entering, but images shared by human rights groups and refugees are disturbing.
The Hungarian government has not yet commented, but the images will fuel the allegations that Hungary is failing to meet the minimum standards for the treatment of migrants, as laid out in the European Convention on Human Rights.
The Council of Europe has reminded member states that people should not be treated like prisoners.
Many of the people I've spoken to, from Raqqa, Idlib and Homs have become numb to violence in Syria, but their treatment in what is supposed to be a place of refuge is hard to bear.
The UN's refugee agency, UNHCR, said it was sending 300 pre-fabricated housing units to Hungary.
There is also a bottleneck at Hungary's border with Austria. Officials said about 8,000 people had crossed into Austria at Nickelsdorf on Thursday and a similar number were expected on Friday.
Existing shelters in the area are full and the army is putting up tents, the BBC's Bethany Bell reports. Exhausted men, women and children are everywhere, some even sleeping on the manicured gardens of Nickelsdorf's neat houses.
With no buses running, and just one packed train departing, some have started walking along the motorway towards Vienna, which police have closed to traffic.
On Wednesday, the Hungarian army started military exercises to prepare for a possible future role in guarding the border and stemming the flow of people - a move criticised by human rights groups.
A new razor-wire barrier is also being constructed along the country's border with Serbia, and Hungary said on Friday that it was increasing the number of troops deployed to build it.
A UNHCR spokesman said the agency was "closely following" Hungary's use of soldiers and expected the authorities "to respect rights of refugees whether they are the police or army".
The authorities in Hungary have been told to expect 40,000 more migrants.


Migrant crisis: Denmark-Germany rail links suspended - 2 videos

MigrantCrisisDenmark2015.jpg
MapStatisticsMigrantCrisis2015.jpg
MapDistributionOfMigrantsGermany2015.jpg


http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-34203366
10 Sep 2015
Migrants walk on the E45 freeway at Padborg, while trying to head to Sweden September 9, 2015. A group of migrants crossed into southern Denmark from Germany, forcing the closure of a motorwayDenmark has suspended all rail links with Germany after police stopped hundreds of migrants at the border. Danish police also closed a motorway between the two countries when some asylum seekers began walking north after being forced off a train.
They say their destination is Sweden.
As the EU struggles with a major migrant crisis, the European Commission has proposed that 120,000 additional asylum seekers should be shared out between members, using binding quotas.
Denmark's DSB rail operator said trains to and from Germany had been suspended for an indefinite period because of exceptional passport checks.
Promise of papers
Two trains carrying more than 200 migrants are being held in Rodby, a major port with ferry links to Germany. Danish police say many migrants are refusing to leave the trains because they do not want to be registered in Denmark.
Police also closed part of the E45 motorway - the main road link between Germany and Denmark - after about 300 migrants left another train and set off on foot towards Sweden near the border town of Padborg.
Sweden has become a top destination for refugees after it promised to issue residency papers to all Syrian asylum seekers.
Denmark's new centre-right government has promised to get tough on immigration. Since its election in June it has slashed benefits for new arrivals and restricted the right to residency. The BBC's Mark Lowen spoke to a family from Iraq who lost their son when a smuggler's boat capsized
About 3,000 migrants have entered the country since the weekend.
Prime Minister Lars Lokke-Rasmussen said Denmark was under pressure as asylum seekers arrive on their way to Sweden.
"This clearly shows that what we are facing right now is not only a refugee problem, it is also a migration problem," he said.
'Dignity'
A surge of migrants fleeing conflict and hardship in Africa and the Middle East has pushed north through Europe over the past few weeks.
Many of those escaping the civil war in Syria have travelled from Turkey across the sea to Greece, through Macedonia and Serbia, and then to Hungary from where they aim to reach northern Europe. EC President Jean-Claude Juncker:
"I'm strongly in favour of allowing asylum seekers to work and to earn... whilst their applications are being processed"
On Wednesday European Commission President Jean-Claude Juncker announced plans for a "swift, determined and comprehensive" response through a quota system.
In a "state of the union" annual address, he said tackling the crisis was "a matter of humanity and human dignity".
Among Mr Juncker's proposals:
EU member states to accept their share of an additional 120,000 refugees, building upon proposed quotas to relocate 40,000 refugees which were set out in May (though governments then only actually agreed to take 32,000)
A permanent relocation system to "deal with crisis situations more swiftly in the future"
Commission to propose list of "safe countries" to which migrants would generally have to return
Efforts to strengthen the EU's common asylum system
A review of the so-called Dublin system, which states that people must claim asylum in the state where they first enter the EU
Better management of external borders and better legal channels for migration
"It's 160,000 refugees in total that Europeans have to take into their arms and I really hope that this time everyone will be on board," Mr Juncker told the European Parliament.
The new plans would relocate 60% of those now in Italy, Greece and Hungary to Germany, France and Spain.
The numbers allocated to each country would depend on GDP, population, unemployment rate and asylum applications already processed.
Countries refusing to take in migrants could face financial penalties.
Syrian refugees stuck on the Greek island of Lesbos speak of their misery
Next steps for EU leaders:
14 Sept: Special meeting of EU interior ministers on refugee crisis, with Juncker proposals on agenda
15-16 Oct: EU leaders' summit, with refugee crisis high on agenda. European Parliament then to decide on any new asylum measures with EU governments
Early 2016: EU proposals for better management of legal migration to EU due
Spain on Wednesday said it would accept a quota of almost 15,000 extra migrants migrants set by the EU.
However, Mr Juncker's proposals was criticised by both the Czech Republic and Slovakia.
Czech Prime Minister Bohuslav Sobotka said compulsory quotas were "not a good solution", while his Slovak counterpart called them "irrational".
France welcomed the first of 1,000 migrants it has pledged to take from Germany, having committed to receive 24,000 migrants over two years.
Germany has welcomed Syrian migrants, waiving EU rules and saying it expects to deal with 800,000 asylum seekers this year alone - though not all will qualify as refugees and some will be sent back.


In pictures: An emotional arrival to Europe. More about Migrant Crisis is on:  Human-Zomby-Alien Merger







Migrants from a Parallel Earth







http://www.bbc.com/news/magazine-34083905
30 August 2015
More than half of the 264,500 people who have crossed the Mediterranean in the hope of settling in Europe this year have arrived in Greece - and most of those have landed on the five Greek islands closest to the Turkish coast. Photographer Fernando Del Berro watched some of them arrive on the northern shore of Lesbos. In a dinghy full of Syrian refugees, a man holds a baby aloftImage caption Fifty metres from the shore Fouad, from Damascus, raises his two-month-old baby above his head and cries "Freedom!" Many of the other passengers also erupt in cries of joy. Man dives off dinghy near coast of LesbosImage caption Closer to the shore, some throw themselves into the water before the bottom of the dangerously overloaded boat touches the pebbles. The refugees wade ashoreImage caption At the end of the 14km trip from Turkey, they are euphoric and cannot wait to be back on dry land - this time Europe, near the village of Efthalou. Map of Lesbos with Efthalou and Skala Sykamineas highlightedTwo women hugging after they reach the coast of LesbosImage caption For some the relief at the end of the risky crossing brings tears. Many tell stories of the Turkish coastguard firing water cannon in an attempt to fill the boats and make them sink. TamaraImage caption Those who cannot swim find the journey traumatic. Children may need comforting. Tamara, from Syria, has salt water on her hair, face and clothes, but it will dry rapidly in the scorching heat. Man holds two children while sitting on beachImage caption The boats often arrive at the hottest time of day, and many on board are dehydrated as well as exhausted. Ojwan, from Aleppo, holds his two sons, sighing: "We're safe now." Refugees take selfie by beachImage caption A couple take a celebratory selfie next to the flimsy boat that carried them to Europe. Smugglers charge 1,000 euros for adults and 600 for children. One boat may carry 60 people. Man holding child, helps woman to ascend hillImage caption Saad, from Idlib in Syria, holds his nephew while helping his sister to clamber up the slope behind the beach. Local volunteers often meet the boats, hand out water, and explain how to find buses that travel to the island's main town, Mytilini. Line of refugee women, some holding children, ascend hill from beach to roadImage caption The climb up from the sea to the road is steep in parts of this 13km-long coast. To get to the bus it's a 10km walk that everyone must make, regardless of age or fitness. Refugees on roadImage caption For a long time the Turkish coast remains visible behind the travellers. Syrians fleeing a distant war, dragging babies and belongings, have become a familiar sight on the island. Refugees on busImage caption The UNHCR and Medecins Sans Frontieres run four buses daily to Mytilini from two northern villages, Molyvos and Sykamineas. But up to 1,000 people may arrive on this coast in 24 hours, so some cover the full 65km on foot. Saad and his family are lucky enough to have seats. Young man stares out of bus windowImage caption Anyone who has left Kabul, Damascus or Baghdad and arrived on Lesbos is already a long way from home, but this may be just the start of a longer journey.





Syrian refugees: The journey across Europe - video



http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-34092540?post_id=1677600449138767_1686229401609205
28 August 2015
This year has seen an unprecedented number of migrants arriving in Europe.  Most have come from Syria, where four years of civil war has claimed more than 200,000 lives. The BBC has been following their journeys across Europe. Chris Buckler reports from the Greek island of Lesbos, where many of the Syrian refugees first set foot. From Serbia, Ed Thomas reports on the long march to western Europe. And Tom Burridge reports from Berlin, where thousands have been granted asylum.


Migrant crisis: British couple offer home to family - video

http://www.bbc.com/news/uk-34164828
5 September 2015
Council leaders have called on the government to provide more resources to help them house the extra migrants that the UK is planning to accept. Meanwhile, many families have come forward offering to accommodate those who have fled war-torn Syria.
Fran and Martin Wood got in touch with their local MP to say that they had spare room in their Darlington home.

Calais migrant crisis: Life with the Calais migrants - video

http://www.bbc.com/news/uk-england-33790138
5 September 2015
BBC Inside Out looks at the life of Calais migrants through the eyes of two Britons who are helping the refugees in the 'jungle'. Jaz O'Hara and Dan Temua from Tunbridge Wells have been documenting the story of the people in the camp in Calais.
They have also set up a fund-raising campaign, CalAid, which has raised over £100,000. The Britons are also taking a van full of supplies and resources to Calais on a regular basis

Lost childhoods of refugees in Lebanon

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-34180684
8 September 2015
Thousands of refugees from war-torn Syria have made their way to Europe, but many thousands more are living in camps in nearby Lebanon. Some children are without their parents, and with no income or hope of an education, their days are spent working in the fields.


Migrant crisis: Boats capsize near Libya port - video



http://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-34082177
28 August 2015
Libyan workers continue to search for bodies at sea and on shore after two migrant vessels capsized on Thursday. Around 200 people are feared to have drowned as they tried to cross from Zuwara, west of Tripoli, to Italy. Police in Italy have detained 10 suspected traffickers after 52 people were found dead in the hold of a ship off the coast of Libya on Wednesday.

Mourning the migrants lost at sea - video

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-34070971
27 August 2015
Many migrants trying to reach Europe come from war zones in the Middle East, but a great number are also trying to escape poverty and turmoil in Africa. In just one day in April this year, around 700 drowned while trying to make the journey across the Mediterranean by boat. Dozens of the victims were Senegalese

The Lesbos migrants living in a 'wasteland'



http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-34060261
26 August 2015
More than 30,000 migrants, mainly from Syria, Afghanistan and Iraq, have arrived on the Greek island of Lesbos since the start of August, according to Amnesty International. It has described their living conditions as "dreadful" as the new arrivals wait to leave Lesbos for mainland Greece and on to northern Europe.

Migrant crisis: The artist helping migrants on Lesbos - video



http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-33452083
8 July 2015
While Greece struggles with its economic crisis, the authorities there, are also grappling with the problem of migration. Officials on the Greek Island of Lesbos are trying to cope with a huge surge in the number of migrants arriving there every day. The BBC's Anna Holligan has been talking to a sculptor who lives there, who meets and helps migrants coming ashore.

Lesbos: Tourists help refugees on Greek island - video



http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-33439016
8 July 2015
Record breaking numbers of migrants are arriving on the Greek island of Lesbos, overwhelming local authorities, local police say. More migrants landed on the island in June than in the whole of the previous year, according to the UN. Anna Holligan meets some Danish tourists who have been giving food to a group of recently rescued refugees.

Greece: Migrants on a bitterly divided island - video

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-33115945
12 June 2015
Concerns are growing in Greece about how to cope with thousands of migrants arriving by boat from countries across the Middle East and beyond - many of them in desperate need. At least 48,000 have arrived in Greece by sea this year - more than six times the number during the same period last year. Many are arriving in some of the Mediterranean's most popular tourist resorts, among them Lesbos, just a few miles from Turkey.

Migrant crisis as refugee camps in Calais grow - video


http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-33074316
10 June 2015
The United Nations has issued a new warning of a "dramatic increase" in the numbers of migrants arriving in southern Europe placing a "huge strain" on communities there. The UN's latest estimate is that more than 100,000 people have crossed the Mediterranean from north Africa this year. Many migrants have been heading north from camps in Italy and Greece. Those searching for work in the UK have been reaching the French port of Calais where the pressure is growing by the day.

Med migrants: 100,000 have made crossing, says UN

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-33059400
9 June 2015
The number of migrants arriving in Europe across the Mediterranean has passed 100,000 since the start of 2015, according to the UN refugee agency. The International Organisation for Migration says the figures represent a slight increase on 2014, and it expects a surge in the months ahead. The majority of people are landing in Italy, but there has been a big increase in the numbers heading for Greece.

Mediterranean migration in numbers - video

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-32384519
13 May 2015
Over the past few years the number of migrants escaping conflict in search of a better life in Europe has been on the rise. Crossing the Mediterranean is perhaps the most dangerous route. Hundreds of people are feared to have drowned in the Mediterranean Sea over the weekend when a boat containing 700 people capsized. BBC News looks at the number of migrants trying to make this dangerous journey.

Over 200 migrants die trying to cross Mediterranean - UNHCR - video

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-31418425
11 February 2015
Federico Fossi from the UNHCR said at least 203 people had died trying to cross the Mediterranean in the past few days. He said that the number of deaths had been increasing, and that survivors had told him there was a fourth boat which had not yet been found and there are fears it has disappeared. Rough weather has made the rescue mission difficult for teams from the Italian coast guard.

Abandoned Syrian migrants take refuge in Italy - video

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-30664856
3 January 2015
Refugees from the Syrian conflict, abandoned by people traffickers on an animal cargo ship in the Mediterranean, are being found accommodation in Italy. Most of the 360 migrants, who included 74 children and four pregnant women, were said to be in reasonable health. The ship, the Ezadeen, is the second vessel full of migrants to be abandoned off the coast of Italy this week. Italian officials said that in the last year, they had rescued or found about 170,000 migrants and asylum seekers at sea. James Reynolds reports from the port of Corigliano Calabro.

Migrant crisis: EU calls emergency talks - video



http://www.bbc.com/news/34104714
31 Aug 2015
The discovery of 71 bodies in an abandoned lorry in Austria has heaped pressure on EU governments. The European Union has called emergency talks on tackling the bloc's escalating migration crisis. The EU presidency said interior ministers from all 28 member states would hold an extraordinary meeting on 14 September, and the crisis had reached "unprecedented proportions".
It follows a week that saw hundreds more people drown in the Mediterranean and 71 die in a lorry in Austria.  A record number of 107,500 migrants reached the EU's borders last month. The rules governing immigration to the EU - explained in 90 seconds. The UN says the continuing conflict in Syria is a major factor behind the rise in numbers. Greece, Italy and Hungary have particularly struggled with the surge of migrants from not only Syria but the rest of the Middle East and Africa.
Next month's extraordinary meeting was announced by late on Sunday by Luxembourg, which holds the EU's rotating presidency.
"The situation of migration phenomena outside and inside the European Union has recently taken unprecedented proportions," it said in a statement. In July, the number of migrants that reached the EU's borders topped 100,000 for the first time - triple the number of people in July last year, according to European agency Frontex. 10 days of the migrant crisis. Crowds of migrants rush at Macedonian border forces in an attempt to enter from Greece. Hundreds of people are feared dead after two boats carrying about 500 migrants sink in the Mediterranean, off Libya. More than 300,000 migrants have risked their lives trying to cross the Mediterranean this year, according to the UN . A lorry abandoned in Austria near the Hungarian border is found to have 71 dead people inside including four children. Twenty-six migrants are rescued from a van in Austria, near the border with Germany. Why is EU struggling with migrants and asylum? Germany expects the number of asylum seekers it receives to quadruple to about 800,000 in 2015. Chancellor Angela Merkel told reporters in Berlin on Sunday: "If Europe has solidarity and we have also shown solidarity towards others, then we need to show solidarity now."

Some governments have refused to take in refugees and resisted EU proposals to agree on a common plan. Others are tightening their policies on asylum and border security, sometimes because of rising anti-immigration sentiment.
France has condemned Hungary, for example, for putting a razor wire fence along its border with Serbia to deter migrants. On Sunday French Foreign Minister Laurent Fabius, accused Hungary of flouting "the common values of Europe".
His Hungarian counterpart Peter Szijjarto said such the criticism was "shocking and groundless".
On Sunday, UK Home Secretary Theresa May blamed the European borderless Schengen system of which Britain is not part for "exacerbating tragedies". She has demanded tighter EU rules on free movement. Some European governments are considering amending the Schengen code, but the European Commission, the EU executive, argues that this not needed to improve security or control migration. Italian Prime Minister Matteo Renzi, whose country has come under great pressure as an entry point to Europe, said the EU would forge "a single European policy on asylum, not as many policies as there are countries".
Police in Austria say three Syrian children and their families who were rescued from a minivan containing 26 migrants have disappeared from the hospital where they were being treated. The children were taken to hospital in the town of Braunau am Inn on Friday suffering from severe dehydration. Their discovery came a day after police found 71 bodies, thought to be people fleeing Syria, in a lorry in Austria. Meanwhile the EU has announced urgent talks on the escalating migrant crisis.
Luxembourg, which holds the rotating EU presidency, said interior ministers would hold an extraordinary meeting on 14 September, saying the situation had "taken unprecedented proportions". A record number of 107,500 migrants reached the EU's borders last month. At least 2,500 have died since January, most of them drowning in the Mediterranean. Some of them pay large sums of money to people smugglers.
Crammed in a van
Austrian police said they stopped the minivan in Braunau, which sits on the country's border with Germany, on Friday and arrested its Romanian driver. The children - two girls and a boy aged between one and five years old - were said to have been crammed in the back along with other migrants from Syria, Afghanistan and Bangladesh. A van that was carrying 26 migrants through Austria - 30 August 2015Image caption The van was involved in a chase with police before it was pulled over. Police said they were critically ill and almost unconscious when they were found.  The BBC's Bethany Bell in Braunau says they and their families disappeared from the hospital at some point on Saturday. Authorities believe they may have tried to cross the border into Germany, rather than face deportation back to Hungary. Separately on Sunday, Hungarian police said they had arrested a fifth man over the deaths of the 71 people who were found in the abandoned lorry in Austria last Thursday. The man is the fourth Bulgarian to be held over the find near the Hungarian border. The other man is Afghan. Authorities believe the men are low-level members of a human trafficking gang. Officials said the 59 men, eight women and four children had probably died of suffocation two days earlier.



Migrant crisis: Syrian children disappear from Austrian hospital - 2 videos





http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-34101314
31 Aug 2015
What we know about Austria lorry find. The BBC's Bethany Bell looks inside the van found with 26 migrants on board. 'Migrants', 'refugees' or 'aliens'? The Turkish city where migrants buy supplies. Migrants' perilous route to Germany.
Police prepare to load a group of Afghan migrants into a van after they were found walking along a main road - 30 August 2015. Thousands of migrants attempt to cross Hungary and Austria to get to Germany. Next month's emergency meeting was announced after Germany, France and the UK called for "concrete steps" to resolve the issue. They want migrants to be fingerprinted and registered when they arrive in Italy or Greece. They also said the EU should establish a list of "safe countries of origin" that would allow immediate repatriation of some migrants. The call came after French Foreign Minister Laurent Fabius criticised Eastern European countries for refusing to take in refugees.
"When I see a certain number of European countries, particularly in the east, who do not accept quotas [of migrants], I find it scandalous," he told French radio station Europe 1 (in French).
He pointed specifically to Hungary's 175km (108 mile) razor-wire barrier along its border with Serbia, saying it "did not respect Europe's common values". The rules governing immigration to the EU - explained in 90 seconds. Hungary says it plans to replace the temporary barrier, which was completed on Saturday, with a 4m-high (13ft) fence to "provide a defence against illegal border-crossers".
So far this month more than 40,000 asylum seekers, the majority of them Syrian, have arrived in Hungary via the Balkans. On Sunday, Pope Francis led prayers in St Peter's Square for migrants who die "on their terrible journeys" and urged co-operation "to impede these crimes, which offend the entire human family". Discussion points will include internal co-operation, fighting the trafficking of migrants, and return policy. Germany, France and the UK have said the EU should establish a list of "safe countries of origin" that would allow immediate repatriation of some migrants. On Saturday Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon said much more was required to prevent the deaths of people fleeing to Europe and called for a "collective political response".  He said he was "horrified and heartbroken" by the discovery of 71 dead people - believed to have fled the Syrian conflict - in a lorry in Austria on Thursday.  At least 2,500 migrants have died since January, most of them drowning in the Mediterranean. 10 days of the migrant crisis. Crowds of migrants rush at Macedonian border forces in an attempt to enter from Greece. Hundreds of people are feared dead after two boats carrying about 500 migrants sink in the Mediterranean, off Libya. More than 300,000 migrants have risked their lives trying to cross the Mediterranean this year, according to the UN. A lorry abandoned in Austria near the Hungarian border is found to have 71 dead people inside including four children. Twenty-six migrants are rescued from a van in Austria, near the border with Germany. Discussion points will include internal co-operation, fighting the trafficking of migrants, and return policy. Germany, France and the UK have said the EU should establish a list of "safe countries of origin" that would allow immediate repatriation of some migrants. On Saturday Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon said much more was required to prevent the deaths of people fleeing to Europe and called for a "collective political response". He said he was "horrified and heartbroken" by the discovery of 71 dead people - believed to have fled the Syrian conflict - in a lorry in Austria on Thursday. At least 2,500 migrants have died since January, most of them drowning in the Mediterranean.




Статьи на русском

Пропавшие без вести исчезают в параллельных мирах?

http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2012-11-06-33849

Cогласно статистике, в России ежегодно пропадают несколько десятков тысяч человек. Часть из них находят. Одних, увы, погибшими. Других – в больницах. Третьих – у знакомых-друзей или бомжующими на улицах больших городов. Однако значительная часть «потеряшек» получают определение «пропавшие без вести». Специалисты все больше склоняются к выводу: окружающий нас мир многослоен, как пирог, а «потеряшки» случайно оказываются в параллельных мирах. И никак не могут оттуда выбраться.
Жених и невеста исчезли со свадьбы
Эта шокирующе-загадочная история произошла лет 30 назад в южном городе. В ресторане гуляла свадьба. В какой-то момент молодожены со смехом уединились в одном из подсобных помещений. Гости понимающе улыбались, веселье продолжалось. Потом молодоженов и вовсе потеряли. Решили, что те уехали домой – был тяжелый день. Однако на следующее утро родственники забили тревогу. Ни невеста, ни жених так и не объявились. Обращение в милицию, так же как и самостоятельные поиски, результатов не дали. Будто сквозь землю провалились! В городе ходили две версии: влюбленную пару похитили в рабство. Либо… они случайно попали в параллельный мир. Хозяин ресторана вспомнил, что в подсобке, где уединились влюбленные, несколько лет назад столь же загадочно исчез пожилой повар. Отец троих детей, ответственный человек не мог банально загулять или, например, тайно уехать в другой город. Через несколько лет ресторан снесли и на его месте выросла многоэтажка. Никаких следов «потеряшек» конечно же не нашли. Несколько лет назад британский исследователь паранормальных явлений Дана Форсайд изучала загадочный дом в одном из небольших городков. В этом доме один за другим пропали несколько подростков. Была версия, что объявился серийный маньяк. Однако никаких следов преступления не нашли. По словам госпожи Форсайд, дом имел внутри «черную пустоту, за которой начинался другой мир, вполне симпатичный». Сведения о том, что в пространстве живут и развиваются несколько альтернативных миров, есть в древних ведических книгах. В этом были уверены видные философы – Демокрит, Эпикур. По мнению некоторых исследователей, христианские определения «рай» и «ад» на самом деле – другие миры. Только в первом царят гармония и покой, а во втором – хаос и страх. Современная физика, а именно квантовая механика, допускает существование параллельных миров. По мнению системного аналитика Владимира Вестника, наша Вселенная напоминает гигантскую компьютерную программу, а альтернативных миров великое множество. И если туда попадают люди из нашего мира, то не по чьей-то злой воле, а совершенно случайно – дверь «туда» вдруг открывается, например, в результате магнитных бурь. Сергей Бодров тоже случайно попал «туда»?

Известный российский ученый Эрнст Мулдашев, совершивший несколько десятков экспедиций в Индию, Египет, на Тибет, уверен: многие загадочные места планеты имеют отношение к другим мирам. В частности, знаменитые египетские пирамиды – тоннель «туда». А в самой пирамиде зашифровано знание о мироустройстве. Квадратное основание – информация о том, что соседний с нами мир (или миры) четырехмерен.
Есть мнение, что полтергейсты, барабашки, снежный человек и прочие якобы мистические персонажи на самом деле не мистика. Это «жители» параллельного мира. Например, никто не удивляется звуку дрели воскресным утром – соседи по дому начали ремонт. Почему же мы удивляемся странным звукам из шкафа с одеждой, внутри которого точно никого нет? Может быть, в альтернативном мире это не ваш шкаф, а центральная площадь города, и сейчас там праздник?
Криптозоолог (исследовал живых существ, которых «официально» на земле не существует, например снежного человека) и журналист из Новгородской области Олег Иванов – человек солидный, здравомыслящий и серьезный – как-то рассказывал:
– Йети я видел не однажды в лесу. Но как только он понимал, что за ним следят, уходил за дерево и… я обегал весь лес и не мог его найти. Наверное, он уходил к себе в параллельный мир. Именно по этой причине его никак не могут найти и сфотографировать. Мое мнение: там, откуда снежные люди приходят, – каменный век. Отдельные представители «того» мира нашли возможность проникать к нам. И когда у них, например, возникают перебои с едой (скажем, не удалась охота), приходят к нам. Ловят диких животных. А в отдельных регионах России (например в Сибири) зафиксированы случаи, когда «волосатые люди» приходили в деревню, воровали и утаскивали коров и поросят. Видимо, в секретных военных архивах пылится уникальная история, которую еще помнят сибирские старожилы. В одной из деревень объявился мужчина в странной одежде. Он говорил по-русски, но выглядел растерянным и никак не мог понять, где находится. При нем был документ с надписью внутри «восточная оккупационная зона». По словам странного человека, Советский Союз проиграл Великую Отечественную войну, и Сибирь теперь – китайская территория. Несложно догадаться, куда отправили его, объявив сумасшедшим. Фото этого человека показывали по местному телевидению в надежде, что объявятся родные. Но его никто не искал. Возможно, ищут в другом мире, где реальность совсем не такая, как у нас. А в селениях близ Кармадонского ущелья, где пропала без вести киногруппа актера и режиссера Сергея Бодрова, до сих пор верят: ребята живы и просто нечаянно попали в другой мир. Не случайно даже профессиональные спасатели разводят руками: очень странное исчезновение, тела ста с лишним человек будто в воздухе испарились.



Газовое облако Млечного пути растиражировало далекий квазар

http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2013-09-05-50400
2013 » Сентябрь » 5
"Международной группой астрономов, при участии Юрия Ковалева (Астрокосмический центр Физического института им. П.Н. Лебедева РАН) и Александра Пушкарёва (Главная астрономическая обсерватория РАН) впервые обнаружено явление кажущегося расщепления далекого Квазара на несколько изображений газопылевым облаком нашей Галактики. Астрономам впервые удалось обнаружить расщепление изображения далекого квазара на несколько субизображений, благодаря эффектам преломления, создаваемым облаком плазмы, находящимся в одном из рукавов нашей Галактики – Млечного Пути. Эти явления были предсказаны еще в 70-е годы прошлого века, однако впервые такое ученым удалось зарегистрировать только сейчас, с помощью системы
радиотелескопов VLBA (США). Международная группа астрономов, работавшая в рамках масштабной программы по исследованию активных ядер галактик (около 300 объектов) наблюдала квазар 2023+335, расположенный в 3 млрд. световых лет от Земли. Анализ серии изображений этого квазара выявил поистине драматические изменения. «Эти изменения вызваны искривлением траектории радиоволн, излучаемых квазаром, если они проходят сквозь газовое облако в нашей Галактике и оказываются на луче зрения в момент наблюдения. Это редкое явление даёт нам новые возможности для изучения свойств турбулентной газовой среды, которая занимает значительную долю пространства нашей Галактики», - говорит Пушкарев.
Квазар 2023+335 в 2008 г. был добавлен группой в список исследуемых Квазаров и Галактик, содержащих сверхмассивные Чёрные Дыры в своих центральных областях. Энергия гравитации Чёрных Дыр обусловливает возникновение и питает релятивистские струи, вещество в которых разгоняется почти до световой скорости. Первоначально, Квазар 2023+335 проявил себя как объект с типичной структурой, представляющей собой яркое центральное ядро и выброс джета релятивистской Плазмы. Однако, в 2009 г. «портрет» этого объекта существенно преобразился, резко обогатившись набором новых ярких деталей, вытянутых вдоль одной линии. Феномен множественности изображений сопровождался значительными изменениями яркости Квазара (в радиодиапазоне), что было зафиксировано наблюдателями на других телескопах. По мнению учёных, это явление объясняется свойством рассеяния радиоволн. Анализ, проведённый группой исследователей, показывает, что траектории радиоволн, излучаемых Квазаром, были искривлены облаком турбулентной плазмы, которое находится примерно в 5000 световых лет от Земли в направлении созвездия Лебедя. Размер облака сопоставим с расстоянием между Солнцем и Меркурием, а скорость его движения в пространстве составляет около 56 километров в секунду."

Some Parallel Suns are created with technology, but usual way of doing it: without technology!

Mirages of Lake Baikal, Russia  -  Загадочные явления Байкала



Lake Baikal
http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2014-06-13-66811
Про озеро Байкал с давних лет ходят слухи и рассказывают легенды о невероятных миражах. Их очень часто видят исследователи и местные рыбаки в таких известных местах, как возле острова Большой Ушканий, в районе мыса Солнечный и знаменитого острова Ольхон. Исследователи Байкала отмечают, что в году бывает на озере примерно шесть и более дней с такими удивительными миражами, когда очень далеко расположенные объекты, находящиеся в нескольких десятках километров от этих мест, приближаются и становятся отчетливо видны в виде, завораживающих воображение, миражей. Хотя в обычных условиях их совсем увидеть невозможно и, естественно, совсем не реально...На Байкале ходят легенды про живописные мысы, которые висят в воздухе над водным пространством прекрасного озера. Местные рыбаки рассказывают, что очень часто видят над Байкалом необычные миражи, от вида которых захватывает дух. Люди, которые впервые видят эти явления, в буквальном смысле, впадают в стопорное состояние. По рассказам очевидцев, они видят над озером старинные корабли, движущиеся поезда, поднятые над водой горные хребты и даже НЛО. Привыкшие люди и бывалые рыбаки Байкальского озера, при виде такого зрелища, поражающего воображение, шутят...На Большом Ушканском острове находится действующая метеостанция, с которой ее сотрудники не один раз наблюдали своеобразный мираж. Он нависал над водной гладью озера в виде целого острова Олькон, на котором очень четко вырисовывалась известная скала под названием Хобой. Иногда над озером поднимаются целые поселки с домами, в которых горит свет, с постройками и улицами. Это зрелище наблюдали жители села Большое Голоустное. Это были миражи, которые в точности отражали поселки с противоположного берега, хотя расстояние до другого берега составляет более сорока километров. В зимнее время многих путешественников пугают миражи в виде величественных торосов льда, которые нагромождением нависают над озером и плавно переходят в обычные, которые действительно образовались. Это зрелище наводит ужас на окружающих, поскольку им кажется, что они со всех сторон окружены ими и никак не могут найти выход из этих гигантских ледяных глыб. Многие очевидцы утверждали, что над озером они видели, как стремительно, по воздуху проносился призрачный пассажирский поезд, а иногда и видели НЛО. Существуют исторически подтвержденные факты, что еще с древних времен люди видели в этих местах всевозможные миражи, связанные с природными явлениями. Они видели многочисленные радуги, светящиеся разными палитрами красок небесные столбы и даже наблюдали явление похожее на Северное сияние. В настоящее время изучением озера Байкал всерьез занялись многие известные ученые. Они до сих пор находятся в недоумении: Как такие многочисленные необъяснимые явления могут происходить в одном месте?


The Catastrophy of Our Universe!

This "Catastrophy" only looks like a catastrophy on physical 3D Level of Consciousness and from a material point of view of the Rulers, but it does not look that way on higher Levels! And it is the End of the Life of Old Universe (the Mother) of one vibration and continue in another vibration of a younger Universe (its Daughter)! I translated these useful articles (below) from Russian into English. On this link you can read more about how the constant Stream of Clusters of Galaxies (their physical remnants) have been leaving the physical Levels of our OLD Universe for another young Universe! This info was discovered by Laura Mersini - Houghton and her team! This physical Level of our Universe is not expanding, but becoming EMPTY: all Suns have been gradually moving up leaving temporary traces of Balance in forms of White Dwarfs (till they also disappear)! Below is the photo of the recent events (implosions of millions of Suns esp. in the area of M68) in Hydra Constellation, which are also mentioned in one of recent Russian articles. Here are some articles, which will tell you about the existence of the Flow of Clusters of Galaxies in our Universe! That Flow is moving all the Matter of the 3rd Level of Consciousness out of our Old Universe into the Newly Formed Universe:




Implosions of millions of Suns in Hydra Constellation - (Шаровое скопление в Гидре взрывается миллионами ярких звезд)
"Hydra Constellation's Ball-like Cluster of millions of imploding Suns!"
http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2012-07-31-27936

http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2012-07-30-27839
30.07.2012
"For the first time with the help of Data from 3 telescopes Scientists could fixate and study in details the Process of Collisions between 4 Clusters of Galaxies
(not Galaxies, but Clusters of Galaxies, where each Cluster could have up to a 1000 of Galaxies! LM) - the biggest (physical) objects in our Universe, tied up by Gravitation and being capable to move as a Whole
Piece of United Energy Force! After the use of Data from X-Ray Orbit Observatory Chandra, Hubble telescope and Keck Obsevatory on Mauna Kea, Hawaii, astronomers designed 3D picture of these  Events in
the System MACSJ0717... The scientists SAW how the STREAM, CONSISTED OF GALAXIES, DARK FABRIC (LOW VISCOSITY PLASMA, LM) and gas ...entered the region, which was already filled by Galaxies to
the brim. It is the same, as with a stream of cars, which, all over sudden, collides with a traffic accumulation, A STREAM OF CLUSTERS OF GALAXIES IS EXPERIENCING ONE COLLISION AFTER ANOTHER.
The leading author of this research Cheng-Jiun Ma from Hawaii University commented, that because of THESE COLLISIONS A TREMENDOUS HEAT ENERGY HAS BEING RELEASED (THE White ENERGY OF BALANCE, LM) and this System MACS0717 has THE HIGHEST TEMPERATURE AMONG KNOWN OBJECTS OF THIS CLASS..."



Laura Mersini-Houghton

And another article:
"17 Nov 2009 – The observation of "Dark Flow" in Galaxy Clusters was predicted in 2006 by Laura Mersini-Houghton of the University of North Carolina at Chapel" (and later proved, LM).
"...rebellious clusters of Galaxies move against the backdrop of expanding Universe. He (Kashlinsky) and colleagues have clocked galaxy clusters racing at up to 1000 kilometres per second – far faster than our best understanding of cosmology allows. Stranger still, every Cluster seems to be rushing toward a small patch of Space between the constellations of Centaurus and Vela. SOMETHING big is out there beyond the visible edge of our Universe. That’s the conclusion of the largest analysis to date of over 1000 Galaxy Clusters streaming in one direction at blistering speeds. Some researchers say this so-called “Dark Flow” is a sign that other Universes nestle next door...
Their latest analysis reveals 1400 clusters are part of the Flow, and that it continues to around 3 billion light years from Earth, a sizeable fraction of the distance to the edge of the observable Universe. This is twice as far as seen in the previous study...There could be an exotic explanation. Laura Mersini-Houghton of the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, thinks the Flow is a sign of neighbouring Universes...The observation of “Dark Flow” in Galaxy Clusters was predicted in 2006 by Laura Mersini-Houghton of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and colleagues. She proposes, that the effect occurs because our Universe was once influenced by neighbouring domains...Laura Mersini-Houghton reasoned that if a force exerted by other Universes squeezed ours, it could generate a repulsive effect that would impede the shrinkage of matter into clusters, but not leave an imprint on smaller scales. “This skews the distribution of lumps so they are not the same in all directions,” she says. “There is a preferred direction – the Dark Flow. She also predicted in 2006 that there should be two “Holes” – regions with fewer Galaxies than expected.
Sure enough, there does appear to be a Hole (a Black Hole, LM) – the so-called “Cold Spot” identified by the WMAP probe. The Hole is a very large region of Space, where the Afterglow is cooler than average...” news.discovery.com

Катастрофа Вселенной

(Эта Катастрофа хорошо видна на 3ем физическом Уровне Сознания! И это - Не Конец Света, а Конец Тьмы! ЛМ)
http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2012-07-30-27839
30.07.2012
"Ученые с помощью данных с трех телескопов смогли впервые зафиксировать и в деталях изучить процесс СТОЛКНОВЕНИЯ сразу ЧЕТЫРЁХ СКОПЛЕНИЙ ГАЛАКТИК
(не Галактик, а Скоплений Галактик) - самых больших объектов во Вселенной, связанных гравитацией и способных двигаться как единое целое.  Используя данные с рентгеновской орбитальной обсерватории "Чандра" (Chandra), телескопа "Хаббл" и обсерватории "Кек" (Keck) на гавайском острове Мауна-Кеа астрономы создали трехмерную картину событий в системе MACSJ0717, расположенной в 5,4 миллиарда световых лет от Земли. Ученые увидели, как ПОТОК, состоящий из ГАЛАКТИК, газа и темной материи (Материи Времени), длиной 13 миллионов световых лет, вторгся в регион, уже достаточно плотно заселенный галактиками. Как в случае с потоком автомобилей, неожиданно наталкивающемся на пробку, ПОТОК ГАЛАКТИК испытывает одно столкновение за другим. Ведущий автор исследования Ма Чэнцзюнь (Cheng-Jiun Ma) из Гавайского университета отмечает, что ИЗ-ЗА СТОЛКНОВЕНИЙ ВЫДЕЛЯЕТСЯ ТЕПЛОВАЯ ЭНЕРГИЯ (ЭНЕРГИЯ БАЛАНСА, ЛМ.) и система MACS0717 имеет самую высокую температуру среди известных объектов этого класса..."
"...Земля представляет собой живую, предельно высокоорганизованную и саморегулирующую, энергонасыщенную систему, которая имеет структуру сложного Кристалла
и к тому же обладает голографической формой памяти. Земля обладает способностью «включать» компенсационные механизмы в ответ на внутренние (техногенного характера) и внешние (космические) воздействия, для того чтобы поддержать жизненно важные параметры. Но с каждым годом ей труднее компенсировать процессы вызванные ... выбросами плазмоидов из недр, а также катастрофами различного характера."

I finally found a proof of the Stream of Energy, moving from our Sun to Earth and penetrating it (Graduation Key), in official russian media (the extract is below)! They call this Beam of White Sun Energy of Balance "Sun wind". They admit, that it looks like a shower of water, but they still don't say, that it is coming from the Source of all Life on the highest Level, Creating Mind-Field. And that this Beam is penetrating all Central Suns of our Universe (on each Level)! But by the End of our Old Universe this Stream of Balance from the Source will stop to emit! You can watch how it is happening on our video №12 (at the beginning of this page) and also on : Our Videos

Phenomenon of Dark Fabric is confirmed

http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2012-07-09-26383
"...Vladimir Surdin explained: "The substance of Dark Fabric reminds a fisherman net, though not flat, but in 3D, which is filling all Space. There on a fisherman net, where threads cross each other, knots are visible, but not the threads, connecting them! We noticed the knots before, but only now we can see the threads." This discovery confirms standard cosmological model - wide-spread understanding of the development of our Universe, where Dark Fabric plays an important role. A firm proof of this Fabric does exist!"

Феномен темной материи подтвердился

http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2012-07-09-26383
"Владимир Сурдин пояснил: "Структура тёмного вещества напоминает рыболовную сеть, только не плоскую, а трехмерную, заполняющую всё пространство. На рыболовной сети, там, где пересекаются нитки, узелки заметны, а соединяющие их нитки не видны. Узелки мы замечали и раньше. Теперь заметили и нитки". Открытие подтверждает стандартную космологическую модель – общепринятое представление о развитии Вселенной, в котором важнейшую роль играет тёмная материя. Получено также надёжное доказательство существования этой материи..."

Sun wind is flowing to us like from a shower

http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2012-07-21-27183
21 July 2012
"Fine Structure of Sun's Plasma was studied by specialists of the Institute of Cosmic Research RAN (in unique russian project "Radio-A-stro-N"). What happening is, that that Stream
(of Plasma), which has been moving towards Earth after Sun flashes, possesses structure, reminding streams of water, pouring from a shower or a splitter..."Before it was thought,
that the Stream of Plasma, a massive stream , flowing like a dense mass from the Sun" said the chief of IKI RAN department! But, as a result of the experiment "Plasma - F", we managed to confirm that, in fact, this Stream is a combination of smaller streams, flowing in the whole Stream and interacting between each other!  Simply put: Sun wind (this Stream) has been flowing towards us not from a hose, but from a shower! Now we need to describe this Stream in terms of quantity (not a holographic term) and understand the Balance of Energy in it. "

Солнечный ветер стекает к нам, как вода из душа
(это не солнечный ветер, это - Поток Энергии Баланса, идущий из Источника Всей Жизни на самом высоком Уровне и проходящий через цепочку Центральных Солнц
нашей Вселенной на каждом Уровне, и вы это можете наблюдать на наших видео на этой Странице, наверху (видео №12) и на : Our videos
2012 » Июль » 21
http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2012-07-21-27183
"Тонкую структуру солнечной плазмы изучили в рамках уникального российского проекта «Радиоастрон» специалисты Института космических исследований РАН.
Оказалось, тот поток, что направляется к Земле после вспышек на нашем светиле, обладает структурой, напоминающей струи воды, льющиеся из душа или рассекателя...
«Раньше считалось, — говорит завотделом ИКИ РАН, — что поток плазмы — крупная струя, летящая плотным массивом от Солнца. Однако, благодаря эксперименту „Плазма-Ф" нам удалось установить, что на самом деле, поток- это комбинация мелких струек, идущая в едином потоке и взаимодействующие между собой. Образно
говоря, солнечный ветер стекает к нам не из шланга, а из душа. Сейчас нам надо количественно описать этот поток и понять баланс энергии в нем».

Scientists described scenario of our Universe's End and called it "X"HOUR
23 July 2012  http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2012-07-23-27281
(Dark Energy is the Aquamarine Energy, which was shown in our videos and photos and now you can see it on a few Pages of our site like this one and  on : Our Videos
It is true that complete destruction of our Old Universe will be done by the Aquamarine Energy (Dark Energy): it's been going on for almost 19 years! Fake numbers of the years and unreal statements I edited out like for instance: "the collapse of this Universe would happen in millions of years"! When in fact it will happen at the end of 2013 !)
"Dark Energy - mysterious substance, which forces the boundaries of our Universe to expand real fast (this is not true, the fact is that our Universe is not expanding, but losing huge Clusters of Galaxies! It's not much left! LM). This situation could develop "a Huge Crack" and eliminate visible matter.  A group of astronomers under the leadership of Sin Jan from Beijing University (China) counted the consequences of the future expansion of our Universe as a result of the Action of the Dark Energy and came to grim conclusions: it is this particular Energy, which will virtually break down the entire Universe (this will happen according to the Plan and according to Universe's Timeline! LM). The scientists confirm that all Galaxies (inc. Milky Way) will fall apart, that our Solar System will stop to exist 2 months before the Collapse of the whole Universe. Then it will be the Earth's turn: our Planet will blow up 16 minutes before the End of everything physical, and just before "the Huge Crack", atoms will stop to exist...Dark Energy is still considered the most mysterious Energy of Cosmos, but according to the scientists' opinion, it's responsible for ever speeding expansion of Universal boundaries... Jan and his collegues announced, that the destiny of the Universe depends on the Key ability of Dark Energy... Gradual weakening of Gravitation would lead to the liquidation of Galaxies, Star Systems, Planets and overall - atoms and elementary particles..."

Ученые описали сценарий гибели Вселенной и назвали час "Х"
2012 » Июль » 23   http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2012-07-23-27281
(Тёмная Энергия - это Аквамариновая Энергия, снятая на наших видео и фото и посланная на наш сайт и вы найдёте её на многих страницах! И действительно полным разрушением нашей Старой  Вселенной является Аквамариновая Энергия! Лживые цифры и заявления я отредактировала из этой статьи, как например: что всё это случится через милионы лет, когда на самом деле это случится в конце 2013 года! ЛМ).
Темная энергия— загадочная субстанция, заставляющая границы Вселенной расширяться с ускорением (не расширяться, а терять тысячи Галактик - уже не так много их осталось! ЛМ), может стать причиной «Большого разрыва» и уничтожения видимой материи.  Группа астрономов под руководством Синя Чжана из Пекинского университета (Китай) просчитала последствия дальнейшего расширения Вселенной под действием Темной энергии и пришла к жуткому выводу - именно она в итоге разорвет Вселенную (так и должно быть во время конца Линии Жизни Вселенной! ЛМ). По заверениям ученых распадутся все Галактики, в том числе и Млечный Путь. Солнечная система прекратит свое существование за два месяца до уничтожения Вселенной. Затем настанет черед Земли – планета взорвется за 16 минут до конца всего сущего, а за 30 аттосекунд (10 в минус 17 степени) до "Большого разрыва" перестанут существовать атомы. ...Темная энергия до сих пор является во многом загадочной субстанцией космического пространства, однако именно она, по мнению ученых, ответственна за все ускоряющееся расширение границ Вселенной... Как заявляют Чжан и его коллеги, судьба Вселенной зависит от ключевого свойства Темной энергии ... Постепенное ослабление гравитации приведет к уничтожению Галактик (большая часть их уже исчезла! ЛМ), звездных систем, планет и в конечном итоге — атомов и элементарных частиц..."

Let's think logically. If we all originated from the same Source (Creative Force) and, eventually, we all are coming back to the same Source (Read R. Monroe's "Ultimate Journey"),
then it makes us all connected to each other on a higher 5th level of Consciousness (and higher), whether you were positive or negative in this physical Game. When R. Monroe was taken by his Inspec-friend to the Future to witness Earth's and the whole Galaxy's Shifts of Consciousness, then R. Monroe discovered a New Energy present there, which he couldn't identify and that was in early 1980's! That Energy was the New Energy of Aquamarine and the New Sound, which Andromedans told Alex Collier about later, in 1990's! That was the Birth of the New Energy the Inspec-Friend was talking to Robert about! That, very much needed, New Aquamarine Energy have turned up from all the Black Holes of our Universe in 23rd March 1994 (and is still emanating) to dismantle the phisical 3rd Level of Consciousness in our Universe!
I want you to read one of Robert Monroe's most important messages for the World from "Far Journeys", chapter 16, "The Gathering", p.229-232, when R. Monroe was taken by his Inspec-friend to the Future to witness Earth's and the whole Galaxy's Shift of Consciousness and the Creation of a New Evolutionary Energy. Then he created program for the participants to witness this Event, the Shift of Consciousness: the Earth and the whole our Galaxy, together moving out of physicality to the non-physical 5th level of Consciousness (but the earlier Event on 23 March 1994 and this Event are connected to each other)! Some participants went through the Program and witnessed this Event. The Program was called "Exploration 27".


Space
http://www.newscientist.com/article/mg20126921.900-dark-flow-proof-of-another-universe.html
"...rebellious Clusters of Galaxies move against the backdrop of expanding Universe. He (Kashlinsky) and colleagues have clocked Galaxy Clusters racing at up to 1000 kilometres per second – far faster, than our best understanding of cosmology allows. Stranger still, every Cluster seems to be
rushing toward a small patch of space between the constellations of Centaurus and Vela...Heaped in that pile is 95 percent of the Universe’s contents, including the invisible Dark Matter (low viscosity Plasma, LM), that appears to hold the Galaxies together, and the mysterious Dark Energy (New Aquamarine Energy, LM), that is accelerating the Universe’s expansion...Kashlinsky named this new puzzle the “Dark Flow”. Kashlinsky measures how fast Galaxy Clusters up to 5 billion light years away are travelling by looking for signs of their motion in the cosmic microwave background..."

Mystery: ‘Dark Flow’ Extends Towards Edge of Universe! Dark Flow: Proof of another Universe?

SOMETHING big is out there beyond the visible edge of our Universe. That’s the conclusion of the largest analysis to date of over 1000 Galaxy Clusters streaming in one direction at blistering speeds. Some researchers say this so-called “Dark Flow” is a sign, that other Universes nestle next door...The team combined the WMAP data with X-ray observations and found the Clusters were streaming at up to 1000 kilometres per second towards one particular part of the Cosmos (The Astrophysical Journal Letters, vol 686, p L49). Many researchers argued the Dark Flow would not turn up in later observations, but now the team claim to have confirmed its existence. Their latest analysis reveals 1400 Clusters are part of the Flow, and that it continues to around 3 billion light years from Earth, a sizeable fraction of the distance to the edge of the observable Universe. This is twice as far, as seen in the previous study...One explanation for the Flow would be the gravity of a huge concentration of matter...massive cosmic structures were “seeded” by random quantum fluctuations, so overall, matter should be spread evenly. There could be an exotic explanation. Laura Mersini-Houghton of the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, thinks the Flow is a sign of a neighbouring Universe...The observation of “Dark Flow” in Galaxy Clusters was predicted in 2006 by Laura Mersini-Houghton of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and colleagues. She proposes, that the effect occurs, because our Universe was once influenced by neighbouring domains...Mersini-Houghton reasoned, that if a force, exerted by other Universes, squeezed ours, it could generate a repulsive effect, that would impede the shrinkage of matter into Clusters, but not leave an imprint on smaller scales. “This skews the distribution of lumps, so they are not the same in all directions,” she says. “There is a preferred direction – the Dark Flow.”
She also predicted in 2006, that there should be two “Holes” – regions with fewer Galaxies, than expected. Sure enough, there does appear to be a Hole – the so-called “Cold Spot” identified by the WMAP probe. The Hole is a very large region of Space where the Afterglow is cooler, than average..." - http://www.newscientist.c
om


Dolores Cannon's Explanation of “PARALLEL UNIVERSES”

“THE CONVOLUTED UNIVERSE BOOK 1", written in 2001



“PARALLEL UNIVERSES”

CHAPTER 11, p351- 387
I was led into this strange and very deep discussion in the 1980s while exploring the lifetime of Tuin, the hunter, which is the basis for my book, The Legend of Starcrash. In that lifetime he killed and brought back to the village a very unusual animal. One which had never been seen before or since by the people. The Shaman of the tribe noted, that it was a very strange occurrence and wanted to know all the details of the hunt. He was so impressed that he asked the butchers and skinners to take special care when preparing the meat. He wanted the skull to be preserved, and used it thereafter during the ceremonies honoring the winter solstice. All of the details as presented by Tuin suggested a paranormal experience of the highest degree. One, which he had never experienced before, but which he readily accepted. The reality of it could not be denied by the people because the proof was visible through the preserved skull and skin. The description was so strange, that I also knew it was not an animal, that had ever lived on the Planet Earth, at least not within known history. A zoologist also confirmed my suspicions. If the animal was not from Earth, then where did it come from?

After Tuin died and crossed over I was able to question him extensively about many of the curious events concerning his village. In this state he had access to knowledge, that is denied the mortal. I questioned him about the finding of the strange animal. The answer, that came forth, was so complex, that I knew it did not belong in that book. I summarized it to the barest, simplest details, because I thought it would be so complicated, that it would distract from the purpose of that book.
It is offered here in its entirety. I cannot explain it further. Just listening to it confused me and left me dizzy. I felt very topsy-turvy afterwards. The idea was so alien to my thinking, that it disturbed and completely muddled my reasoning mind. Although the concept may seem revolutionary to me, it may seem quite simple to someone else, someone, who has no trouble grasping complex things. Many people will probably say it is not a new thing at all, it is only new and startling to me. So be it. I asked the deceased Tuin’s spirit if it could explain the mystery of the strange animal.

Beth: That was a rare occurrence. You must understand that ours is not the only Universe. Numerous Parallel Universes exist along side of ours, but because they vibrate at different speeds, they are normally invisible to human eyes.
The Universes superinpose each other, but usually the points of intersection are not compatible. Thus inhabitants of the two different Universes are not aware of the intersection. There may be some minor changes, that one or two might notice, but it will be nothing major. At this one particular point, it was a rare occurrence of a compatible intersection. And when Tuin was out hunting he was in two Universes simultaneously, but was not aware of it. The animal, that he killed, was an inhabitant of the other Universe. But since it was a compatible intersection, he was able to transport the animal into this Universe without destroying the basic matrix.

D: Do you mean the other Universe was a physical Universe?

Another subject had described Universes composed of energy.

B: Yes. It was a physical Universe built along a different basic matrix. But since the intersection was compatible, the animal’s matrix was not destroyed when it was brought across to this Universe. That’s what makes that occurrence so rare.
If the intersection is not compatible, the basic matrix of anything from the other Universe is destroyed and it no longer exists in this Universe.

D: How do you mean? It would just disappear or what?
B: Yes. It would just dissolve into nothing and release the energy into the ether.
D: Would somebody see it as a mirage or something similar?
B: Perhaps. Under certain circumstances they would see it, then it would seem to shimmer and fade away into nothing.
D: (I was trying to understand.) Are you saying that this other Universe is existing side-by-side with this one?
B: Yes, there are an infinite number of Universes existing side-by-side with this one. And they’re interwoven like a cloth. (Sigh) The terms of this language are not sufficient.
D: I’ve been told that before.
B: (Searching for the words.) I’m going to have to misuse some terms to try to get this point across. These various Universes, whichever, are interwoven like a cloth into a gigantic Cosmos, which contains the Totality of All Existence. But these Universes are alive and so they are always moving and shifting, so it’s like a living cloth. And as they are moving and shifting, their relationships with the other Universes are always changing. And since there’s an infinite number of them, the relationship is never the same twice. And for there to be a compatible intersection, like at this one incident with Tuin, there has to be a very unusual set of variables existing at the same time. Since it happens so rarely, it cannot be expressed with percentages, the number is too small. And so this Universe is still side-by-side with that universe in relation to it, but it’s a different relationship now, because it has been shifting along with all the other Universes through the eons, in this relationship of the gigantic Cosmos. Do you understand?

I mumbled, that I did, although I really didn’t. This surprise barrage was so complicated, it was giving me a headache trying to keep up with it.

D: But you said this does happen at times and people are not aware of it?
B: Yes. The Universe is intersecting (overlapping) with other Universes all the time. It’s just a matter of when and where. The when: every moment. This Universe, at some point, is always intersecting with at least one other Universe, if not more. And since there’s an infinite number of Universes and they’re always intersecting (overlapping) , it’s quite reasonable, that several of these intersections take place on or near the Planet, where it can be observed by people. However, whether or not the intersection (overlapping) is compatible enough to be able to observe anything directly, is not common. Usually it is a very small change, that people with very ordinary perceptions would not notice. Only someone, who is particularly observant, would notice this very small difference. And it’s usually nothing earth-shaking or anything, that would matter. It would just be a very small thing, that maybe one or two people will notice, but they will not comment about it, because it’s such a small thing, and they feel, that others would think they had mistaken what they had observed to start with.

D: Could you give me an idea of what they might experience?
B: Yes. For example, a person is walking one day and they notice this tree. It has a particular shape, that is distinctive, and particularly beautiful. And they walk along the same place a week or so later, and they discover ,that the tree is no longer there. Or perhaps the shape is radically different, but it’s nothing they could really prove one way or the other. It’s just a small thing like that, but it’s different from what was before. What happened is, that at the point where the tree was, it had intersected with another Universe and the effect either altered the tree or destroyed its matrix, to where it ceased to exist. Or perhaps it exists in altered form in the other Universe now.

D: They did say, that whenever he came across this animal, he had a strange feeling with his senses. He knew something out of the ordinary was occurring.

B: Yes, he was very highly developed psychically, and so he was aware of the fact, that he was in two Universes simultaneously, but he did not know how to state it verbally. He wasn’t very sure of what he knew. He knew what he knew without really knowing what he knew.
D: Yes, he didn’t know exactly what it was. But you mean this was very unusual for him to be able to bring the animal back to the people of the village?
B: Yes. To be able to bring the animal back fully into his Universe without the animal dissolving into nothing is extremely unusual. It rarely happens. It does happen, but just not very often.
D: Of course, the people were very hungry at that time too. This might have been part of it.
B: Yes, their psychic abilities undoubtedly helped the animal to make the transition.
D: Then for many years afterwards the animal’s head and the skin was used by the wise man, so it was definitely something physical. Then when something like this happens, it very rarely happens in the vicinity of people, where they would notice it?
B: Well, it happens in the vicinity of people, but usually the changes are so small or so minor, that the majority of them do not notice it. People have a tendency to see just what they want to see.
And if something different has happened, if they don’t want to see it, they won’t. Or they are too busy to notice.


D: Or they think they imagined it. Is there ever any chance of a human being crossing over into the other Universe?

B: That happens all the time. Many times human beings walking down the street will cross over into another Universe. Several of the Universes, particularly the ones, that lie closest to this one, are so similar, as to be practically identical.
So sometimes, whenever they are overlapping, people can cross over to the other Universe temporarily and then cross back without destroying their matrix. It’s the permanent transition, that’s so very rare, as with the animal. And many times they will be in another Universe and they’ll think, “Gee, I sure thought, that this-and-such had happened.,” and someone says, “Well, no that has never happened. You’re just making that up.”
And then a few days later they mention this again and someone else says, “Well, yes, you’re right, that did happen.”
Well, during that period of a few days, when everyone was saying it had not happened, they were in another Universe, where it had not happened.

D: This would be confusing to a human.
B: Yes. It would make them think maybe they were imagining things. Hence they would soon dismiss it from their mind and forget the incident, so they would not be consciously aware they had been in another Universe.

D: But it sounds as though the Universes are identical if they have the same people in both.

B: Usually yes, and usually it will be just a few things, that are slightly different.

D: Then this would mean that we all have a Counterpart (another you, LM), or more, than one Counterpart just like us?

B: Yes. In most Universes we have an identical Counterpart, whose basic experiences would be very similar. In some Universes we would not have a Counterpart, but it is rare for us to encounter these Universes. When we do, it’s a very shocking experience. When you go up to someone, that you know you know, and you know who knows you. And you greet them and they stare at you as if to say, “Who are you? I don’t know you. I’ve never seen you before.”

D: That would be very confusing. But then it is possible if you cross over, to cross right back again.

B: Yes. Usually the crossover is only a very short period of time maybe a few hours or perhaps even as long as a couple of days. But it’s usually a very temporary crossing over. And generally the people, who cross over, just continue with their lives, their ordinary everyday activities. And they’re not really aware of when they crossed over and crossed back. The moment of crossing is very ambiguous (questinable). But some people may remember something odd, that had happened while they were over there.

D: Do they just notice they feel a little strange or what?

B: Sometimes they don’t even notice that. Sometimes they just notice something, for example, some particular building, that exists in their Universe. And they notice, that one day they’re walking and there is no building and has never been a building there. A few days later they notice there’s a building there again. And by this way they would know they were temporarily in another Universe, where there had not been a building built, where there had been in their Universe.

D: In other words, they’re not absolutely identical.

B: Right. They’re never absolutely identical. There’s always at least one thing different. And that one thing being different is enough to make a different Universe. Sometimes it may be as small, as a grain of sand being positioned differently on a beach, to be sufficient for it to be a different Universe. And what makes it even more complex is, that there are always new Universes being created. For every action, that is done, there is more than one possible outcome. In your Universe one outcome is realized, but all the Energy of the other outcomes have to go somewhere. And so these other different outcomes, that were not realized in your Universe, cause another Universe to come into being, that’s practically identical to your Universe, except that this particular outcome is different. And from there the Universe continues to develop in its own direction.

D: You mean one person can cause this to happen? Or does it have to be many people?

B: No, just one person. Anything. It happens all the time. The gigantic Cosmos is continuously growing. And it’s infinitely complex, to where one mind cannot grasp it. For example, in this Universe, say your nose starts to itch. Now you can do several things. You can rub your nose or you can scratch it, or your body can decide to sneeze. All those three things will happen in this Universe. Say you decide to sneeze, you do so. However, the energy of the other two possible outcomes has to go somewhere. And so hence at that moment two other Universes come into being, where in one you rubbed your nose and in the other one you scratched your nose. And that’s the only difference at this point between those two Universes and this one. And then they continue to develop. And they will be slightly different, but they’ll still be very similar to this one.
D: This sounds like it could get very complicated.
B: It is.

D: I always believe, that we come to crossroads many times in our lives. That we make a decision to do one thing and yet we could have several other decisions, that would put us on another path. Does this mean, that the other decision becomes a reality, too?

B: Yes, the other decisions come to pass, too, but not in your Universe. You come to a crossroads, as you put it, and you have a major decision. And you can do any one of several things. Depending on which thing you do, it could very well determine the general direction of the rest of your life. You make the decision to go one particular way. As soon as you make this decision to do one particular thing, the potential energy, that was stored behind this, causes other Universes to come into being, where all these other decisions also come to pass. To where now there are Alternate Yous, who travel these different paths. And their lives will be different from yours, because they made a different decision and they went into a different direction. And hence cause that Universe to be different, and sometimes the effects can be very far-reaching. To where in a short period of time, surprisingly enough, that Universe is very different from yours.

D: Yes, because your life could go in a totally different direction.

B: And have a totally different effect on the people around you. It’s a snowball effect, which hence has a different effect on the people around them, et cetera, et cetera.
D: But you’re not really responsible for your decisions.
B: No, no, you make the decision, that you feel is best for you. Under your circumstances, it may be. And the other circumstances come into being, to where the other sides of the decision are best for those circumstances, that come into being, too. However, sometimes you make a decision, and you realize, that you made the wrong decision, that you did not choose the best circumstance. When you realize this, what happens is, this particular branch of your life split off from another Universe, from your Original Universe. And the Original “You” took the right decision and you acted out the alternate decision with the Energy, stored there. You lived with it and worked your life around it the best you could.

D: Is it possible to get the other one back? (No) It’s not possible to fuse the two together again?
B: No. but it’s not fatalistic as it sounds. Because even though you made the wrong decision or you feel, that you made the wrong decision, you can still make the best of it. Because you still have decisions to make every moment of your life, making these decisions wisely will help keep your life on the path you want it on.

D: Then it’s still possible to turn your life around and go the other way if you wanted to.
B: Yes, you’ll just be in a different Universe, than the Alternate You (Alter or your Parallel Personality, LM), who made the decision, that you would have liked to have made.
D: Well, it sounds as though your physical body is in many places at different times. (Yes) Is it an exact duplicate of this body? I’m trying to understand this in my limited earthling terms.

I laughed nervously. This was becoming extremely complicated and unsettling.

B: It starts out being an exact duplicate, but after a while different changes take place. For example, in one Universe you might receive an injury, that you don’t have in this Universe, which would make a difference. It’s very complicated.
The hardest thing of all is trying to relate the different Alternate Yous in the Alternate (Parallel) Universes to your true Self, to your Soul...you must experience everything at least once to round out your experience, and to work out to your truest Higher Self. Well, in each lifetime you are experiencing almost everything at once. But you still have to experience all these different things in their right proportions to round you out totally, to where you will be a Total Person (Self). Hence you have to go back several times through several lifetimes. And you end up existing in several Universes each time. But that’s the way it is. This language just isn’t sufficient.


D: But if all these various other Counterparts (Alters) are living separate lives, and yet they are all parts of us, why are we not aware of them? Why aren’t we able to communicate, and know they exist?

B: Because it would be too difficult and too complicated for your limited human minds to accept. It would be too overwhelming. There are many, many concepts beyond what you accept as reality, that you are not allowed to know about.
Because they would completely overload the human psyche. It is enough for you to focus on the present life and circumstances you are living. But be advised, the true Self, your Soul, knows about everything, that your countless Counterparts are doing, and keeps perfect track of it. You, as human, don’t have to be concerned with the complexity of it.


... In the midst of all this complicated information I was reminded of something another of my subjects said. He said I would never receive the answers to all of my questions, because some knowledge would be a poison, rather than medicine.
It would harm, rather than enlighten. So I suppose the human will never be able to handle the full amount of information...


D: It seems confusing to think, that another counterpart of Yourself, a physical Counterpart, is doing things, that you’re not aware of.
B: That’s true. You may wonder when you cross over to another Universe and you’re interacting with an Alternate Set of People, wouldn’t the people, you normally interact with, miss you? However, when you cross over, your Counterpart has also crossed over and so you are not missed.
D: I was wondering about that, if you could meet your own Self.
B: No. because when you cross over it forms a vacuum, that must be filled, and so your Counterpart automatically crosses over to fill the vacuum, until the tension comes to the point, where you have to cross back over to the Universe you belong to.

D: Will other people notice any difference?

B: Perhaps. Some slight flaw, a subtle difference, usually in memories and such. They would say, “Do you remember when this-and-such happened?” And your Counterpart might say, “Why, no that never happened to me.”
And they’ll just put it down to faulty memory or what have you.


D: If your Counterpart was pulled through the vacuum, would it also not know it was an Alternative Universe?

B: Not unless you and your Counterpart were one of the few people, who put two and two together, so to speak, and realized, “Gee, not everything is quite in place like it should be. Perhaps I’m in an Alternate Universe.” And the thing, that makes this interesting, and should help you understand your fellow companions, is that at any time you may be dealing with one of them from one of their Alternate Universes. To where if you say something and they don’t remember it, instead of getting impatient with them, just remember, with this particular one, maybe it hasn’t happened to them or hasn’t happened to them yet. “Well, gee, I’m talking to one of their Counterparts. In a few days...

D: Could the Other One also have totally different personality?
B: No, the personality is generally the same. Sometimes different aspects of the personality will be developed a little differently due to a different set of experiences, but usually the personality is basically the same. Because the personality is one of the things, that links your body to your true Self.

D: I was thinking if they met somebody, who looked like you, but was totally different, then people would think something strange was going on.
B: Right. But that never happens, because the personality is basically the same. Maybe some of the details might be different. For instance, in one Universe someone might be friendly and outgoing and very talkative. It would just be a minor alteration like that.

D: Yes, and your family or people would just think, well, he’s in a mood or something.
B: Exactly.
D: But is there ever a case, where the two Counterparts might meet each other?
B: I don’t think it’s possible.

D: I was thinking of stories or legends we’ve heard, like dopplergangers. Seeing your Double.

B: Yes. When you see your Double like that, that’s when the two universes are intersecting and you’re still each in your separate Universe. And you see them, but it’s not very common.

(Double is not your Counterpart/Alter. Double is really your Energy Body, real you, and you are moving in your non-physical Energy Body, when you are unconscious, asleep or consciously astral travelling. The explanation below is wrong. LM)


D: That’s probably why it’s so rare when it has been reported.

B: Yes. Usually what will happen is, that someone else will see your Double and tell you about it later.

p.361

D: Oh. I’ve heard of cases like that. They’ll say, “We saw you in such-and-such place”.  And you say, “I wasn’t there. I was home all day.”

B: Exactly. You were at home, but you were in an Alternate Universe and your Alternate (Alter) was out wandering around.

D: That would explain a lot of these strange cases we’ve heard of. But in the case of Tuin, the animal was totally different, than any animal on Earth at that time.

B: Yes. That was another reason why it was so rare for its matrix to survive and be permanently crossed over, because there was no counterpart in this Universe. At least not on Earth. Now, there’s a possibility, that in that particular case, the animal does have a counterpart in this Universe, but on another Planet. At which point, when this animal crossed over and stayed crossed over, its counterpart either crossed over into another Universe itself or it ceased to exist at that point.
D: Another earthly animal wouldn’t have crossed over in its place?
B: No, because it was not the counterpart of this animal.
D: It would have to be an exact counterpart then. But it did occur at a time when the village needed food and they did eat it. It didn’t harm them in any way. It’s very interesting, it’s also very complicated.
B: Yes. I feel I have perhaps left some mistaken impressions in your mind, due to the inadequacies of this language.
D: Well, that’s possible. Other people I’ve spoken to like this have also said that the language is inadequate to explain things. Sometimes they must draw analogies for me.
B: True. Most inadequate, too it leaves rather simplified notions in your mind.
D: Yes, but sometimes that’s the only way to explain things, even though it’s not fully accurate.

B: That’s true. I don’t want you to feel guilty or limit yourself on your actions simply because of the alternative things, that also come to pass. Continue to live your life as you have always lived it, because it is the natural way of the gigantic Cosmos. The fact is, that when you were born in this Universe, you were also born in several other Universes, too. And so, actions and decisions, that you make, will cause another Universe to come into existence or perhaps alter another Universe, that is similar enough. This is not to alarm you, because that happens all over all the time.

D: This is a natural thing, in other words.
B: Yes... It’s not like predestination either. You and all of your alternate yous have freedom of choice in the decisions, that come up in your lives. And even though you make one decision, that doesn’t automatically mean, that an alternate you has to make the other decision. If another alternate you makes the other choice, then it’s because they chose to. It is their free choice. And it usually ends up balancing that way. Occasionally you and your alternate yous choose one way and the other way was not chosen. Then another Universe comes into being, where that way was chosen, to keep the energy balanced. Do you understand?
D: I’m trying to. This is going to take a bit of digesting and absorbing, trying to understand it. Any time I’m exposed to a new idea, this is what happens. I have to go over it before I really understand it.
B: Feel free to ask me more questions when you have digested it. It’s important, that you understand.
D: I feel I’m being led to give this information, that I receive, to many people.
B: Yes, and it’s important, that you understand it as clearly as you can with the limitations of your language. So that when it is broadcast to other people they’ll have a clear understanding and not a muddled understanding. For this particular concept could upset the religious institutions of your Universe. And it could cause much, much unnecessary turmoil.
D: You keep talking about these alternate people. Could one have one occupation and another a different occupation? Or would it be very similar?
B: Oh, that depends. Many times it’s not unusual for them to have similar occupations. For example, in this Universe a person is good at working with their hands and so they do, say electrical work. In another Universe they may not be doing electrical work, but may be doing something else, where they’re also working with their hands. They may be a craftsman or woodworker or something like that. Or if someone in this Universe is an engineer, but they have  a hobby, say, music. They’re very passionate about music, but it’s just a hobby for them. Then in another Universe they may be a musician instead of an engineer. So whatever your basic tendencies are in your personality, since the personality is basically the same across the Universes. If it’s a multi-faceted personality to where the person is capable of doing many different things, in the other Universes their counterparts may be doing something radically different, than they are doing here, because the ability to do this is in their personality (this is where Multiple Personality Disorder-Order comes in, LM).
D: For instance, now I am a writer. Would another part of me still be a housewife and not interested in writing?
B: No, the interest to expand oneself would still be there. You may not necessarily take the direction of writing in another Universe though. For example, in this Universe instead of wanting to remain a housewife, you wanted to expand your mind and do something more fulfilling and you become a writer. In another Universe you would have this same basic personality urge of not staying just a housewife. You would want to expand yourself, to do something else, so you might have started doing volunteer work. Or perhaps in another Universe you might have gotten involved with crafts and such instead. Or, I perceive, that you’re interested in psychic things. Well, in another Universe instead of getting involved with writing you may have gotten involved with psychic things, and not thought about writing about them, but just doing them.
D: And when I thought of these different alternatives I could take, then they became a reality somewhere else?
B: Yes, if they weren’t already a reality somewhere else.
D: Ummm, this could get very complicated.
B: It is very complex. And I feel strongly, that you won’t be able to absorb it this time. You will probably have to come back and ask me more questions, which is fine. It’s important, that you understand this and that it’s clear. Any decision you make is right. There’s no such thing as a wrong decision. You may feel later, that you could have made a better decision. But at the time the decision you made was right for you. And so, do not feel guilty about so-called mistakes, that you have made in the past, because there’s no such thing as a wrong decision.
D: Because the other side of the decision exists somewhere.
B: Yes, it is all balanced. And whenever a major decision comes up in your life, usually some form of that decision comes up in some of your alternate lives in the Alternate (Parallel) Universes. And so, usually most aspects of the decision will be represented in the final result. Occasionally, one of the aspects will not be represented and hence a new Universe will come into being to represent that side of the decision, too. Whenever it happens you would not be aware of this, because it’s just a natural thing. And your life will continue along that line and you won’t realize there’s an additional alternate you. It’s an automatic process and there’s no physical phenomenon involved with it, so you don’t know when it happens.
D: Some of the questions I ask may seem very simple and very naive.
B: That is to be expected, so that you will understand. You have to start somewhere.
D: Are these other Alternate Personalities all associated with the same family members? (Yes) It wouldn’t be a different family or a different husband or children or anything like that.
B: Occasionally. Usually it is a balanced representation. For example, if at one point in your life you had a choice between marrying one man or another man. And you decided on one man, in the other Universes several alternate yous will decide on the same man. And usually several alternate yous will decide on the alternate man. Hence their Universes will be different in that direction, because an alternate you decided on the other man. And hence the family would be different that way. So, yes, there are yous, that have different families, different ancestors and such as that, because of these different decisions. But at the same time there are other Universes, where the same decisions were made and so the same family members would be involved.
D: Then if you crossed over into a Universe with a different husband and family, that would be very confusing.
B: Yes, it would. But that doesn’t happen very often, because since that Universe is radically different it would be more difficult for you to be able to cross over successfully. It’s usually with the Universes, where everything is very, very similar, almost identical, where the easiest accidental crossing over takes place.
D: Would this have something to do with vibration levels?
B: Yes, complimentary vibrations, complimentary energies. A Universe, where similar decisions have been made in the past. As in your Universe, where everything looks very close to being the same, with only a few minor, very subtle differences here and there, it’s much easier to intersect with this Universe. And intersect in such a way as to have an Open Portal for you to pass through. Now there may be incidents, where this Universe may intersect with another Universe, so that you may be able to observe things going on, but it would not be an Open Portal, to where you would not be able to interact with things going on.
D: You could see through, but not go through?
B: Right. For example, you may be walking one day and you may observe something, that’s different,, than you remembered it. But you don’t go over to investigate it, you just keep walking. You wander about it and there’s nobody around to ask about it. Hence you have interacted with that Universe. You merely observed something different. Or if there are other people around, it would not occur to you to ask them about it. Or if you do, they will seem to not hear you, because the Portal is not Open, to where you can interact.
D: Just like a window, that you can see through, but not step through?
B: Right. And you would not be able to tell the place, where your Universe ends and that Universe begins. You’ll just think you’re looking across the street or what-have-you at something. And somewhere between you and there is where the two Universes are intersecting.
D: You said though, that sometimes you see something and it begins to look shimmery and then it would just disappear?
B: Yes, that’s when the intersection is coming to an end and the Universes are drawing apart. This would help explain many of the incidents of what you call ghosts and mirages too.

You have a phenomenon known as the Bermuda Triangle. That area, for some reason, keeps intersecting with this other particular Universe. There’s an unusual magnetism there, and it causes these planes to fly into the other Universe. And most of the time their matrixes dissolve.


D: Then the people no longer exist when they go through there (Bermuda Triangle)?

B: Right. They pass over at that point.
D: And the plane, the ships or whatever, the whole thing dissolves? It no longer exists on the other plane?
B: After it passes out of this Universe into the other Universe, it’s no longer existing in this Universe for it has passed out. In the other Universe it cannot exist, because the vibrations do not coincide, and their counterparts are still over there. So one of them has to give. Usually it’s the one, that’s most recently crossed over, that dissolves. Sometimes it’s the other one that dissolves, but this does not happen very often. This is the explanation for some of the accounts you have of someone walking across a field or something , then disappearing into thin air. Their counterpart had just crossed over into this Universe and they had to go somewhere. And when they disappeared into thin air, usually they have either crossed over into the other Universe or their matrix has dissolved.
D: But this is just the dissolving of the physical body. The soul cannot be harmed in any way, can it?
B: No, no. This is just the physical body.

 
D: Is the spiritual plane considered one of these parallel Universes?
B: There are infinite Universes on the physical plane, but on the spiritual plane it’s all basically one Universe.
We can interact with everything. On the physical plane some people leading several alternate lives in various Parallel Universes... Since all these Universes are on a physical plane, the protective barriers between them sometimes cancel out.
And the person, they talk to, has already passed over from this one Universe, but is still living in the other Universe. It’s difficult to explain.

D: I thought when they died in one Universe, all of their different Alternates would also die.
B: They do all die within the same general time, but not necessarily all at once. It depends on how long it takes them to work out  of alternate solutions to their problems in these various Universes. It usually takes approximately the same amount of time, but it’s not a clear cut ending, because Time doesn’t have any meaning on this side. And so there’s sometimes some discrepancies like that. But usually they’ll appear, because it’s not often, that these discrepancies coincide with the Energy Barriers nullifying themselves occasionally.
D: Then if you see somebody and find out later they had died weeks before, you might be seeing an alternate?
B: Yes. Another explanation is, that sometimes when a physical body has died a few weeks before and they haven’t adjusted yet to being on the spiritual plane, sometimes their spiritual echo can be particularly convincing, or particularly compatible with the physical vibration of things...
D: This may be another visualization picture they were trying to give me to show how the different Universes operate. They talked about a cloth with all of the threads intertwining.
(C.Castaneda gave in his books a similar and even more vivid description of these luminous White Cosmic Threads-Fibers of different Universes criss-crossing each other. You can find it on the link Carlos Castaneda info  , LM).

B: Yes, I saw the threads doing this.
D: This must have been the picture in your mind, but they couldn’t quite get that across, so they gave me the idea of a cloth, because it was simpler to describe.
B: Yes. Perhaps we need both concepts to help explain what it is like.

Information on the same subject from another source

D: If each one of us living in different planes of existence at the same time, is this what is known as parallel lives?

Phil: That is accurate. In the sense, that each of you, at this point in your lives, are simply Facets of your true Entire (Total) Self. You are pinpoints of Awareness. Your Total Awareness is far beyond anything you could encompass or imagine at your level. Therefore it is easy to see, that as your Awareness grows, as you broaden your reality of the spiritual ladder, you find that your Awareness overlaps with that of other individuals. Such that at the ultimate level you are indeed on the plane, where all is One. Your Awareness on your level is simply a drawn-out or focused pinpoint of that Total Spiritual Awareness. And so it could be seen, that at various levels of your Awareness would indeed overlap with others, such that ultimately all is One. Therefore, all lives ultimately are concurrent (simultaneous).
(You become one:
1) when you merge all your parts into one: your own Total Self and

2) when you graduate all the necessary Games and merge with Creative Force on the highest level (Going Home), LM.)

D: You once said we were just the tips of our own icebergs.
P: That is accurate.
D: When the predicted Earth Changes come about on our Planet, how will that affect the Parallel or interpenetrating Universes?
P: There will be experiences on this particular level, which will be experienced on this plane. However, the experience as a whole will be shared on a much deeper level. On a race level as well, as on a deeper level, the Universal Level. Even now experiences on other Planets and in other areas of your Universe are being shared by a deeper aspect of Yourself. A farther-up-the-ladder level of Yourself. When - and this is again on an individual level - each of you experience that transition, which each eventually experience, then you will see, that there are others on other planes, who have experienced similar transitions. And they will be able to offer encouragement and energy, so that you will be assisted in whatever endeavors you need.
More information came forth when Beth visited the Library on the spirit plane during a session in 1986.

B: It has been a while since we have met in the Library. The Knowledge is all here, sparkling and shiny and ready to be learned. If the question happens to be located somewhere else, I will project myself there instead. It is no problem.
D: One time I was asking you about UFOs and space ships from outer space. And at that time you became quite upset with me, because I couldn’t understand the concept of dimensions. (Yes) You said these ships came from many dimensions, and you said I was quite ignorant on the subject. (Laugh) Could you enlighten me?
B: (Exasperated) I will try. One difficulty is the planetary influences, under which you were born. It makes you hold very solidly to what you perceive as reality, which occasionally comes across on this level as being dense or stubborn. Which is sometimes frustrating. I will try to explain to you about dimensions. Where you are, on the road in the life you are living at this point in your development, you perceive three dimensions visually.
That is height, width and depth.  And your scientists assume, that the fourth dimension is Time, to take up the space of the rest of the object, that you know is there, but you cannot directly see, since light travels in a straight line on your level of existence. Out of convenience your wise men have labeled these dimensions: the first, second, third and fourth dimensions, assuming that is all there is. From their limited understanding of the nature of the Universe and their limited understanding of the mathematics involved, this is sufficient to work out their equations. However, there are many different ways of perceiving reality, many different ways of experiencing “what is”. And each of these different ways contain and involve various dimensions. These various dimensions are not necessarily length, width, depth and Time. These labels apply to but four dimensions, when there are really many dimensions. Do you understand so far? (Yes) The various combinations of these different dimensions contain various branches of the Mega-Universe, that I have described to you before. Do you remember about the Universe and how it’s always branching off and dividing and weaving together due to the nature of Time?


D: Yes. And then the Parallel Universes are all interweaving together?

B: Exactly. These Parallel Universes not only involve the same dimensions, with which you are familiar, but also other Parallel Universes, that are involving with all the other dimensions, that you have no way of perceiving. These other Universes also contain intelligent life, higher life forms, who are also working through the Circle of Evolution. The Beings in some of these Universes are much more advanced, than you are, spiritually, mentally and intellectually. Consequentially, many of them have discovered a way to travel from their Universe to your Universe by using certain wondrous devices, to alter the dimensions they are perceiving. And by altering the dimensions they perceive into dimensions you perceive, it automatically puts them in your Universe. It’s hard to explain. Consequentially, that is why they are said to be from different dimensions. Because their Universe occupies the same space, so to speak, as your Universe with a different set of dimensions, so that nothing collides.

To draw an analogy in your World. In an area on a foggy day, it’s like having a piece of gauze hanging in the fog with some dew on the gauze and some mist in the fog. Now the gauze, the dew, the mist and the fog are all occupying the same space, but they’re still separate from each other. This is the way it is with the different dimensions. Your set of dimensions might be the gauze, for example. One being’s set of dimensions might be the fog, and the fog is all throughout the gauze and in the gauze, but it does not collide with the gauze.
And all this Being can perceive is the fog (?) Therefore, it is not aware of the gauze and does not collide with it. Whereas, all you’re aware of is the gauze and the fibers, that make up the gauze. You’re not aware of the fog, that’s around and through the gauze and surrounding each of the fibers of the gauze. And you’re not aware of the dew, that has condensed on the gauze, for it is out of your perception. Do you understand?

D: It’s difficult. The scientists in our time think, that these UFOs come from physical space as we know it. (There is no Time, Space and distances. Getting from one point to another you need only to think and change frequency, LM).
B: They come from physical space, but not as you know it. They alter their perception of reality to coincide with your perception of reality, which causes them to appear in space as you know it. One way they can obtain the fantastic speeds, they use for traveling, is by partially perceiving both Universes, so they are able to condense the distance between the points. Which I know sounds totally confusing, but that’s the only way it can be explained in your language. When I look at the so-called “visual” representations of it in this Library, the concepts involved are very elegant and simple like most large concepts, that are basic building blocks of the Universe. But when I start trying to explain them in words, they sound much more complicated, than they really are. Because I’m trying to explain what is not, as well as what is, so I will put across an accurate picture.

D: I see. But the investigators think of UFOS coming from different planets. I don’t know if they can understand this concept.
B: They need to be very clear on this subject of the various dimensions. I’ve only used the labels of the four dimensions, that you have. The three, that you perceive visually, are all that you can perceive with your five senses. You simply have no concepts anywhere in your brain or your language to deal with other dimensions. Therefore, I have not given them any labels. However, I will say this to help understanding.

That which you consider to be part of the dimension called “Time”, actually encompasses several dimensions (vibrations-frequencies, LM). Your World and Universe does not contain just four dimensions. It is composed of many more dimensions than that, but the others are lumped under the label you call “Time”. That is why strange things often happen, which are inexplicable, due to the nature of these various dimensions interacting with each other, which you perceive as one dimension
(vibration-frequency, LM). Therefore it’s conflicting, nonsensical and confusing to you sometimes.
The various natures of these various dimensions, which you call “Time” are these extra dimensions. You are capable of perceiving them, but your scientists try to rationalize them away. However your body is equipped to perceive them, and it is this perception of these other dimensions, that gives rise to what you have labeled “psychic powers”. These psychic powers are not anything extraordinary. They are along the same lines of your being able to perceive depth, length, width. These psychic powers are your tuning into these other dimensions, that you have lumped under the Concept of Time.


D: This is a subject, that likely could go on for quite a while.

B: It could. For several sessions. Several of your tapes.
D: The main thing is, that I can write it, and let those, who can understand it, even if I can’t grasp it all.
B: Those, who are higher educated, may have a more difficult time understanding, because they are more fixed in their ideas.

Information from Phil during a session in 1996 in Hollywood, where he was living at the time. I had been trying to meet with him for quite a while, but my traveling schedule did not allow for it. My main focus in this session was to tie up loose ends and find missing pieces, that I could use in this book. It took many years of gathering bits and pieces from various people all over the World to bring forth these concepts and to clarify them, as best we can with our understanding.

Phil came to my hotel after he got work. After catching up on the last few months we started the session. As he relaxed on the bed he began to speak before I gave him his keyword. I did not have to use our normal procedure. He started before
i even had tape recorder turned on. This only happened once before, in the early days of our work, when we were working on the story of the seeding of the Earth.


P: You are a record keeper, and there are now those, who would facilitate this endeavor. You may ask that, which you perceive, to be your questions.

D: I wanted those to be present, who could provide information in analogies, if possible, to make it easier for the average person to understand.
P: That is accurate. That has, as you yourself have noted previously, always been our trademark. To use your simplified symbolisms to convey the abstract concepts, which we would impart on (pass on) you. We find, that it is perhaps easier for the human mind to visualize, that which is familiar, as opposed to trying to conceptualize, that which is abstract. It is necessary, due to the unique structure of your human mind, and we would clarify here, not to say the brain, but rather the mind itself. The mental processes, which are inherent in your human existence, are not conventional. They are somewhat modified from the accepted norm of what we would call the “universal reality”.

D: I am involved in a project, and I am trying to understand many very complicated concepts. Can you explain the concept of simultaneous time?
P: We see the reality being somewhat misrepresented in your conventional wisdom, that your human mind seeks to define. This is both a hindrance and a help in your desire to understand. We would ask, that you picture a disk lying on its flat face, so that the top of this disk is viewable to you.
D: Looking down on it?
P: That is correct. Then inscribe a point at some distance from the center of this disk, along a radius of a line from the center to the perimeter or outside edge of this disk. Then rotate this disk, and notice that the path, that is traveled by this inscribed point, seems to continue indefinitely in one direction. We would describe this as Infinity. In that the perceived direction has never changed, and the end has never been met. You have never met yourself on this path. Therefore, to the observer, who is positioned on this point, there is No End or No Beginning. There is simply Motion or Movement in a perceived forward direction. Then realize, that this perception is due only to the fact, that you are on the plane of your travel. When you remove yourself from that plane, or take the perspective of the one looking down on the disk, as opposed to the one, who is on the disk, this perception would be apparent. The apparent discrepancy is, that there is indeed a Beginning and an End. Any position on that disk could be used as a reference, or Beginning or End. It is simply not apparent from that position on the disk. When one removes oneself from the plane of apparent reality, then the true reality is manifest.

D: Then the one, who is on the disk, would that be the way we perceive it?

P: That is how it is perceived, not that you perceive it.
D: Because we perceive it as proceeding in a linear fashion.
P: That is accurate. The perception is simply from a vantage (advantage, superiority) point, and not from a reality. We find that many on your plane seek to define their reality by their vantage point. There are broader realities, that go unnoticed, simply because people refuse to alter their vantage point. Which is something that is not possible to someone, who defies the ability to do so. (Very confusing! LM).

D: I think one of the complications we have with trying to understand simultaneous time, is the idea, that
instead of progressing in a linear fashion, everything is actually occurring at the same time. This is how we define simultaneous time.

P: The concept itself is somewhat not accurate. Your definition of happening is, in itself, not quite able to comprehend the reality of existence. When we say “happening”, the very idea of happening is defining. Happening is right now, as opposed to existing, which is undefined. The perception of happening is again somewhat limiting, in that by its definition, the word “happen” has to have both a beginning and an end. The very definition of “happening” indicates the beginning of some event. Therefore, we would ask that you drop both these beginning and end points. And simply realize, that there is that, which is. Therefore, all is existing simultaneously, as opposed to all is happening simultaneously.

D: One of the difficulties I have with this is, in our reality as we perceive it, you grow from a baby to a child to an adult. And that is linear. If it’s all existing at the same time, how can that be defined?
P: There exists many different scenarios in your lifetime, that you consciously perceive in a singular fashion. And here we refer to our other statement, that your mental processes are somewhat modified from the general accepted universal realities. Your mental processes in themselves define that, which you perceive. They allow only a very small portion of reality at any given time. There are those, who can see a much broader spectrum of existence, without these limiting factors, neither beginning, nor end, but total existence. We speak here of many, who are of much higher and advanced planes of Awareness. However, it is possible for those on your plane to comprehend this and even experience this in some fashion or manner of degrees as they open their mind, so to say, to drop the barriers of beginning and end. The universe exists. It does not begin or end. It simply exists.

D: But in our reality we see ourselves starting as a baby and the body grows and changes. Doesn’t that contradict the idea of everything happening at once?
P: The birth experience is very analogous to the mental concepts, or mental functions of your experience. There is a defining beginning and a defining end, a birth and death. And your life is defined by all those points, that fall in between the two boundaries. Were you to remove yourself from this defined set of perimeters and look at your total existence, you would see, that the birth and death “bench marks” are simply definitions and not realities. Your Soul is existing both in and out of the “bench marks” you describe as birth and death. You therefore take a higher or broader perspective, and see, that you exist whether you are alive or not.

D: Yes, these things I can understand. I just can’t put it into the perimeters of simultaneous time, where everything would be occurring at once.

P: The existence of terms such as “happening” or “beginning and end”, are somewhat defining, in that they make you think in those terms. We would ask that you use different terms, such as “existence”, which is not defining in beginning or end, but simply relates the existence of reality. Reality exists. It does not begin, and it does not end. Your definition of simultaneous time is simply an attempt to look at the whole picture in a two-dimensional term, which is somewhat confusing, in that there is indeed this concept, but not in your terms.

D: We have to deal with the terms that our mind understands in the English language. All right. Let’s go on to another one. I’m trying to understand the concept of Parallel Lifetimes, even Parallel Universes. Maybe that’s two totally different things, but let’s start with parallel lifetimes. They say these are lifetimes we are experiencing at the same time. And there again the concept of Time comes up. But they are in different time periods, and may even overlap.

P: This is indeed a similar concept, in that parallel time and Parallel Universes are indeed the simultaneous time and Universes, of which we spoke earlier. It is simply a matter of focusing your attention on one particular aspect of that, which is the sum of all your experiences. We would refer again to the analogy of the circle, in which any one point defined on the circle can be either a beginning or an end. It is not defined by its character as one or the other. It is simply there.
Then understand, that all points on that circle exist simultaneously. And are neither beginning, nor end, in and of themselves , but only by definition. They are not, in and of themselves, a point. They are simply a definition. (Very confusing! LM).

D: We believe, that we enter a body as a Spirit and experience that life. But if we are also existing, living another lifetime, that is parallel to it, how that can be defined? I’m thinking of one soul entering one body at one individual time.
P: Your reality, you, your personal reality, could be defined as a circle. You, in your conscious state, can only comprehend the point or segment, that your mind is capable of perceiving. Your Awareness is only capable of perceiving that, which is directly in front of you. Not to say, that you cannot see beyond your own nose, but we would use that analogy in the sense of an overall picture. All that you are and all that you have been and all that you shall be, are on that circle. But your perception of that is simply that, which is small enough for your conscious mind to perceive. You are, on higher planes, aware of the sum total of your existence. However, your conscious mind on the plane, from which you are speaking, is only capable of that, which is most immediate to your conscious mind.

D: I just had a thought. Whenever I am doing hypnosis and I take the person to other lifetimes, is that way of changing the focus? (Changing vibration-frequency! LM). Like switching channels on a television set.

P: That is exactly right. It is indeed the same person or energy. The consciousness is simply directed forwards or backwards along this circle. This Being exists. It does not begin, it does not end. It simply exists. You merely change your focus or perspective from one section of that existence to another. There is no break in the existence. It is continuous and infinite in either direction. However, you may advance your perception to suit that, which you seek. The knowledge you seek will be found on some other portion of that circle.

D: Then it’s as though the subconscious has knowledge, the sum total of all of the lifetimes.

P: The subconscious is the sum total of all those lifetimes. It is the circle itself. The conscious simply moves to that portion of the circle, of which you seek information. And then relates that, which is in that portion of the circle. We would clarify, as in your question, that in cases of mental aberrations or illness where the perception is distorted, then moving to another portion of the circle would cause a distortion in the perception. We speak here with the assumption, that the realities are presented as they truly are, and not through a distorted lens of false impression. For that indeed is possible. The lens of conscious mind, need be clear and undistorted, so that the information from the different points on this circle, is both presented and... We find here a difficulty in translating the word, to infer that the perception of that information is accurate.

D: Then it sounds as though our concept of the subconscious is really in error. Is the subconscious most closely related to the Soul or the Spirit?

P: There is actually no difference. The Soul and Spirit are identical. The subconscious, in your definition, is simply the intelligence or Awareness of that Soul.  In your definition, the Awareness of your Soul is defined as the subconscious. The fact is, that your Soul is your Awareness. That is one of the stumbling blocks in learning the realities of the Universe. Is that your Awareness is your Reality. It is not, that you perceive the Universe through your Awareness, Reality is your Awareness. You are what you think. That is your true Reality.

D: We think, that the Subconscious is like the record keeper, the guardian of the systems of the body, and remains objective in that way. It is like a protector of the body. But I guess I have not correlated it with being the actual Soul or Spirit.
(Your Subconscious is your Higher Selves, LM).
P: The existence of your Awareness validates the fact, that you are. You think, therefore you are. And yet you are, and yet not know it. Therefore you think, therefore you are not.

D: Oftentimes when I contact the Subconscious directly and ask it for information about the body, it seems to be very objective and removed.
P: The emotional aspects of living in an environment such as you find yourself in, require that there be some sort of interface (a meeting point between a Spirit and the Spirit's Higher Self, LM), in order to function with the currents of Realities,
that swirl around you. These emotions allow the intake of information from that, which is being processed around you, to be assimilated into the existence of your Soul. To translate the existence around you into a manner, which can be perceived by your Consciousness.


D: I think that makes it a little easier. Another question along the same line. Can you give me a description or definition of other dimensions, that are existing in close proximity to us, although they are invisible to us?

P: There are many dimensions surrounding your defined area of Reality. We would ask, that you choose that, which you perceive, to be the most relevant, and define it in terms, that you may understand. There are in fact many dimensions, both above and below your depth of perception. However, that is not to say, that one or another is any greater or lesser.
D: They say there are many dimensions existing very close to us, but invisible to us, and yet they are very similar to ours. Does that make any sense?
P: They are accessible to you, however, perhaps not apparent to you. There are many aspects of these other dimensions, which overlap from one dimension to another. And yet there are many more aspects, which are unique unto that particular dimension. There are times when your emotional states cause your mind to expand and broaden and enhance your perception of the World around you. For example, many people find, that watching a particular Sunset at a particular time in their life, or perhaps, time of day or year, will give them a feeling of Awareness, that is not common in their life. A Oneness with nature, that is uncommon. Or perhaps in the vernacular (everyday speech) of those, who seek these experiences, to become one with nature. They have attuned their Consciousness to that particular thread, which runs common to all of these Universes. Therefore they feel the breath of their existence expand to the point, that they feel they are in many other dimensions at once. And indeed they are. They are aware of it.

D: Then it seems to bring up the same concept of where our focus is. The other dimensions are all there, but we can’t perceive them because of our focus.

P: That is accurate.
D: Then it seems like those three topics go along together.
P: That is accurate. The general scope of this conversation is more of perception as opposed to reality. The Realities of the Universe are there for all to perceive. However, the individual growth and understanding of the person, who would be trying to understand it at any given point, would determine to what depth or breadth or height they would be able to perceive these other Realities.
D: Then when they talk about raising our Consciousness, does that mean we will become more aware of these other Realities?
P: That is accurate.

Discussion at one of the group meetings in the 1980s.

Q: Sometimes we think of having various aspects of ourselves, that quite possibly might be living here on Earth at the same time, that we do. How frequently is this true?
Phil: My instant response was, very frequent. Much more frequent, than we’re aware of. In fact, the more thought projections we send out in those areas, the more “juice” we give that capability. However, our aspects have a life of their own.
They exist, and most of the time are not conscious of their other aspects. Us and others.
(Multiple Personality Disorder is a good example of it, LM).

During another session with Phil in 1999.

D: I have been gathering information about different dimensions, and I wanted to expand on that. I do know, in my limited way, that the other dimensions, that surround our Planet, are physical worlds, with physical Human Beings living on them. But they are vibrating at different speeds and are invisible to us. Can you give me any more information on that?
Phil: There is a certain Circular Reality, in that there is no sense of finiteness in the true reality. There are many shades of Reality, which are expressed in different ways. However, to say that a dimension is physical, as opposed to spiritual, is somewhat misleading. The concept seems to be understood as physical being different from spiritual. It is simply that, which you call “physical” has certain characteristics, which are somewhat separate or different from that, which you call “spiritual”. However, they are one and the same. It is simply a matter of there being certain differences, which distinguish one from the other. If you were to define the true reality of green water as opposed to blue water, you could say that certainly green water is not the same as blue water. However, it’s obvious, that the true constituent of each, which is water, is entirely identical. There is simply differences between the two, which distinguishes them. So could you say, that blue water is really different from green water?

D: I have heard there are other Beings living in these other dimensions. They are invisible to us, but they are living in what they consider a physical World.

P: That is accurate. It is as the radio waves in your air are all existing at the same time, and all contain different information, different realities, but yet can exist in the same space at the same time. It is simply a matter of a difference in frequency. There is no interference until the frequencies attempt to share the same frequency at the same time.

D: This causes what we call “static” or overlapping?

P: Yes. Trouble.
D: Does this happen with dimensions?
P: Occasionally. But thankfully, in the scheme of things there are safeguards, which prevent this. However, it is possible for an occasional overlap.

D: What would happen if that occurred?

P: Beings from different dimensions could interact and become aware of each other through their own sensory perceptions. The senses, which you call your “five senses”, are instruments, which are attuned to the frequencies on your level of existence. The Beings, which inhabit other levels of existence, have sensory organs, which are attuned to their own particular frequency of existence. If, for some reason, these levels of Awareness were to overlap or to share the same frequency, then the sensory elements of each would be attuned to the same frequency. And the Beings on each plane would be aware of each other.
D: Would they know something unusual had happened?
P: Perhaps, but not necessarily. They are between the dimensions slight changes. Between successive dimensions the greater changes become more apparent. Such, that the Beings from several dimensions removed, would, if they were able to comprehend, what they were seeing, realize, that there indeed something very peculiar happening.
However, because the changes are so subtle between the dimensions, each successive dimension is slightly different from the next. It could possibly be that one would not be, at least initially, aware that they had found themselves in another dimension.

D: But it is possible to go back and forth.
P: That is accurate.

 
D: We have heard, that sometimes there are Windows, that make it easier to go from one dimension to the other. Is this true?
P: There are Openings, which are useful to allow Beings, who have the Knowledge and Awareness, to be able to manifest this so called “Window”. However, there is not in your terminology, a certain place, which can be defined as an existing phenomenon, in and of itself, which is static, that you can access at any time simply by walking up to it. The energies can be manipulated such, that a Window can be generated. However, it is not a naturally occurring phenomenon. There was, as you aware, an Experiment done by your Navy, which is commonly referred to as the “Philadelphia Experiment”. This is an example of an Experiment with these “Windows”. There are those Beings, who are spiritually capable of passing from one dimension to the other...
D: You mean the government found a way to open the Window to go back and forth with the Philadelphia Experiment? Or they created a Window?
P: We would say, that a Window was opened. However, the ability to get back was not quite as finessed as the ability to open it. There were catastrophic results, because of the inability to properly manipulate this phenomenon. It is a natural- in the universal sense- condition. These planes are simply natural and common. However, it is your level of understanding at this point, which makes them or this concept somewhat supernatural. Nothing could be further from the truth. It is the basis of Reality, in the Universal Sense.
D: But the government found a way to do this.
P: There are those, who are working on manipulating these Energies. There are some, who have succeeded in more or less fashion. However, because of the lack of Spiritual Awareness, which is necessary, there is as yet perhaps a most crude fundamental understanding of this phenomenon.
D: Are the Experiments continuing?
P: That is accurate. It is possible at this time to transport energy or matter through the dimensions. However, the Spiritual Realities, which enable this phenomenon to occur, are as yet not understood. The basis of understanding to this point has been technological. The Spiritual Component has not been understood. There have been Experiments, which have failed. And the participants were somewhat in worse shape afterwards, than before. Their Soul or Spirit has the ability, or perhaps the resources, to heal these victims of these Experiments, when they have passed through the dimensional plane to that, which you call the “Spiritual” Plane. There have been cases, where individuals were completely lost to another dimension, and were, in essence, trapped in another dimension.
D: How could they be trapped if the Soul can go anywhere it wants and do anything it wants.
P: It is the physical components, which we speak of. There are cases of the physical body being completely transported to another dimension with the soul intact.

D: That’s what you mean. The physical was trapped in another dimension and could not get back.
P: That is accurate. Your comprehension is adequate to allow us to see that, which you are describing. And yes, it is true, that they sometimes overlap. However, at this point it is not technologically feasible for someone on your plane to attempt this on a regular basis. It is in fact one of the manners, in which those, you call the “aliens”, are able to maneuver through vast distances.

(There is no Time and Space, there is no linear or distances; only the change in frequency, which gives the sensation of movement, LM).

It is simply a matter of going between the dimensions, and finding those Portals, which exist in their naturally occurring state. We wish here to define the difference between that, which we were describing as a Window, as opposed to what we describe as Portal.

D: Yes, I would like to know the difference.
P: In the context, in which we were speaking earlier, a Window was a device, which allowed one to simply pass from one plane of existence to another. This is not a naturally occurring device. A Portal, however, is a naturally occurring phenomenon much like a tunnel, in which what you call “distance” on a particular plane can be crossed. One would be able to travel great distances by going through these Portals. However, these Portals are on the same plane. They do not transcend (pass beyond) the separate planes of Reality. Once one has arrived at the destination on that particular plane, it is necessary to convert to the plane, which one wishes to arrive at.
D: That’s the part I’m having confusion with. This is different from other dimensions, this is on the same plane.
P: Portals are on the same plane. They don’t transcend (pass beyond) planes (Portals are on the same frequency, LM). There are Portals within the planes themselves, however, the Portals do not span (to reach or extend over or across) the planes.
D: And this is different, than going between dimensions.
P: That is accurate.
D: I’m still a little confused on that. If we’re thinking of the same plane of existence, would aliens be coming from a physical star or part of the galaxy, that is out there now. But rather than going by speed of light or whatever, they would just find a Portal?
P: That is accurate.
D: So they’re on this physical plane of reality, rather than in another dimension. They just found these doorways so they can go back and forth faster.
P: That is accurate.
D: All of this is confusing to me, but I just had an idea. Using the Planet Venus as an example, in “our” dimension it appears that there is no life there. Could it be possible, that in an “alternate” reality or a different dimension, there could be people living there?
P: On the level, in which you experience Reality, there would not be. However, in higher dimensions there are in fact many lifeforms on many of the Planets, that are simply at a different level of expression. It would be simply, that the expression, as it manifests on your level, does not convey or express the essence of what you would call “lifeforms”. There is at the lower levels of that expression simply gas and rock. However, much as an iceberg is considered only partially visible, it’s known, that the entire expression of the iceberg is not visible. The level, at which you are seeing the Reality on Venus, is simply a portion of that, which is underwater, so to say. There are portions of the total expression, which are invisible to you because your perceptions are not able to conceive the Reality of the higher planes of existence.
D: So on an Alternate Reality, another Parallel World, so to speak, could there be a physical race living there?
P: That is accurate. And in the sense of our iceberg analogy we would include the iceberg to transcend planes of existence.


When Phil awakened he discussed the portion of the session, that he remembered.

P: The main thing I got was, that there’s a difference between the dimensions. But that within a dimension there are levels of Awareness even within a dimension. For example, there are things, that we’re not aware of on this dimension, much less the other dimensions. It’s like the Spectrum of Light, that is all one White Light in this dimension, and we may be only aware of certain portions of the Spectrum. Our Awareness is limited to a very small portion of this dimension. We’re not completely aware of all the elements of this dimension, and much less the other dimensions. And so the concept of Portals is within a dimension. You can travel great distances within this dimension, but there are no Portals from this dimension to the next. But there are degrees of ... it’s almost like there are dimensions within dimensions. There are levels within this dimension, that change enough, that they would be different from the other levels within this dimension.
D: Kind of like reading an octave. Each note would be a dimension, but it’s still safe within an octave. (Yes) I really appreciated your explaining about the Portals as opposed to the Windows.
P: The water seemed to be the easiest way to explain how we think of spiritual and physical. It’s basically the same reality only in a different form.

We all agreed, that we are growing and expanding to where we could handle and understand complicated information now, that we never could have understood in the beginning of our work.

Our Universe is actually a part of a much larger “Multiverse” of Parallel Universes, which is truly timeless... An important implication is, that there wasn’t a beginning... the (Multiverse) goes forever... The (Multiverse) has just been here all along. I find that a very satisfying picture.”
Andre Linde of Stanford has said: “If my colleagues and I are right, we may soon be saying goodbye to the idea, that our Universe was a single fireball created in the Big Bang.”
Although this picture is appealing, it also raises more questions. Can life exist on these Parallel Universes? Cambridge cosmologist Stephen Hawking is doubtful: he believes that our universe may co-exist with other universes, but our universe is special..." As Freeman Dyson of Princeton said: “It’s as if the universe knew we were coming.”

One of the Highest Vibrations of Cosmos - Pink Vibraton - Photo Gallery

Aпрель 2014; ниже фото: розовой радуги в Кирове; розовое озеро в Испании, Южной Африке, Австралии, Сенегале (найдёте на Странице: Африка); розовое Солнце в Лазаревском (Чёрное море); розовые облака во многих частях Мира - всё это Высокая Вибрация Сознания всей Планеты !

Pink Vibration

В Кирове сияла розовая радуга

Pink Vibration

Pink Vibration
http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2014-05-17-65377
14 мая 2014 года, кировчане стали свидетелями необычного явления. Над городом сияла розовая радуга. Вчера вечером возвращались с прогулки. Моросил небольшой дождик. Неожиданно заметили радугу..Жаль,что полностью не удалось её снять,не было достаточного простора. Решили пройти до реки,чтобы там увидеть всю красоту,но пока шли от Карла  Маркса до улицы Ленина - радуга, так же неожиданно, как появилась, исчезла. Наблюдали её примерно минут десять, - рассказывает Людмила Калинина.Но радуга, сияющую над улицами города, оказалась необычная. Она была розового цвета.

Pink-Violet Lake, Spain

Pink Lake, Australia

Pink Vibration is surrounding White Sun

Pink Vibration

Pink Vibration

Pink Unknown Object in the sky

Graduation  Balance Beam & Pink Sun

Pink-Blue higher Vibration


Dark Flow of Clusters of Galaxies

How rebellious Clusters of Galaxies move against the backdrop of expanding Universe



Rough Image of Multivers

http://ghostradio.wordpress.com/tag/laura-mersini-houghton/

on January 27, 2009
From New Scientist:
FOR most of us the Universe is unimaginably vast. But not for cosmologists. They feel decidedly hemmed in. No matter how big they build their telescopes, they can only see so far before hitting a wall. Approximately 45 billion light years away lies the cosmic horizon, the ultimate barrier because light beyond it has not had time to reach us. So here we are, stuck inside our patch of Universe, wondering, what lies beyond and resigned to that fact... The best we can hope for, through some combination of luck and vigilance, is to spot a crack in the structure of things, a possible Window to that hidden place beyond the edge of the Universe. Now Sasha Kashlinsky believes he has stumbled upon such a Window.
Kashlinsky, a senior staff scientist at NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center in Greenbelt, Maryland, has been studying how rebellious Clusters of Galaxies move against the backdrop of expanding
Universe.
He (
Kashlinsky) and colleagues have clocked Galaxy Clusters racing at up to 1000 kilometres per second – far faster, than our best understanding of cosmology allows. Stranger still, every Cluster seems to be
rushing toward a small patch of
space between the constellations of Centaurus and Vela.
Kashlinsky and his team claim, that their observation represents the first clues to what lies beyond the cosmic horizon. Finding out could tell us how the Universe looked ... or if our Universe is one of many.
Others aren’t so sure. One rival interpretation is that it is nothing to do with alien Universes,
but the result of a flaw in one of the cornerstones of cosmology, the idea, that the Universe should look the same in all directions. That is, if the observations withstand close scrutiny. All the same colleagues are sitting up and taking notice. “This discovery adds to our pile of puzzles about cosmology,” says Laura Mersini-Houghton of the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Heaped in that pile is 95 percent of the Universe’s contents, including the invisible Dark Matter (low viscosity Plasma, LM), that appears to hold the Galaxies together, and the mysterious Dark Energy (New Aquamarine Energy, LM), that is accelerating the Universe’s expansion. Accordingly, Kashlinsky named this new puzzle the “Dark Flow”. Kashlinsky measures how fast Galaxy Clusters up to 5 billion light years away are travelling by looking for signs of their motion in the cosmic microwave background... Photons in the CMB generally stream uninterrupted through billions of light years of interstellar space, but when they pass through a Galaxy Cluster they encounter hot ionised gas in the spaces between the Galaxies. Photons scattered by this gas show up as a tiny distortion in the temperature of the CMB, and if the Cluster happens to be moving, the distortion will also register a Doppler shift. In any individual Cluster, this shift is far too small to detect, which is why no one had ever bothered looking for it. However, Kashlinsky realised, if he combined measurements from a large enough number of C,lusters, the signal would be amplified to a measurable level.

January 12, 2010 -- Cosmic Explosion: Among the Brightest in Recorded History
Scientists have detected a flash of light from across the Galaxy so powerful that it bounced off the Moon and lit up the Earth's upper atmos...

Space
http://www.newscientist.com/article/mg20126921.900-dark-flow-proof-of-another-universe.html

Mystery: ‘Dark Flow’ Extends Towards Edge of Universe! Dark Flow: Proof of another Universe?

SOMETHING big is out there beyond the visible edge of our Universe. That’s the conclusion of the largest analysis to date of over 1000 Galaxy Clusters streaming in one direction at blistering speeds. Some researchers say this so-called “Dark Flow” is a sign, that other Universes nestle next door.
Last year, Sasha Kashlinsky of the Goddard Space Flight Center in Greenbelt, Maryland, and colleagues identified an unusual pattern in the motion of around 800 Galaxy clusters. They studied the clusters’ motion in the “Afterglow” ..., as measured by the Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP). The photons of this Afterglow collide with electrons in Galaxy Clusters, as they travel across space to the Earth, and this subtly changes the Afterglow’s temperature. The team combined the WMAP data with X-ray observations and found the Clusters were streaming at up to 1000 kilometres per second towards one particular part of the Cosmos (The Astrophysical Journal Letters, vol 686, p L49). Many researchers argued the Dark Flow would not turn up in later observations, but now the team claim to have confirmed its existence. Their latest analysis reveals 1400 Clusters are part of the Flow, and that it continues to around 3 billion light years from Earth, a sizeable fraction of the distance to the edge of the observable Universe. This is twice as far, as seen in the previous study...One explanation for the Flow would be the gravity of a huge concentration of matter...massive cosmic structures were “seeded” by random quantum fluctuations, so overall, matter should be spread evenly. There could be an exotic explanation. Laura Mersini-Houghton of the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, thinks the Flow is a sign of a neighbouring Universe...The observation of “Dark Flow” in Galaxy Clusters was predicted in 2006 by Laura Mersini-Houghton of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and colleagues. She proposes, that the effect occurs, because our Universe was once influenced by neighbouring domains...Mersini-Houghton reasoned, that if a force, exerted by other Universes, squeezed ours, it could generate a repulsive effect, that would impede the shrinkage of matter into Clusters, but not leave an imprint on smaller scales. “This skews the distribution of lumps, so they are not the same in all directions,” she says. “There is a preferred direction – the Dark Flow.”
She also predicted in 2006, that there should be two “Holes” – regions with fewer Galaxies, than expected. Sure enough, there does appear to be a Hole – the so-called “Cold Spot” identified by the WMAP probe.
The Hole is a very large region of Space where the Afterglow is cooler, than average..."


http://www.newscientist.com


Clusters of Galactics in our Universe



The White Energy of Balance



Both (above and below) are old photos of Andromeda Galaxy





Universal Time Tunnel



Way from one UNiverse to Another one



The photo above is the Universal Flow!

Параллельная реальность: британские ученые открыли путь в альтернативные миры

Параллельная реальность в приборе от британских ученых
http://earth-chronicles.ru/news/2012-04-17-21025
"Как видите, это что-то вроде гадания на лазерной гуще. Вы улыбаетесь? Ничего иного вы и не ждали от сумасбродных британских ученых? Настоящая ирония состоит в том, что гипотеза параллельных реальностей так же непроверяема, как и любая другая интерпретация квантовой механики. Это своего рода вопрос веры, или же философии - так почему же не верить в Мультивселенную, в которой реализованы все-все возможности, и ни одна из них не упущена? Может быть, это и есть мечта, а "Квантовому Параллелографу" не хватает только функции путешествий между реальностями - что ж, британские ученые работают над этим."



What we call Auroras in night skies are really Thoughts of all Beings living inside/on/around Earth! They could be colored (of different Vibration) or White, these Thoughts are highly Advanced !



























Gamma Ray is the Energy of Balance



Handbook for the New Paradigm

I post different, but powerful Thoughts from "Handbook for the New Paradigm" by George Green on our links and below you will find some of them, but the rest of the book is on:  "Handbook for the New Paradigm"

Part 1, №41-42
"Purposeful Intent is Focus. The Planet and Humanity continue to cry out for an end to this scenario, but only Humanity can bring the end through the creation of a new plot, a new script and a new play. Freewill allows Humanity the choice to continue the present movie or simply have the stage revolve to the next production. However, there must be a new set (scene) on that stage so that audience participation can be invited to create this play of plays for the planet as a whole... Who is it that you know in your heart would resonate with the challenge focused through it? Will you dedicate yourself to this critical cause? Will you read and study the information with the intention of allowing its message to fill the void that resonates within you because of the deceptions of the dark magicians? When you think or speak the small wish, "I am a Graduate becoming, help me to become", ask for guidance through your feelings that you may know. You are calling forth the vibratory connection to your Source...
Lines of communication are open, and seeming miracles begin to happen through coincidence and synchronicities. Most of all a calm and peaceful attitude becomes prevalent (generally practiced) in your experience. Your countenance (expresion of the face) changes and you know who you are, why you are here and what is to be done in each moment. You have a purpose, a mission and there is hope for this Planet after all. In the times that come, those of you who make the choice to become part of the wholistic transformation of this planet and its inhabitants will lead the way through the transformation of yourselves. Humankind is inspired by example not by words, written or spoken... Your example will be one of living the life of purposeful Focus. Each day your intent is to be a Graduate becoming for the purpose of Graduates becoming and the Higher Level of Consciousness Planet becoming. This commitment in unison will bring forth an Aura of Magnetism that will reflect in all aspects of your experience... Because your focus is to participate in the larger creative flow into an experience that will have parameters that are yet unknown. The Basic Concept on which all higher Levels are based is in the understanding that the pivot point to upliftment into Evolving Consciousness is the Unified Focus of returning to the Level of the Creator... During the period of Chaos facilitating the transition, those with Intent to assist in the birthing of the New Paradigm, rather than the maintenance of values to be transcended, will be assisted in having available what is needed to superintend facets of organization that are necessary. These will not be in the focus of leadership, but of setting the ideal or archetype of Cooperation... You were asked if you could conceptualize a system in which there were no levels of leadership of Hierarchy, because they were unnecessary. Unity of Focus based on Personal Responsibility to fulfill the harmonious (shared) Goal of "becoming" through individual experience sets up a Cooperative Environment. Cooperation replaces competition and fear is no longer present... attitudes and beliefs bring on disease and degeneration of the body, illustrating the basic lack of trust in the Creator’s Flow that birthed you into this life experience. In a nutshell, the moment you are born, you are taught to begin swimming upstream against the flow of creative expansion. It is now time that you climb out on a rock, take a good look around and then begin swimming within the expansive flow. It is so much easier and "in-joy-able". Swimming with the Flow allows the Focus of "becoming" to be thought acting within and upon itself. The resulting harmonious experience is that of being wholly supported in that Quest... Pulling oneself out of that Flow, up on to the rock, carefully perceiving the situation and making the decision to enter the Greater Flow of the Galaxy that is moving within Creative Expansiveness brings you to a level out of that struggling Mass. Once the initial group begins this action by freewill choice, many will join by increasing numbers and a new flow is formed joining the Galactic Flow. As those of the masses, literally wearing themselves out by spending their creative energy within the struggle, observe your life moving smoothly and easily along within that Flow, Your Mission of Reversing the Flow will be well under way... You then  know the purpose of your incarnation at the fully conscious level and the empty wondering will cease...
The Shift in Perception is the most important beginning point possible, this bypasses the negative emotions of anger and the desire to retaliate (pay back) ...
Your misunderstood karmic law, as quoted when there is the desire for someone to get their "just due", is indeed a distorted reference to the Law of Attraction... Spreading the message (word) and applying the Basics in their daily lives is the most important mission of all. If applying these is not done at the fundamental levels of human experience, then all the messages are to no avail whatever! These are the ripples. What good are pebbles if the pond remains static? The Victim Consciousness must be transcended (surpassed), so that Humanity can take back its power... Personal Responsibility is another way of saying "take your power and use it with intentional focus to bring Balance." The Balanced State of experience is necessary to be a functioning part of the ground team. Rereading, studying, contemplating and applying what is within the messages through personal experience will prove the validity of the information and bring forth Balance within Chaos. The ground team has space for those who are awake, aware, committed, focused and balanced. This brings forth the ability to act rather than react. If it is not yet time for individuals to act, then encourage them to continue to study, share the message and be within the rippling effect while they wait patiently. This is the space you must occupy to be functional and ready. It is putting oil in your lamp so that it may be lit in the moment of opportunity.
So, become this Consciousness!



Shooting Rays, 3 Apr. 2010

Shooting Rays, the Rays which are bouncing of Earth back to the Universe, 3 Apr. 2010

Unusual Rays in Bali, Indonesia!

Unusual Rays in Bali, Indonesia!


NASA: A Giant Breach in Earth's Magnetic Field

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nVqWH5Qlg8Y&feature=related


There is a connection between Solar Ejections and Aurora. The color of Aurora depends on the frequency of the Sun and if the Sun is of Violet Vibration, than the Ejections from the Sun and Auroras will be of Violet color! The close we are towards 2012, the more Solar Ejections will happen and the more Violet Auroras will show up!
There is always a reason why some Suns, Planets or moons moved to our Solar System and stubbornly stayed here for years, for instance the Planet X!
 It is 4 times larger than Earth and there was a Gap of this size in Earth's Magnetic Field in 2008! Could it be that this Planet X is the Alter of our Earth and is about to merge (or maybe have already merged) with our Earth through that Gap? The same applies to, so called, "Death Star" or "Nemesis", which could be Earth's negative Alter, waiting for the time of merging with Earth!
According to astronomers' findings, Earth's atmosphere is lowering, because the ionosphere became much lower than before! Interesting that our Jupiter is self-luminous and looks like a Brown Dwarf (dim Sun)!
All, remaining in our Universe, Red and Brown Dwarfs (dim Stars) are not just separate Entities, but most likely Alters (other Personalities) of much brighter Stars, which eventually will merge with them. Our Universe doesn't have just Binary Star Systems, some Stars are a part of a Multiple Star System!
Binary Star System has 2 Suns: one of 3rd Level of Consciousness, and another Sun is of 4th Level of Consciousness! Soon we will have the 3rd visible Sun of 5th Level of Consciousness!

Hole In Earth's Magnetic Field!

Hole In Earth's Magnetic Field!

Hole In Earth's Magnetic Field, 2008!

Hole In Earth's Magnetic Field, 2008!

Earth's Magnetic Field!

Earth's Magnetic Field!

Earth' s Magnetic Field

Violet Hole In Earth's Magnetic Field!

Hole In Earth's Magnetic Field!

Violet Hole In Earth's Magnetic Field!

Hole In Earth's Magnetic Field!

Hole In Earth's Magnetic Field!

Earth' s Magnetic Field

Earth's Magnetic Field!

Earth's Magnetic Field!

Earth's Magnetic Field!

Earth's Magnetic Field!

Earth's Magnetic Field!

Earth's Magnetic Field!

2 Suns
http://community.livejournal.com/ru_fenomen/tag/Солнце
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KrAL5gfgwAU&feature=related
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N2D0xB64adw&feature=related

Saturn's New Ring

Saturn's New Ring

Saturn's New Ring

What are Gamma Rays?
These pictures are from the documentary on Youtube called: NASA GLASTcast - Episode 2:

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet and causing it to explode! This is called Nebula!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet and causing it to explode! This is called Nebula!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet and causing it to explode! This is called Nebula!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet and causing it to explode! This is called Nebula!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet and causing it to explode! This is called Nebula!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet and causing it to explode! This is called Nebula! And if you stand up and have a look again, you will see a lot of Violet Energy inside the explosion!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet!


Gamma Ray is hitting a Sun and causing it to explode! This is called Supernova!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Sun and causing it to explode! This is called Supernova!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Sun and causing it to explode! This is called Supernova!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Sun and causing it to explode! This is called Supernova!


Gamma Ray is hitting a Sun and causing it to explode! This is called Supernova!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Sun and causing it to explode! This is called Supernova!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Sun causing it to explode! And if you stand up and have a look again at this photo without any light around, you will see a lot of Violet Energy inside the explosion!

Since the 1920’s, quantum physicists have been trying to make sense of an uncomfortable and startling possibility—that an infinite number of alternate universes exist.
Leading scientists like Stephen Hawking, Michio Kaku and Neil Turok, all of whom are responsible for life-changing breakthroughs in the field of quantum physics, have all suggested the existence of multiple universes.
This jaw-dropping discovery was first made when, trying to pinpoint the exact location of an atomic particle, physicists found it was virtually impossible. It had no single location. In other words, atomic particles have the ability to simultaneously exist in more than one place at a time.The only explanation for this is that particles don’t only exist in our universe—They can spark into existence in an infinite number of parallel universes as well. And although these particles come to being and change in synchronicity, they are all slightly different In these alternate universes, alternate versions of YOU are living out their lives.
And with an infinite number of them, it means that anything that can happen, does happen—in another universe. So in effect, there is a universe where Obama never won the election and another where Princess Diana is still alive. There is a universe where you are the King of Scotland and a universe where you are a tea farmer in China. A universe where you are a celebrity musician, and one where you busk on a pavement for spare change.
So how do parallel universes come to be? How, if you are born in this universe, are there now an infinite number of dimensions where you exist simultaneously? The theory is simple:
Every decision you make in life causes a “split” in reality…
Which in turn creates two alternate universes—one where the current version of you is today, and another with the version of you who made a different choice. Now think about your life.
Think about all the decisions you’ve made that led to who you are today. If all these decisions caused a split in your reality, each time creating a new version of yourself in a parallel universe who also goes on to make a certain set of choices thereby splitting their reality, you can begin to imagine the infinite versions of yourself that exist. Now imagine what you could accomplish if you could somehow tap into these alternate universes to meet and learn from these alternate versions of yourself. Imagine the wisdom you’d learn. The opportunities you’d recognize, the skills you’d acquire, and the pitfalls you’d know to avoid.
By meeting these alternate selves, you’d essentially be tapping into an endless universal sea of knowledge and experience. But how, might you be asking, does one access these alternate realities? That’s where Quantum Jumping comes in.
Welcome to the Infinite You.
Quantum Jumping is the process of jumping into parallel dimensions, and gaining creativity, knowledge, wisdom, skills and inspiration from alternate versions of yourself.
This happens through a phenomenon known as “thought transference.” You see, although the solidity of our world seems indisputable, Quantum Theory suggests that our physical reality is nothing but a very elaborate mirage. A super-hologram of information and energy. A Matrix.
The chair you’re sitting on, your computer, your house, your car, everything that exists around you, is an illusion.
So then how do we see, touch, feel, and smell the things that surround us if none of it really exists?
The answer is that all physical matter is the result of particles vibrating at a certain frequency. A frequency that if you alter, change or amplify in any way, you change your physical and current reality.
We all know from physics class that if you increase the vibrational frequency of water particles through heat energy, you create steam and if you slow them down by removing heat energy, you create ice. And just like heat, our thoughts too are energy.
In other words, the substance of the universe, of your reality, is nothing more than consciousness or thought. Consciousness forms the building blocks of the universe and everywhere that consciousness explores, with the expectation that something will be there, it also creates. To change your current reality, all you need to do is change the frequency of your thoughts. This revelation may be a little hard to swallow…
Which is exactly why for over three decades Burt has been keeping Quantum Jumping to himself and his closest associates, until now—when experiments conducted by some of the world’s most prestigious and reputable universities are starting to support the idea of human thought transference.
But just as important as the acknowledgement of experts is what Burt and his students, or ‘Quantum Jumpers‘, have experienced for themselves.
The man who “cheated” reality.
Burt himself, now 83 years old, has used Quantum Jumping to accomplish a variety of inexplicable feats. He has used it to turn himself into a painter and a photographer (with his work hanging in multiple galleries across the world to prove it), a published author, a singer and an online entrepreneur…"


АМЕРИКАНСКИЕ ФИЗИКИ ПРИШЛИ К СЕНСАЦИОННОМУ ЗАКЛЮЧЕНИЮ
"Двое американских физиков — Д. Койн из Калифорнийского университета в Санта Крузе и Д. Ченг из Альмаденского исследовательского центра IBM в Сан-Хосе — пришли к сенсационному заключению: все известные элементарные частицы могут представлять собой миниатюрные черные дыры..."

Britons believe in time travel

Friday, March 11, 2011

http://bigpondnews.com/articles/OddSpot/2011/03/11/Britons_believe_in_time_travel_587614.html
The lives of nearly a third of Britons could soon be made much easier thanks to the gift of time travel.
A survey of 3000 people published on Friday has revealed 30 per cent of adults across the UK mistakenly believe time travel is possible and not confined to the realms of fictional films or television.
The research, commissioned by Birmingham Science City, suggests programs such as Doctor Who and Ashes to Ashes may have had a hand in the blurring of lines between science fiction and science fact.
The results also show nearly half of adults (44 per cent) believe memory-erasing technology similar to that used in the film, Men in Black, and hover boards, such as those showcased in Back to the Future, exist in reality.
The possibility of being teleported was also an option for nearly one in four of those surveyed (24 per cent) who think it is a real mode of transport, while 22 per cent of people think light sabres exist not just in Star Wars, but also in real life.
Other findings also revealed nearly one in five adults (18 per cent) hold the view that they can see gravity.
The team of researchers, who carried out the study to celebrate National Science and Technology Week, said it was 'not surprising' that people sometimes get science fact and science fiction confused because of the major scientific advances being made across the world.
For example, over three quarters (78 per cent) of Britons believe that invisibility cloaks exist only in the fictional world, and yet a team at the University of Birmingham, led by a professor, Shuang Zhang, has developed a method for making objects appear invisible.
Nearly nine in 10 people (89 per cent) think it would be impossible to grow an extra pair of eyes, even though scientists at the University of Warwick have found this is possible in frogs. The team members believe they will be able to use the technology to explore eye development in humans and grow an 'eye in a dish'.
Pam Waddell, director of Birmingham Science City, said: 'While films and TV can be acknowledged as creating confusion, it is also worth highlighting how advanced science has now become and many things deemed only possible in fiction have now become reality or are nearing creation due to the advancements of science.'
'What's clear from this research is that science captures everyone's imagination, so we must continue to invest in it and strive to develop the latest 'stranger than fiction' creations.'
The survey also asked people what they would most like to see created.
For those male participants who did not already think otherwise, time machines or teleportation got the most votes, each receiving 21 per cent and 19 per cent respectively, whereas over a quarter of women (26 per cent) instead favoured a universal cure for all diseases.

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet!


Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet!

Gamma Ray is hitting a Planet!

Gamma Ray Close Up!  And if you stand up and have a look again, you will see a lot of Violet Energy inside!
A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!


A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!

A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!

A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!

A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!

A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!

A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!

A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!

And if you stand up and have a look again, you will see a lot of Violet Energy inside!

A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!


A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!

A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!

A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!

A few stages of 2 Suns merging with each other!


Gamma-Rays

One of the most energetic gamma-ray bursts (GRBs) ever detected, occurring at 4:47 a.m. EST, January 23, 1999. The “burst” equaled the power of nearly 10 million billion suns. It became the first GRB to be viewed simultaneously in both gamma-ray and optical wavelengths.

Gamma-Ray Burst (GRB)

A brief, intense, and powerful burst of gamma rays, the highest-energy, shortest-wavelength radiation in the electromagnetic spectrum. These bursts emanate from distant sources outside our galaxy and last only a few seconds. They are the brightest and most energetic explosions known.

Gamma Rays

The part of the electromagnetic spectrum with the highest energy; also called gamma radiation.
The term gamma ray is used to denote electromagnetic radiation from the nucleus as a part of a radioactive process. The energy of nuclear radiation is extremely high because such radiation is born in the intense conflict between the nuclear strong force and the electromagnetic force, the two strongest basic forces. The gamma ray photon may in fact be identical to an x-ray, since both are electromagnetic rays; the terms x-ray and gamma rays are statements about origin rather than implying different kinds of radiation.
In interactions with matter, gamma rays are ionizing radiation and produce physiological effects which are not observed with any exposure of non-ionizing radiation.
Frequencies: typically >1020 Hz
Wavelengths: typically < 10-12 m
Quantum energies: typically >1 MeV
http://amazing-space.stsci.edu/glossary/def.php.s=topic_light

http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/optmod/holog.html#c1


Holography

The above image was taken through a transmission hologram. The hologram was illuminated from behind by a helium-neon laser which has been passed through a diverging lens to spread the beam over the hologram. Holography is "lensless photography" in which an image is captured not as an image focused on film, but as an interference pattern at the film. Typically, coherent light from a laser is reflected from an object and combined at the film with light from a reference beam. This recorded interference pattern actually contains much more information that a focused image, and enables the viewer to view a true three-dimensional image which exhibits parallax. That is, the image will change its appearance if you look at it from a different angle, just as if you were looking at a real 3D object. In the case of a transmission hologram, you look through the film and see the three dimensional image suspended in midair at a point which corresponds to the position of the real object which was photographed. These three images of the same hologram were taken by positioning the camera at three positions, moving from left to right. Note that the pawn appears on the left side of the king in the left photo, but transitions to the right of the king as you sweep your eye across the hologram. This is real parallax, which tells you that the image is truly 3-dimensional. Each perspective corresponds to looking through the hologram at a particular point.


The Holographic Image

Some of the descriptions of holograms are: "image formation by wavefront reconstruction.." "lensless photography" "freezing an image on its way to your eye, and then reconstructing it with a laser". A consistent characteristic of the images as viewed. The images are true three-dimensional images, showing depth and parallax and continually changing in aspect with the viewing angle. Any part of the hologram contains the whole image! The images are scalable. They can be made with one wavelength and viewed with another, with the possibility of magnification.

Three-Dimensional Image

Holograms are true three-dimensional images. This is evidenced by the fact that you can move your head while viewing the image and see it in a different perspective. This includes revealing part of the image which was hidden at another viewing angle. Shown below are three images from the same hologram, obtained by looking through it at different angles. Note that the pawn appears in different perspective in front of the king behind it.
http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/optmod/holog.html#c1


When a piece is the whole

Every part of a hologram contains the image of the whole object. You can cut off the corner of a hologram and see the entire image through it. For every viewing angle you see the image in a different perspective, as you would a real object. Each piece of a hologram contains a particular perspective of the image, but it includes the entire object.

Scaling Holographic Images

The holographic image scales with the wavelength. This initially caused great excitement because one could imagine making holographic images with x-rays and viewing them with visible light, getting three-dimensional views of things on the scale of molecules. X-ray holograms have yet to be made, and there are practical difficulties with the scaling, but there is still the possibility that this feature of holograms will prove to be of great benefit.

NASA GLASTcast - Episode 2: What are Gamma Rays?
http://www.solcomhouse.com/gammarays.htm

"Locality is Absolute" according to Einstein, but it's wrong, because there is no Wholeness in it! I found interesting the connection of Quantum Physics with the Wholeness of Humanity and of other life in the Universe in this interviews with Basil Hiley, the phycisist on Quantum Physics! Draconians are not just  fragmenting us and teach human scientists to do this, but these "scientists" are constantly taking things apart and sticking labels on every little part, which  only creates more confusion and Reptilians thrive on our CONFUSION and SEPARATENESS! Draconians don't look at everything as a Whole and don't evaluate it without taking it apart: they (and many "scientists") are scared of it , because the Whole is bringing them the End of their power! To understand these videos you need to watch them a few times! Here are 3 links and there are more on:  Michael Talbot's  "Holographic Universe"

David Bohm, Wholistic Universe, quantum physics with Basil Hiley
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wayQn0uVIvE&feature=related

David Bohm Quantum theory versus Copenhagen Interpretation.mov
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9gFCj5PPEyw&NR=1

Holographic Universe (Part 1 of 5 ) its all illusion
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vnvM_YAwX4I&feature=related

Michael Talbot - Hollographic Realities 2 of 6
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f2vEDhRc91M&feature=related

Michael Talbot - Hollographic Realities 3 of 6
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YImZEC1iqPA&feature=related

Michael Talbot - Hollographic Realities 4 of 6
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Lm1-qtL6O7s&feature=related

Michael Talbot - Hollographic Realities 5 of 6
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dHJmGTgX_fI&NR=1

Michael Talbot - Hollographic Realities 6 of 6
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=isxQpnFRo7E&NR=1

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=isxQpnFRo7E&NR=1

Michael Talbot: Synchronicity and the Holographic Universe -- Thinking Allowed w/ Jeffrey Mishlove
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nJ-3m5W4cp4&feature=related

Karl Pribram: The Holographic Brain (excerpt) - A Thinking Allowed DVD with Dr. Jeffrey Mishlove
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vHpTYs6GJhQ&feature=relmfu

01- Taher Gozel interview with Basil Hiley on Wholistic quantum model of David Bohm Part 1
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oaNhL7NHOyU&NR=1

02- Taher Gozel interview with Basil Hiley on Wholistic quantum model of David Bohm Part 2
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OeOZmRvCV0U&NR=1

03 Taher Gozel interview with Basil Hiley on Wholistic quantum mechanical model of David Bohm Part
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=O63v7F6tTxI&NR=1

04- Taher Gozel interview with Basil Hiley on Wholistic quantum model of David Bohm Part 4
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uiU6atKy5ok&NR=1

05- Taher Gozel interview with Basil Hiley on Wholistic quantum model of David Bohm Part 5
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RLCbKCFYLmk&NR=1

06- Taher Gozel interview with Basil Hiley on Wholistic quantum model of David Bohm Part 6
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hCnAD9rZ9Wk&NR=1

07 Taher Gozel interview with Basil Hiley on Wholistic quantum mechanical model of David Bohm Part7
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oR5b0xbD_80&NR=1

08- Taher Gozel interview with Basil Hiley on Wholistic quantum model of David Bohm Part 8
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cmYs4BF6dR4&NR=1

09- Taher Gozel interview with Basil Hiley on Wholistic quantum model of David Bohm Part 9
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1gIYZ0Hm644&NR=1

10- Taher Gozel interview with Basil Hiley on Wholistic quantum model of David Bohm Part 10
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sd-f6OZ7C0Q&NR=1

11- Taher Gozel interview with Basil Hiley on Wholistic quantum model of David Bohm Part 11
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cpYln2XdGv4&NR=

13- Taher Gozel interview with Basil Hiley on Wholistic quantum model of David Bohm Part 13
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WSUM4GSWjYE&NR=1

"N. David Mermin, a physicist at Cornell University, points out, physicists fall into three categories: a small minority is troubled by the philosophical implications; a second group has elaborate reasons why they are not troubled, but their explanations tend "to miss the point entirely"; and a third group has no elaborate explanations but also refuses to say why they aren't troubled. "Their position is unassailable (not able to be challenged)," says Mermin."  "The Holographic Universe" by Michael Talbot, p. 140.

Robert Monroe "Far Journeys", End Game, p.241:

"The single outermost ring is composed solely of those who are preparing for their final in-human experience —the Last-Timers, or Seniors, whichever suits your perspective. They have lost their gray appearance and much of their humanoid form; they are nearly white in radiation with occasional sparkling patterns around them..."
As you can see, everything comes to the Energy of White color (and not Golden one): the Balancing Energy is of White color, like you see it on the photo below, and the White color of those who is graduating this Planetary Game !

TRANSFORMATION OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM

We will list the recent large-scale events in the Solar System in order to fully understand, and comprehend, the Planeto - Physical transformations taking place. This development of events, as it has become clear in the last few years, is being caused by material and energetic non-uniformity's in space. In its travel through interstellar space, the Heliosphere on its way met non-homogeneities of matter and energy  This kind of interstellar space dispersed plasma is presented by magnetized strip structures. The Heliosphere [solar system] transition through this structure has led to an increase of the shock wave in front of the Solar System from 3 to 4 AU, to 40 AU, or more. This shock wave thickening has caused the formation of a collusive plasma in a parietal layer, which has led to a plasma overdraft around the Solar System, and then to its breakthrough into interplanetary domains. This breakthrough constitutes a kind of energy donation made by interplanetary space to our Solar System. In response to this donation of energy/matter," we have observed a number of large scale events:
A series of large Planeto-Physical transformations. A change in the quality of interplanetary space in the direction of an increase in its interplanetary, and solar-planetary transmitting properties.
The appearance of new states, and activity regimes, of the Sun.
The following processes are taking place on the distant planets of our Solar System. But they are, essentially speaking, operationally driving the whole System. Here are examples of these events:
A growth of dark spots on Pluto.
Reporting of auroras on Saturn.
Reporting of Uranus and Neptune polar shifts (They are magnetically conjugate planets), and the abrupt large-scale growth of Uranus magnetosphere intensity.
A change in light intensity and light spot dynamics on Neptune.
The doubling of the magnetic field intensity on Jupiter, and a series of new states and processes observed on this planet as an aftermath of a series of explosions in July 1994! That is, a relaxation of a plasmoid train which excited the Jovian magnetosphere, thus inducing excessive plasma generation and it's release in the same manner as Solar coronal holes inducing an appearance of radiation belt brightening, and the appearance of large auroral anomalies and a change of the Jupiter - Io system of currents!
Update Note From Alex Dmitriev, Nov. 1997. A stream of ionized hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, etc. is being directed to Jupiter from the volcanic
areas of Io (the Moon of Jupiter) through a one million amperes flux tube. It is affecting the character of Jupiter's magnetic process and intensifying it's Plasma.
Z.I.Vselennaya "Earth and Universe" N3, 1997 , 9 by NASA. A series of Martian atmosphere transformations increasing its biosphere quality. In particularly, a cloudy growth in the equator area and an unusual growth of ozone concentration. In September 1997 the Mars Surveyor Satellite encountered an atmospheric density double that projected by NASA upon entering a Mars orbit. This greater density bent one of the solar array arms beyond the full and open stop. This combination of events has delayed the beginning of the scheduled photo mission for one year. A first stage atmosphere generation on the Moon, where a growing natrium atmosphere is detected that reaches 9,000 km in height. Significant physical, chemical and optical changes observed on Venus; an inversion of dark and light spots detected for the first time, and a sharp decrease of sulfur-containing gases in its atmosphere. A Change in the Quality of Interplanetary Space Towards an Increase in Its Interplanetary and Solar-Planetary Transmitting Properties. When speaking of new energetic and material qualities of interplanetary space, we must first point out the increase of the interplanetary domains energetic charge, and level of material saturation. This change of the typical mean state of interplanetary space has two main causes:
The supply/inflow of matter from interstellar space. (Radiation material, ionized elements, and combinations.)
The after effects of Solar Cycle 22 activity, especially as a result of fast coronal mass ejection's [CME's] of magnetized solar plasmas.
It is natural for both interstellar matter and intra-heliospheric mass redistribution's to create new structural units and processes in the interplanetary domains. They are mostly observed in the structured formation of extended systems of magnetic plasma clouds, and an increased frequency of the generation of shock waves; and their resulting effects. A report already exists of two new populations of cosmic particles that were not expected to be found in the Van Allen radiation belts; particularly an injection of a greate, dense electron sheaf into the inner magnetosphere during times of abrupt magnetic storms [CME's], and the emergence of a new belt consisting of ionic elements traditionally found in the composition of stars. This newly changed quality of interplanetary space not only performs the function of a planetary interaction transmission mechanism, but it (this is most important) exerts stimulating and programming action upon the Solar activity both in it's maximal and minimal phases.

The Appearance of New States and Activity Regimes of the Sun.

As far as the stellarphysical state of the Sun is concerned, we must first note the fact that significant modifications have occurred in the existing behavioral model of the central object of our solar system. This conclusion comes from observations and reportings of unusual forms, energetic powers, and activities in the Sun's functions, as well as modifications in it's basic fundamental properties. A progressive growth of the Sun's general activity has been observed. This growth revealed itself most definitely; which posed a real problem for heliophysicists who were attempting to revise their main explanatory scenarios:
Concerning the velocity of reaching super-flash maximums. Concerning the emissive power of separate flashes. Concerning the energy of solar cosmic rays, etc. Moreover, the Ulysses spacecraft, traversing high heliospheric latitudes, recorded the absence of the magnetic dipole, which drastically changed the general model of heliomagnetism, and further complicated the magnetologist's analytic presentations. The most important heliospheric role of coronal holes has now become clear; to regulate the magnetic saturation of interplanetary space. Additionally, they generate all large geomagnetic storms, and ejection's with a southerly directed magnetic field are geo-effective; an increase in the frequency of super-flashes. Jupiter is having the possibility of being shrouded by a plasmosphere extending over Io's orbit. As a whole, all of the reporting and observation facilities give evidence to a growth in the velocity, quality, quantity, and energetic power of our Solar System's Heliospheric processes
1/8/98: The unexpected high level of Sun activity, a 300% increase... The character, scale, and magnitude of current Sun activity has increased to the point that one official government Sun satellite reporting station recently began their daily report by saying, "Everything pretty much blew apart on the Sun today, Jan. 3,1998." 
http://www.tmgnow.com/

http://www.planetophysical2.html



Magnetic Portals Connect Sun and Earth

Earth' s Magnetic Bubble
 

(this article is on  Universal Life's Events  and this link too and it is important for understanding why we all need to use the Sun's White Light Beam to move together with Earth to the 5th Density. How to use this Beam? Just your Intent and constant thoughts about it would be sufficient, LM).  

"...Researchers have long known that the Earth and sun must be connected.
(Sun is the Higher Self of Earth, in other words, our Earth and our Sun are the same thing. Did you notice that often the word "Earth" would start from capital letter, but not the word "sun", this way making our Sun less significant than Earth, when in reality it should be the opposite, LM).
Earth's magnetosphere (the magnetic bubble that surrounds our planet) is filled with particles from the sun that arrive via the solar wind and penetrate the planet's magnetic defenses. They enter by following magnetic field lines that can be traced from terra firma all the way back to the sun's atmosphere.
We used to think the connection was permanent and that solar wind could trickle into the near-Earth environment anytime the wind was active," says Sibeck. "We were wrong. The connections are not steady at all. They are often brief, bursty and very dynamic..."
http://science.nasa.gov/headlines/y2008/30oct_ftes.htm


Spectral Colors

Color Spectrum

It is common practice to define pure colors in terms of the wavelengths of light as shown. This works well for spectral colors but it is found that many different combinations of light wavelengths can produce the same perception of color.
This progression from left to right is from long wavelength to short wavelength, and from low frequency to high frequency light. The wavelengths are commonly expressed in nanometers (1 nm = 10-9 m). The visible spectrum is roughly from 700 nm (red end) to 400 nm (violet end). The letter I in the sequence above is for indigo - no longer commonly used as a color name. It is included above strictly for the reason of making the sequence easier to say as a mnemonic, like a person's name: Roy G. Biv - a tradition in the discussion of color.
The inherently distinguishable characteristics of color are hue, saturation, and brightness. Color measurement systems characterize colors in various parameters which relate to hue, saturation, and brightness. They include the subjective Munsell and Ostwald systems and the quantitative CIE color system.
Introduction
The term light is usually taken to refer to visible light, the familiar spectrum of red, orange, yellow, green, blue, violet. However, light actually belongs to a much broader spectrum known as the electromagnetic spectrum. It includes, in order of increasing frequency, radio waves, infrared waves, visible light, Ultraviolet rays, X rays, and Gamma Rays.
 
Electromagnetic Spectrum

Electromagnetic Spectrum


The electromagnetic spectrum is the range of wavelengths and frequencies that electromagnetic radiation can assume. This is a very broad range, and these waves exhibit a variety of properties associated with wavelength and frequency.

Long radio waves have the lowest frequency and wavelength - they sometimes have frequencies less than 1 Hertz and wavelengths in excess of 1 kilometer. They are generally used for long-range radio transmissions. Short radio waves have higher frequencies and correspondingly shorter wavelength; they are used mostly in very short-range radio transmissions. AM (amplitude modulation) radio waves have frequencies between these two wave types. In varying AM waves, the strength or height (maximum displacement from equilibrium) is changed. By contrast, FM (frequency modulation) radio waves usually have higher frequencies closer to those of TV transmissions. In varying FM waves, the frequency of the wave is changed. Exposure to radio waves causes no major health problems and is not regulated.
Microwaves are higher-frequency waves lying roughly between radio and infrared waves. They have a number of common applications, the most familiar of which is the microwave or microwave oven used for cooking. In these kitchen devices, microwaves are used to excite the water molecules in food, thus generating heat. Microwaves can easily penetrate nonmetal containers but generally cannot penetrate metal. For this reason, food to be microwaved cannot be heated in metal containers. High densities of microwave radiation (such as what is found in masers, or "microwave lasers") are known to cause health problems such as burns, cataracts, nervous-system damage, and sterility. Exposure to microwave radiation is usually regulated; the U.S. government limits exposure to 10 milliwatts per square centimeter or less.
Infrared radiation is the portion of the electromagnetic spectrum just below red light in terms of frequency. Infrared radiation, along with visible light and ultraviolet rays, are produced by the transitions of outer electrons. Infrared radiation has many applications in the field of astronomy because earth's atmosphere does not scatter it as much as visible light. Thus, special filters that block all but infrared rays can be used to obtain precise astronomical images without the scattering associated with visible light. Infrared radiation can also be used in detecting the positions of objects or people in the absence of visible light. This property has been put to good use in modern military technology. A more mundane use of infrared light can be found in the admissions booths of many theme parks, where visitors' hands are stamped with special ink visible only under infrared lights to prove that admission fees have been paid. A special infrared light, often referred to as a black light, is used to detect the ink. Infrared radiation itself is also often called "black light." Few if any dangerous side effects result from low-level exposure to infrared radiation.
Visible light is what is generally referred to by the term "light." This is the only type of electromagnetic radiation detectable by human eyesight. White light can be broken up into six distinct colors, each corresponding to a separate frequency and wavelength. These colors are, in order of increasing frequency, red, orange, yellow, green, blue, violet.
(Indigo is often considered the seventh color of the spectrum, but is no longer recognized as a distinct spectral color.) That's too bad because it is!

This spectrum can be obtained by passing white light through a prism; when it occurs naturally as a result of light reflection in water droplets, it is called a rainbow. The colors seen in everyday life are due to the disproportionate absorption of certain wavelengths by everyday objects. For example, if an object is green, it tends to absorb red, orange, yellow, blue, and violet light, but reflects green light back to the observer. If an object is a color "in between" two spectral colors - i.e., teal - then it reflects these two colors while absorbing the others. In the case of teal (aquamarine), red, orange, yellow, and violet light is absorbed, while green and blue light is reflected. Aside from its ordinary applications, visible light spectrum can be used to detect such things as changes in the configurations of molecules.
 
Ultraviolet light is just beyond violet light in terms of frequency. Its main natural source is the sun and other stars; artificially, it is produced by electric-arc lamps for scientific purposes. Ultraviolet rays are often harmful to plants and animals, including humans
(to physical bodies yes, but very beneficial to the Soul: it raises Consciousness of a human/animal and plant! LM).
Their danger is generally proportional to their wavelength. They are divided into three categories: UV-A, UV-B, and UV-C. UV-A has the longest wavelength and is least dangerous; UV-B is of intermediate wavelength and is the type of sun emission that causes sunburn and, over long periods of exposure, skin cancer; UV-C has a very short wavelength and kills bacteria and viruses so well that it is often used to sterilize surfaces. The earth's atmosphere, especially the ozone layer, provides some protection from harmful UV rays from the sun; however, the depletion of the ozone layer in recent years has led to an increase in the amount of ultraviolet radiation to which the average human is exposed. Also, ultraviolet radiation is not entirely harmful because vitamin D is produced when it hits a human's or animal's skin. Another interesting property of ultraviolet light is the fact that it causes some objects to glow, or become fluorescent, upon contact. Molecules in the object gain energy on contact with ultraviolet light, then release the energy in the form of visible light. In astronomy, satellite-based ultraviolet ray detectors provide excellent data on distant stars.
X rays, also known as Roentgen rays in honor of their discoverer, are divided into two categories: soft and hard X rays. Soft X rays have longer wavelengths and are closer to the ultraviolet band of the spectrum. Hard X rays are closer to the gamma-ray band of the spectrum and have much shorter wavelengths. X rays are produced when high-velocity electrons are hit by material objects. Each element has a certain spectrum of characteristic X rays associated with it that identify it absolutely. This is extremely useful when studying the elemental makeup of distant objects. X rays are highly penetrating of ordinary objects, and their penetration power depends on the density and atomic weight of the object. They find their best-known use in medicine, where they easily penetrate flesh and are more effectively absorbed by bone. The result is that bone appears white on a photographic plate, while soft tissues appear gray. Another related, familiar application of X rays is luggage scanning at airports and other such facilities. Again, the empty portions of luggage or light objects like clothing are easily penetrated by X rays, while other, harder objects made of metal or hard plastic absorb the radiation more effectively. X rays are also associated with ionization and research into quantum mechanics; more information on these topics is available in Theoretical Cosmology.
Gamma rays are the shortest-wavelength, highest-frequency type of electromagnetic radiation. They are essentially identical to X rays in their effect, but are produced by excited nuclei instead of inner electrons. They are the most penetrating of all electromagnetic radiation. They are often produced as a result of gamma decay of radioactive elements; this is the most dangerous and the most penetrating of all radioactive decay.
Ultraviolet
The region just below the visible in wavelength is called the near ultraviolet. It is absorbed very strongly by most solid substances, and even absorbed appreciably by air. The shorter wavelengths reach the ionization energy for many molecules, so the far ultraviolet has some of the dangers attendent to other ionizing radiation. The tissue effects of ultraviolet include sunburn, but can have some therapeutic effects as well.
The sun is a strong source of ultraviolet radiation, but atmospheric absorption eliminates most of the shorter wavelengths. The eyes are quite susceptible to damage from ultraviolet radiation. Welders must wear protective eye shields because of the uv content of welding arcs can inflame the eyes. Snow-blindness is another example of uv inflamation; the snow reflects uv while most other substances absorb it strongly.

Frequencies: 7.5 x 1014 - 3 x 1016 Hz
Wavelengths: 400 nm - 10 nm
Quantum energies: 3.1 - 124 eV
X-Rays
X-ray was the name given to the highly penetrating rays which emanated when high energy electrons struck a metal target. Within a short time of their discovery, they were being used in medical facilities to image broken bones. We now know that they are high frequency electromagnetic rays which are produced when the electrons are suddenly decelerated - these rays are called bremsstrahlung radiation, or "braking radiation". X-rays are also produced when electrons make transitions between lower atomic energy levels in heavy elements. X-rays produced in this way have have definite energies just like other line spectra from atomic electrons. They are called characteristic x-rays since they have energies determined by the atomic energy levels.
In interactions with matter, x-rays are ionizing radiation and produce physiological effects which are not observed with any exposure of non-ionizing radiation, such as the risk of mutations or cancer in tissue.
Astronomical observations in the X-ray region of the spectrum are obtained with the Chandra X-ray Observatory.
X-rays are part of the Electromagnetic Spectrum
Frequencies: 3 x 1016 Hz upward
Wavelengths: 10 nm - > downward
Quantum energies: 124 eV -> upward
http://amazing-space.stsci.edu/glossary/def.php.s=topic_light

Absorption
The process by which light transfers its energy to matter. For example, a gas cloud can absorb starlight that passes through it. After the starlight passes through the cloud, dark lines called absorption lines appear in the star’s continuous spectrum at wavelengths corresponding to the light-absorbing elements.
Absorption Line
A dark line in a continuous spectrum caused by absorption of light. Each chemical element emits and absorbs radiated energy at specific wavelengths, making it possible to identify the elements present in the atmosphere of a star or other celestial body by analyzing which absorption lines are present.
Blueshift
The shortening of a light wave from an object moving toward an observer. For example, when a star is traveling toward Earth, its light appears bluer.
Color
The visual perception of light that enables human eyes to differentiate between wavelengths of the visible spectrum, with the longest wavelengths appearing red and the shortest appearing blue or violet.
Cosmic Rays
High-energy atomic particles that travel through space at speeds close to the speed of light; also known as cosmic-ray particles.
Doppler Effect
The change in the wavelength of sound or light waves caused when the object emitting the waves moves toward or away from the observer; also called Doppler Shift. In sound, the Doppler Effect causes a shift in sound frequency or pitch (for example, the change in pitch noted as an ambulance passes). In light, an object’s visible color is altered and its spectrum is shifted toward the blue region of the spectrum for objects moving toward the observer and toward the red for objects moving away.
Electromagnetic Radiation
A form of energy that propagates through space as vibrations of electric and magnetic fields; also called radiation or light. All electromagnetic radiation is a form of light.
Electromagnetic Spectrum
The entire range of wavelengths of electromagnetic radiation, including radio waves, microwaves, infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, X-rays, and gamma rays.
Emission Line
A bright line in a spectrum caused by emission of light. Each chemical element emits and absorbs radiated energy at specific wavelengths. The collection of emission lines in a spectrum corresponds to the chemical elements contained in a celestial object.
Far-Infrared Spectrum
The region of the infrared spectrum that exhibits the longest wavelengths and the lowest frequencies and energies.
Frequency
Describes the number of wave crests passing by a fixed point in a given time period (usually one second). Frequency is measured in Hertz (Hz).

One of the most energetic gamma-ray bursts (GRBs) ever detected, occurring at 4:47 a.m. EST, January 23, 1999. The “burst” equaled the power of nearly 10 million billion suns. It became the first GRB to be viewed simultaneously in both gamma-ray and optical wavelengths.

Gamma-Ray Burst (GRB)

A brief, intense, and powerful burst of gamma rays, the highest-energy, shortest-wavelength radiation in the electromagnetic spectrum. These bursts emanate from distant sources outside our galaxy and last only a few seconds. They are the brightest and most energetic explosions known.

Gamma Rays

The part of the electromagnetic spectrum with the highest energy; also called gamma radiation.
Gravitational Redshift
The reddening of light from a very massive object caused by photons escaping and traveling away from the object’s strong gravitational field. An example of gravitational redshift is light escaping from the surface of a neutron star.
Infrared
Radiation that has longer wavelengths and lower frequencies and energies than visible light.
Invisible Radiation
Radiation that the eye cannot detect, such as gamma rays, radio waves, ultraviolet light, and X-rays.
Near-Infrared
The region of the infrared spectrum that is closest to visible light. Near-infrared light has slightly longer wavelengths and slightly lower frequencies and energies than visible light.
Radiation
The process by which electromagnetic energy moves through space as vibrations in electric and magnetic fields. This term also refers to radiant energy and other forms of electromagnetic radiation, such as gamma rays and X-rays.
Radio Waves
The part of the electromagnetic spectrum with the lowest energy. Radio waves are the easiest way to communicate information through the atmosphere or outer space.
Redshift
The lengthening of a light wave from an object that is moving away from an observer. For example, when a galaxy is traveling away from Earth, its light shifts to the red end of the electromagnetic spectrum.
Spectral Line
In a spectrum, an emission (bright) or absorption (dark) at a specific frequency or wavelength.
Spectrograph (Spectrometer)
An instrument that spreads electromagnetic radiation into its component frequencies and wavelengths for detailed study. A spectrograph is similar to a prism, which spreads white light into a continuous rainbow.
Spectroscopy
The study and interpretation of a celestial object’s electromagnetic spectrum. A spectrograph or spectrometer is used to analyze an object’s electromagnetic spectrum.
Sprites
Gamma-ray flashes produced above Earth’s atmosphere by severe lightning storms and upper atmospheric events (I feel that Sprites are Beings of the Highest Order! LM).
Ultraviolet (UV)
Electromagnetic radiation with shorter wavelengths and higher energies and frequencies than visible light. UV light is lower in frequency than X-rays.
Visible Light
The part of the electromagnetic spectrum that human eyes can detect; also known as the visible spectrum. The colors of the rainbow make up visible light. Blue light has more energy than red light.
Wave
A vibration in some media that transfers energy from one place to another. Sound waves are vibrations passing in air. Light waves are vibrations in electromagnetic fields.
Wavelength
The distance between two wave crests. Radio waves can have lengths of several feet; the wavelengths of X-rays are roughly the size of atoms.
X-Rays
The part of the electromagnetic spectrum with energy between ultraviolet light and gamma rays. X-rays are used in medicine to detect broken bones and cavities in teeth. Astronomers can detect X-rays from exploding stars and black holes.
Accretion Disk
A relatively flat, rapidly rotating disk of gas surrounding a black hole, a newborn star, or any massive object that attracts and swallows matter. Accretion disks around stars are expected to contain dust particles and may show evidence of active planet formation. Beta Pictoris is an example of a star known to have an accretion disk.
Binary Star System
A system of two stars orbiting around a common center of mass that are bound together by their mutual gravitational attraction.
Blue Star
A massive, hot star that appears blue in color. Spica in the constellation Virgo is an example of a blue star.
Brown Dwarf
An object too small to be an ordinary star because it cannot produce enough energy by fusion in its core to compensate for the radiative energy it loses from its surface. A brown dwarf has a mass less than 0.08 times that of the Sun.
Cepheid Variable
A type of pulsating star whose light and energy output vary noticeably over a set period of time. The time period over which the star varies is directly related to its light output or luminosity, making these stars useful standard candles for measuring intergalactic distances.
Dark Dust Cloud
A region of interstellar space that contains a rich concentration of gas and dust. Such a cloud is often irregular in shape but sometimes has a well-defined edge. Visible light cannot pass through these clouds, so they obscure the light from stars beyond them.
Gaseous Nebula
A glowing cloud of gas in interstellar space. The cloud of gas may be either an emission nebula, which absorbs ultraviolet light from nearby stars and re-radiates visible light, or a reflection nebula, which reflects light off of its dust particles.
Giant Star
A dying star that has used up the hydrogen fuel in its core and has begun to expand. Giant stars are generally larger than our Sun.
Globular Cluster
A collection of hundreds of thousands of old stars held together by gravity. Globular clusters are usually spherically shaped and are often found in the halos of galaxies. Each star belonging to a cluster revolves around the cluster’s common center of mass.
Hertzsprung-Russell Diagram
A plot showing the relationship between the brightness (luminosity) and the surface temperatures of many stars. Often the spectral class, which is based on the temperature of the star, is used as a label.
Interstellar Dust
Small particles of solid matter, similar to smoke, in the space between stars.
Interstellar Medium (ISM)
The sparse gas and dust located between the stars of a galaxy.
Interstellar Space
The dark regions of space located between the stars.
Light Curve
A plot showing how the light output of a star (or other variable astronomical object) changes with time.
Molecular Cloud
A relatively dense, cold region of interstellar matter where hydrogen gas is primarily in molecular form. Stars generally form in molecular clouds. Molecular clouds appear as dark blotches in the sky because they block all the light behind them.
Neutron Star
An extremely compact ball of neutrons created from the central core of a star that collapsed under gravity during a supernova explosion. Neutron stars are extremely dense: they are only 10 kilometers or so in size, but have the mass of an average star (usually about 1.5 times more massive than our Sun). A neutron star that regularly emits pulses of radiation is known as a pulsar.
Nova
A binary star system (consisting of a white dwarf and a companion star) that rapidly brightens, then slowly fades back to normal.
Period-Luminosity Law
A relationship that describes how the luminosity or absolute brightness of a Cepheid variable star depends on the period of time over which that brightness varies.
Planetary Nebula
An expanding shell of glowing gas expelled by a star late in its life. Our Sun will create a planetary nebula at the end of its life.
Protostar
A collection of interstellar gas and dust whose gravitational pull is causing it to collapse on itself and form a star.
Pulsar
A neutron star that emits rapid and periodic pulses of radiation.
Red Giant Star
An old, bright star, much larger and cooler than the Sun. Betelgeuse (alpha Orionis) is an example of a red giant.
Spectral Class (Spectral Type)
A classification scheme that groups stars according to their surface temperatures and spectral features.
Spectral Line
In a spectrum, an emission (bright) or absorption (dark) at a specific frequency or wavelength.
Star
A huge ball of gas held together by gravity. The central core of a star is extremely hot and produces energy. Some of this energy is released as visible light, which makes the star glow. Stars come in different sizes, colors, and temperatures. Our Sun, the center of our solar system, is a yellow star of average temperature and size.
Star Cluster
A group of stars born at almost the same time and place, capable of remaining together for billions of years because of their mutual gravitational attraction.
Starburst Galaxy
A galaxy undergoing an extremely high rate of star formation. Starburst galaxies contain massive, deeply embedded stars that are among the youngest stars observed.
Stellar Evolution
The process of change that occurs during a star’s lifetime from its birth to its death.
Supernova
The explosive death of a massive star whose energy output causes its expanding gases to glow brightly for weeks or months. A supernova remnant is the glowing, expanding gaseous remains of a supernova explosion.
Supernova Remnant
The glowing, expanding gaseous remains of a supernova explosion.
T-Tauri Star
A class of very young, flaring stars on the verge of becoming normal stars fueled by nuclear fusion.
Variable Star
A star whose luminosity (brightness) changes with time.
White Dwarf Star
The hot, compact remains of a low-mass star like our Sun that has exhausted its sources of fuel for thermonuclear fusion. White dwarf stars are generally about the size of the Earth


"Ancient Galaxy remotest object observed"

http://bigpondnews.com/articles/Technology/2010/10/21/Ancient_galaxy_remotest_object_observed_528644.html

Thursday, October 21, 2010 » 04:40am

(This persistence is getting on my nerves! There is a lot of misleading information in all these official articles, because they are written by paid astronomers or even by people, who has very little understanding of the events happening in out Universe! They are like parrots will be repeating the nonsense about "the light years" even after the physical Earth will be gone from here and the Timeline for our physical Universe will come to 0, which is not that far away! That I told M. Kushnir, the "lecturer" from Israel at the Conference at the Centre for "Theoretical" (not real that is!) Physics in Trieste, Italy! LM)

European astronomers say a galaxy born in the childhood of the Universe lies at least 13 billion light years away, making it the remotest object ever observed.

(Bullshit! How can they observe our Holographic Universe, if they still use linear measurements? Most of the Suns and Planets have left our Universe and that is natural, if our whole Universe is moving to the non-physical, higher 5th Level of Consciousness! LM)

Light from the galaxy UDFy-38135539 that reaches Earth today was emitted when the cosmos was only 600 million years old and mired in a primordial 'fog' of hydrogen atoms, they said on Wednesday.
It has taken 13.1 billion years, travelling at 300,000 kilometres per second, for this smudge of infant light to arrive.
The study, appearing in the British journal Nature, used a giant European telescope in Chile's Atacama desert to measure the galaxy's so-called redshift.
The more distant a light source is, the longer its wavelength stretches. In other words, a light that appears to be receding from the observer shifts more towards the red part of the optical spectrum.
In this case, the galaxy's redshift was 8.6, making it the most distant object ever observed by spectroscopy.
The previous documented record, in 2009, was a redshift of 8.2 caused by a gamma-ray burst of a super-massive star. An object at a redshift of 10 was once reported but has never been confirmed.
'Measuring the redshift of the most distant galaxy so far is very exciting in itself, but the astrophysical implications of this detection are even more important,' said Nicole Nesvadba of France's Institut d'Astrophysique Spatiale.
'This is the first time we know for sure that we are looking at one of the galaxies that cleared out the fog which had filled the very early Universe.'
Under the Big Bang theory, the Universe originated in a superheated-flash around 13.7 billion years ago and started to expand.
After the cosmos had cooled a little, electrons and protons teamed up to form hydrogen, which for hundreds of millions of years filled the Universe.
During this epoch, known as the Universe's Dark Ages, there were no stars. It was followed by a period known as reionisation, in which the first stars formed and their intense ultra-violet
radiation managed to pierce the hydrogen fog.
Understanding reionisation would also help to explain the formation of the first galaxies. But the starlight needed for evidence has - until now - been absent because of the opaque mist that shrouded the Universe at this time.
One theory is that the light from the newly-discovered galaxy was able to penetrate the fog because it was helped by other, nearby galaxies.
'Without this additional help, the light from the galaxy, no matter how brilliant, would have been trapped in the surrounding hydrogen fog and we would not have been able to detect it,' said astronomer Mark Swinbank of Durham University, northeast England.
UDFy-38135539 - whose name comes from its location in the Ultra Deep Field zone of deep space - was first spotted last year by the US orbital telescope Hubble.
The dim light intrigued astronomers poring over the reionisation enigma, said lead author Matt Lehnert of the Observatoire de Paris.
They begged the boss of the European Southern Observatory (ESO) to give them special time on the Very Large Telescope (VLT), which has a highly sensitive redshift-measuring spectroscope.
Sixteen hours of observation, using a very long exposure time, enabled a clearer image of the galaxy, but two months of analysis and testing were needed to confirm the data.
In terms of distance, the gap between Earth and the galaxy is likely to be far higher than 13 billion light years, ESO told AFP.
This is because the Universe has been expanding since the time when the light was first emitted (and now our Universe is shrinking as a result of the Transformation of the Level of Consciousness in it to much higher Level! And again this bullshit about "the light has had to travel longer in order to catch up with us"! They stuck to the linear measurements for good and they want us to think only in linear terms, not holographic ones! LM). As a result, the light has had to travel longer in order to 'catch up' with us."

White Beam of Energy is coming from the Sun, March 2010
March 2010, the White Beam of Balance coming to us from the highest level of Consciousness - 11th Density to the White sparkling Energy Ball of Advanced Thoughts and then to Earth! White colored Ball covered with pentagons and with fake white holographic frame of dull rays of lower and slower vibration!

White Beam of Energy is coming from the Sun, March 2010

 March 2010,
the White Beam of Balance coming to us from the highest level of Consciousness - 11th Density to the White sparkling Energy Ball of Advanced Thoughts and then to Earth! White colored Ball covered with pentagons and with fake white holographic frame of dull rays of lower and slower vibration!


Thought Energy

http://astro.uchicago.edu/cosmus/projects/evolution/

Dark Matter Simulations

If you (both: positive/negative) have a little sun in you, called Soul/Spirit, this piece of Creative Force, then it makes you automatically a Creator of holograms, we call worlds!
Your Real Value is: How Much You Can Do For The Evolution Of Our Universe.
How Strong is Your Intent for Helping: the Universal Shift Out Of Physicality, helping the Earth Planetary Shift and helping the Creative Force Itself? 
The question is: What needs to be done for it?
The answer is: Your Thoughts,
Your Intent, Your Rejection of all the Religions, Your Desire to help to create the New Holographic physical Earth and Your Constant Calming, Balancing Energy, directed at the whole Earth Life and at the Stability of this Planet. All that would help a lot!
Go with this flow and you'll never go wrong, otherwise you are wasting your time on this Planet !

An Inspec friend: As you remember more, it will become clear to you. You are being human when your fundamental focus remains fixed within such concepts of consciousness. If you change this fundamental, you are no longer human.

Bob (R.Monroe): I see . . . Thus I stay being human, awake or asleep, in or out of body, physically alive or dead, as long as my reference point is human.
An Inspec friend: That is correct.
Bob: But I retain all of my human memory and experience in whatever state of being (after the graduation, LM).
An Inspec friend: Yes. You have learned much. This experience is of great value as a nonhuman (when you become a nonhuman, LM). It is one of the basic purposes for your sojourn. You will draw upon it in many ways nonhuman, but your attention will be in another direction. The graduate from the human experience is very respected elsewhere."
R.Monroe, "Ultimate Journey", p.23-24

"The idea that every thought I may have that is tinged with (negative) emotion radiates uncontrolled outward to others is heavy with implication. It is even more uncomfortable to be the recipient of such thoughts that others may emanate. This realization would support the effort of those who make the unrealistic attempt to spread love and light in a predator world, or those who hold that we are part of a Universal One...
This knowledge also fills in a part of our mind-consciousness that is usually omitted. Most human (M) Field energy is not love and light. To participate openly in this energy, in phase with all of it, could be devastating. Thus a form of shielding develops automatically as insulation. When and if leaks occur in the form of inadvertent phasing—emotional thinking—we become exposed to an incredible amount of discordant and dangerous radiation..."
R. Monroe

These are similar to R. Monroe experiences of other people from "The Holographic Universe" by Michael Talbot, p.69 and maybe we all go through these experiences ?

"Other individuals tuned into the cultures of the Far East and not only gave impressive descriptions of what it was like to have a Japanese, Chinese, or Tibetan psyche, but also related various Taoist or Buddhist teachings. In fact, there did not seem to be any limit to what Grof's LSD subjects could tap into. They seemed capable of knowing what it was like to be every animal, and even plant, on the tree of evolution. They could experience what it was like to be a blood cell, an atom, a thermonuclear process inside the sun, the consciousness of the entire planet, and even the consciousness of the entire cosmos. More than that, they displayed the ability to transcend space and time, and occasionally they related uncannily accurate precognitive information. In an even stranger vein they sometimes encountered nonhuman intelligences during their cerebral travels, discarnate beings, spirit guides from "higher planes of consciousness, " and other suprahuman entities. On occasion subjects also traveled to what appeared to be other universes and other levels of reality. In one particularly unnerving session a young man suffering from depression found himself in what seemed to be another dimension. It had an eerie luminescence, and although he could not see anyone he sensed that it was crowded with discarnate beings. Suddenly he sensed a presence very close to him, and to his surprise it began to communicate with him telepathically. It asked him to please contact a couple who lived in the Moravian city
of Kromeriz and let them know that their son Ladislav was well taken care of and doing all right. It then gave him the couple's name, street address, and telephone number."


 First, you need to become One with your Total Self and then, when you go through the Aperture, Complete, with your Gifts, and merge with the Creative Force, like others, who evolved up to that stage, then you become One with the Creative Force! And once more you become One, one Energy with all kind of races at the time of Planetary and Universal Shifts.  For more info see  Robert Monroe info

shooting Rays


These are the Shooting Beams of Loosh/Love penetrating and bouncing off the Original Earth

Finally on 17 March at 6pm local time I managed to take a good picture of Ghost Sun, which is not Ghost Sun, but Rays of Energy sent to Earth from Higher Densities and bouncing off Earth crust. While I am taking pictures and facing ocean , the Sun is setting down behind me far away in the fields of Elliott Heads. There is some gray cloud at the front, which was constantly in the way and seemed like a flying creature. I don't have a panoramic camera, so I had to picture parts of this incredible sight.

shooting beams

On all these pictures of Elliott River mouth and Pacific ocean the Sun just set behind you watching the picture (in the fields of sugar cane, not in the ocean). This Glow appeared since 2006 in this region, but now this picture you'll see almost every day. This Glow is the Proof of the Changes of Earth's Energy Field (true colors: magenta and blue) "The Convoluted Universe", part 2, written by Dolores Cannon in 2005 explains the interesting magenta-blue Glow in our region (and not just here) after the Sunset and a layer of white colored Light from the Sun on everything around in the morning (that I didn't notice before). This information Dolores Cannon doesn't want to be posted on our website, but I haven't seen it on any other site inc. Dolores Cannon's site. This information was given to her to be spread like a bushfire, to be shared with everyone, not just printed in her books: not many people know that she exists and also her books. Now I understand why fluorescent lights have been introduced in our life for the last 50 years,  p.638:

"The Earth will remain within this UV beam (this event has already happened, LM) for approximately 17 hours of your time, and it will interpenetrate every electron of precious Life energy. This beam is radiant
fluorescent in nature, blue/magenta in color (magenta is dark pink, LM). Although it resonates in this frequency band, it is above the color frequency spectrum of your universe, so it will not be seen.

However, due to the nature of your soul it will have an effect. The effect is that every thought and emotion will be amplified intensely one million-fold. Every thought, every emotion, every intent, every will, no matter if it is good, bad, ill, positive, negative, will be amplified one million times in strength (get ready for that:
it is already taking place
. Living in this 'hot spot' (Elliott Heads) is not a picnic. My son Robert has been going crazy from all normal sounds of our paranormal household, like running water from the tap/monotonous sound of a bird/opening/closing the fridge/sound of a printer or TV, for instance. The feeling is like someone put sound amplifiers into his ears. He's been going crazy for a few years and been driving us crazy. That could be familiar to many people out there. I would like to add, that  one million-fold amplification of all the emotions/thoughts/intent/will is an extremely important support at the time of the Planetary/Universal Shifts and it is also caused by merging of thousands of Parallel Universes/Earths into the Original Universe/Earth, LM).
Since all matter manifest is due to your thoughts, i.e. what you focus on, this beam will accelerate these thoughts and solidify them at an accelerated rate, making them manifest a million times faster than they normally would. The ultraviolet Light will bathe every person on the planet. It has the potential of transforming the way Humanity thinks and feels. It will create a new, easier pathway for Earth’s Ascension into the next dimension. This is the beginning of awesome influxes of Light that will move this planet up the Spiral of Evolution by quantum leaps and bounds! So it appears that it has begun! 
When I had this session and wrote this part of the book I thought the beam would be coming from the extraterrestrials and being directed from spacecraft. Now it appears that the beam was sent from the other dimensions which are invisible to us. I suspect the extraterrestrials are playing their part in all of this also, and helping with the directing of the beam. So apparently it has begun, and many of those who are aware of their bodies and the world around them, will notice the effects after that date."

While reading today (10th of July 2009) "The Convoluted Universe", part 2, written by Dolores Cannon in 2005, I accidently came accross seems to be the relevant information explaining another phenomenon (magenta and blue colours of the sky over the ocean after the Sunset for about 30 min.) and this information Dolores Cannon doesn't want me to post on our website. Why? Here is the excerpt from p. 639-641:

"Ann (a client): There is an energy source that surrounds this planet. When you see the hue of what you call a "red" color, that
is when you will know that the change has taken place.
D (Dolores): Where will the red color appear?

A: It will be shooting beams from your planet to the other (Parallel, LM) universal Suns. You will see the energy raises.
D: Will we see this visibly?

A: There is a pattern around your planet right now that is being reconstructed, which in fact will change the actual visual sight of the energy that radiates out from the planet. And it will be a color, what you call "red"
(if you add blue light to red light, it becomes pink light and that's what is showing on these pictures, LM).

D: Do you mean like the Aurora Borealis?
A: Correct.
D: And we will begin to see this shooting out into space in places where it does not normally appear?
A: Correct. It will be the energy equivalent of arteries, such as in your own body. You see organs with many arteries carring the blood, which sustains in one direction by bringing nutrients, and yet also by removing the byproducts. It is a two-way function in this manner. This planet has always had, in some certain functions, this effect. It is however, now, that the abilities of those of you on this planet will be able to physically perceive it. And also that the communication level itself will be enhanced to a higher degree. This is simply a manner in which you will then be able to participate more closely with the rest of the Universe.
D: So this glow you're talking about, means that the energy level of the planet is changing?
A: Correct.
D: And when we see it beginning to appear, we know that the changes are taking place?
A: Correct. You have what you call "hot spots"
(like Elliott Heads, LM)
, which actually are radiating in your color scheme a blue.
D: That's not visible to us? 

A: Yes, it is. It is on your Earth's crust. You will be able to see it bounced off the crust (and I see it in Elliott Heads beach almost every day, LM).
D: You are not talking about the color of the sky?
A: No, I'm talking about the energy field. From a distance, from your Hubble Space telescope, or from any vantage point which is above your atmosphere, it will be seen that there are these rays which are extending outward from your planet in many different directions. These will not be in the character of a diffused general glow, but will be seen to have a diameter and direction. It is a singular (unusual) connection.
D: Will this be similar to the way the Sun shoots out rays?
A: No. Not in that sense, for in the Sun emissions - we wouldn't say "uniform" - it is however general. In that it is all over at the same time. This would be more along the lines of - perhaps
if you could imagine what you would call a "disco ball", in your terminology, which emits singular beams of light in many different directions. They are individual beams, not a general overall broad structure of light.
D: So they are now appearing blue from the Hubble telescope, and they will begin to appear red?
A: There will be a transformation of several colors on your spectrum, which is very limited to your visible eye. You will be able to see the spectrum to the ultimate color of red...

Harriet: What would happen to anyone perhaps walking through this emission on the planet? Would it do anything to their physical being?
(I can answer this question. I go through this Magenta-Blue Glow and white beams of Energy and enjoy it and others too. Apart from that I see no visible physical changes, but I definately feel raising of consciousness level in me, LM).  

D: So it's like going through dimensions. They say we go in and out of them and don't know it..."

P. 630, (the same book); this white light is coming from the sun into my bedroom almost every morning and I love it; it is very unusual, reminds me bright and powerful fluorescent light:
"D: What are they showing you now?
P: All I see is light. It’s just a brilliant explosion of light right now. There are different colors in the light. The planet (Earth) is being bombarded with a special light and it contains different colors. And these different colors affect the consciousness of people in different ways, but it not only affects people. It affects plants and animals and rocks and water and everything.
It’s
a certain type of white light (not Gold light. And these White Rays are called Loosh/Balance, LM) and it has all types of colors in it. And it changes and moves and it permeates the very core of the planet. I see it’s coming from the core of the planet. They shoot it down from, I guess, the ships, and it touches the core of the planet and it bounces out from the core and affects everything from an inward to an outward movement. If you were standing on the planet, you would feel the energies coming through your feet and coming out through the top of your head.
D: The opposite of what it usually does.
P: This is different. It’s coming from the ships to the core of the planet and then it’s bouncing back up. And it’s affecting the whole planet. They don’t want us to blow ourselves up.
D: Is this something that is happening in 2002, or is it happening in the future?
P: This is the future. They’re going to do it! To correct the alignment in the planet to keep anything bad from happening. 2006.

D: 2006. Will we have gotten the planet more out of alignment by this time?
P: Yes, yes. ... It’s going to get out of its orbit. And that will affect the rest of the cosmos. So by them directing these energies to the core of the planet, it’s going to come back up, and that will correct the alignment. And when it corrects the alignment, it will also correct many other things on the planet. It will help the flooding, the droughts and things like that... There’s not going to be an annihilation of this planet. The council makes sure that it won’t happen. The beings are down here on the planet watching, and they know what’s going on and they know who’s doing it and they can affect them.

It’s not that we can’t intervene, we’re not allowed to intervene.
D: Because there’re some things you can’t do.
P: That’s right, but we can watch.  And we know who’s doing it.
D: But whenever the planet gets to the point that man has damaged it so much, that’s when you can help?

(Dolores' question is wrong. Humans damage only if they are forced to do so by the outside force. It's the opposite: they produce Loosh/Love and produce a lot of it. But when physical things are destroyed, a lot of Loosh is released too. And yes, it is a mutual effort of those on the Earth and those off the Earth from other densities/dimensions, LM).

P: That’s when we’re going to send these... I see multi-colored lights. It’s like multi-colored shafts of energy and they’re being shot down into the core of the planet. And then they bounce back out and it affects the whole planet and it will keep the planet in alignment.
D: Is this being done by many ships?
P: It’s a confederation. I see many. I see different levels or classifications of beings affecting the planet. We’re involved in that. There are many, many beings.
D: So it’s a massive job.
P: A confederation. Yes, yes.
(I have a problem with the word 'Confederation', it's too abstract. Why don't they name themselves, like Andromedans did? What races are included into 'Confederation' and why are they hiding themselves? LM).

D: But isn’t it dangerous to shoot things at the core of the planet. Hasn’t something gone wrong before when that happened?


I was thinking of the destruction of Atlantis. This was partially caused by scientists focusing the energy from the giant crystals downwards to the center of the Earth. Too much energy was created, and contributed to the earthquakes and gigantic tidal waves.
(It's not quite right. The Nuclear destruction of Atlantis caused more Parallel Earths/Universes to appear as a result of Expansion: Earth of that time was expanding and outgrown it's glove. Atlantis continued its life in one of Parallel Earths and, eventually will mix its Energies with the Original Earth's Energies, LM).

P: This is not what you think. This is pure light energy. And the only effect it will have on the planet is good.
It will not harm the planet.
D: I was thinking of what they did in Atlantis.
P: This is not the same thing. It’s hard for me to explain. This is done on a soul level. It’s like pure divine energy. It’s not the energy in Atlantis. The energy in Atlantis was done through atomic power.

This is the energy that has been created that is done through light. It’s not done through the separation through molecular structures. This is something we have created, and we send it from the Source. Anything from the Source is good and it’s not going to harm the planet.
It’s going to do what we want it to do. And we’ve been allowed to do this. It is because the planet has caused this that we are taking this action. It’s necessary.
D: Isn’t this interference?
P: No! We cannot interfere with the people here. We can’t come down and bully them and tell them what to do. But we can bring our ships and we can point this energy at the core of the Earth. We can do things like this. This is actually on a soul level. So therefore, we are not interfering with the .... people here. Everyone here has a ... purpose, and we are not interfering with that. We’re not allowed to. We don’t do that.

D: Do the people on Earth see this when it happens? (I saw it and posted the picture of it, LM).
P: They feel it. In other words, they’ll go through the transformation. And they won’t realize what’s happened to them. Some of them will realize. Those who are sensitive will know that something has happened. But many on the planet will just go on in their normal lives, and they will be lifted up and they will be changed and the Earth will be changed.
(I definately noticed the transformation in my body: it feels lighter inspite of me being overweight, LM).


The rocks and the water, but they’ll just go on existing... We can’t do that. We’re doing this on a soul level, but it’s not affecting their Earth lives.... We’re not bothering that.
D: But the Earth has to get to a certain point before you’re allowed to do this.
P: 2006. It’s getting bad..."

                              
Description of the Planetary Shift

The Gathering

I've never read an observation of the Future Earth Planetary Shift of Consciousness and transforming the planet Earth into a Nebula in any other book except  R.Monroe's "Far Journeys" in chapter 16 called "The Gathering". Maybe it exist,
but I don't know.
The book was written by R.Monroe in 1985, but the Universal Shift started on 23rd of March 1994, 9 years later and it's been described by Alex Collier in his book "Defending Sacred Ground", which you can find as separate links on this website on:

Defending Sacred Ground

Alex Collier info

This was the Event, which kept R.Monroe on this Earth. Bob Monroe died in 1995, after that Event occured - the start of the Universal Shift in March 1994. Here is an extract from the book of Bayard Stockton "Catapult: The Biography of Robert A.Monroe", written in 1989 (before the start of the Universal Shift in 1994); the conversation between the author and Bob Monroe, p.274:
"
Bob Monroe's voice drops to the barely audible, as he leans forward...
Bob:  I have an open option. I can stay in the physical, or I can leave. I can say, 'I've had enough of this. I think I can make my exit at any time. I am not sure what keeps me here. It's as if I'm waiting for something...waiting for some event.
I have no idea what the event will be...all I know is that it is one major event that I have yet to experience."

There is also a mention of the same event in "Far Journeys" by R.Monroe, p. 227:
"She was vibrating warmly: ('We've been expecting this, uh, an event, to take place. Then we can leave!').
I was ready  to ask about who the "we" and the event, but I felt the familiar INSPEC signal and began to respond
...and so did she!
(We have to go back to the site now.) She was smooth, yet vibrating. (Are you ready?)
I closed...ident the knoll...reached and stretched."

I want you to read one of his most important messages for the World from "Far Journeys", chapter 16
, "The Gathering", p.229-232, when R. Monroe was taken by his Inspec-friend to the future to witness Earth Planetary Shift of Consciousness and the Creation of a New Evolutionary Energy, which didn't look like Balance, Unconditional Love Energy. Then he created program for the participants to witness this Event too and some of them did witness the Event. This program was called "Exploration 27". Here is the description of this Event:

"...( Not out of this world. You need no longer stay closed for the SHIFT).
 I managed to stay calm, but expectant.

Click!
We were on the far rim of the outermost ring. I could recognize it from the very thin ambience of haze. The soft white forms ( Higher Selves', HS) were all around us. I could perceive my INSPEC friend was with me, but there was no glowing form.
(There is no need to distract their attention.)
I reached for any percept of Bill, then Lou. I couldn't find either.
(They have, GRADUATED, as you put it.)
 That was to be expected , and I had a percept of their new address, as it were, but there was some factor involved that disturbed me, and I couldn't bring it out.
Then I became aware of the INTENT OF INWARD FOCUS OF THE ENTIRE OUTERMOST RING, THE INHABITANTS THEREOF. There was a STRONG RADIATION OF EXPECTANCY, NOT CONCERN, AS IF THE STAR OF THE SHOW WAS ABOUT TO MAKE AN ENTRANCE. I followed the line of their focus. It was THE PHYSICAL PLANET EARTH,
indistinct and nebulous from the prospective.
(Let us take another viewpoint.)
By all means, and the phrase does fit it!
Click!
We were out in space somewhere between the Earth and the Moon, indeterminate distance, fifty thousands miles plus from the surface of Earth. It was clear and detailed, not as it was before. I turned to look at the Moon and blanked.
No more than a thousand feet away, or so it seemed, was an immense, solid-appearing object, gray in color, long and slender, conical-shaped with a hemispheric dome at the widest end - the other end was somewhere in the distance, at least several miles. It appeared motionless, but I had a definite percept of M Band radiation from it. A spaceship, a physical spaceship?

(In your terms, that is correct. It is not a human construct. There are many of such around the physical Earth at this point. Their origins are of your physical Universe but not necessarily of your TIME REFERENCE.)
"Many" could be five or five thousand. There was no point in trying to find out . But why around our Earth, was it...
(They are focused on the Planet Earth and Humans just as you observed the others, and for the same purpose...)
My immediate percept of the Earth was a pinpoint of reflected light in the distance, no larger than a small star.
From it came REGULAR WAVES OF ENERGY, MULTIDIMENSIONAL, PULSING, INTERMITTENTLY BROKEN BY OCCASIONAL QUICK FLARES, A COMPLEX UNORGANIZED PATTERN COMPOSED NOT OF LIGHT OR ELECTROMAGNETIC OR GRAVITIC STRUCTURE, BUT OF SOME OTHER ENERGY THAT I COULDN'T DEFINE !

I was so completely fascinated by the display that I did not at first notice the background. As far as I could perceive in all directions, with the Earth in the center, was a host of forms, countless numbers, it seemed. Some had shape, others appeared as no more than a wisp of cloud vapor, all glowed in various degrees of intensity. From those nearest us, I had the same percept of expectancy, of waiting for the show to begin.
It must be some BIG SHOW to attract all of these.


(It is what we call the GATHERING. These have manifested from other nearby energy systems only to witness
THE BIG SHOW, as you call it, just as those within the physical spacecraft and your FINAL-process humans.
This BIG SHOW which is about to occur is actually a very rare event - the conflux (merging) of several different and intense energy fields arriving at the same point at your Time-Space. It is THIS RARITY that has attracted so much attention. In terms that you can perceive, it may occur once every eighty-seven millions of your Earth years.)
Very long odds, and a long time to wait.
(This does not warrant that it will be produced at that frequency. There are random elements and variables in the format which cannot be predicted).
So random that the event might not take place, perhaps. There would be a lot of disappointed....
(It is long past such point. It will occur. The interest lies in the result. It is best symbolized to you as a convergence  of a great number of possibilities which emerge as several probabilities and a few possibilities.
One of such probabilities may alter not only your Time-Space but all adjoining energy systems as well. Therefore the wide interest. In human terms, still symbolized, the Gathering is here to observe the possible birth of a new energy.
Will it survive the birth process, and if so, what are the potentials inherent in such energy that will predict accurately the same at maturity?
Or will the energy arrive stillborn, and all the possibilities remain no more than that - weak uncoordinated possibilities?...

there is a human oriental symbol for crisis which is composed of two subsymbols indicating danger and opportunity.

The event in human and physical Earth terms is definitely a point of crisis. It is quite valid that as to human existence both danger and opportunity will be present in extreme degrees")

"Danger? Physical danger? Mental? The...
(Those are the possibilities, the exact nature of which will be determined by the event itself. Whatever your percept may be is one of the possibilities. One or several will occur. The other side, the opportunity.
That is the KEY to the understanding of the event. It will offer human consciousness a rare potential to emerge rapidly into a unified intelligent energy system that will range far beyond your Time-Space illusion, creating, constructing, teaching as only
a HUMAN-TRAINED GRADUATE energy is able to do.)

Our visit to Earth in 3000 plus...
(The possibility that may become probable with the event (the event is the Universal Shift which started on 23 of March 1994, LM). Your action is one of the minute random factors that may make it so.)
If the opportunity is missed...
(Humans will retreat as the dominant species on Earth until they no longer survive as active consciousness, eventually in any form.)

(And you, all of you, what will you do if that takes place?)
There was a beautiful warmth and a soft smile in the response.
(We would have to start up some action on some other planet in Time-space with new humans.)"



If the merging of Energies between a woman and a man can cause such an explosion of Energies, can you imagine the Force of the Merging of different Energies of women, men, ET's, animals, all the different Energies of Earth/Sun and all the other different Energies of trillions of Planets and Suns and the whole Universe at the time of the Peak of the Universal Shift ?
I recommend to read a very powerful extract from "Far Journeys" by R.Monroe, which happened at The Monroe Institute, at the "Gateway" program:

2312-CF  (p. 33-36)
" . . . During one 'Rebal' breathing exercise I experienced what was the beginning of some rather puzzling happenings. For reasons unknown to me I was suddenly in a black box—a void of total blackness. It was
like being juggled from one extreme to the other—from total sensation to lack of sensation. Frustration began to invade me, for I found it was somewhat difficult finding a way out of this vast blackness. In my next tape I began to experience the blackness again, and that's when I started to worry. At our next meal I mentioned what was occurring to our trainer, hoping she might offer a solution. "During our discussion, my problem was overheard by a few males at the table who had apparently been listening in. Later one of the men took me aside to explain. He told me that a few of the men in our group had found themselves fantasizing about me during their own tape experiences— hence all the sexual thought vibrations I was picking up. He also told me that, having a hard time dealing with their sexual attraction, they were putting me in their 'energy conversion box' (a place to leave problems behind) before embarking into their other states of consciousness. They had all helped put me in my black void so as not to distract them! At first
I was annoyed at this. How dare they influence my experiences! How dare their sexual energy have that much control over me! I still marvel at how powerful thoughts are, and three men's directed at me was

overwhelming. At the same time I felt somewhat naive for not having picked up the signs earlier, but I was much too wrapped up in how the workshop was changing me to fully get into what others were thinking.
"But this was not the end. . . . I transformed my annoyance at being used as a 'sex object,' even if only consciously projected, and started wondering what growth could be gained from this experience. It started me thinking along other lines and what was to follow would change the course of my life.
"And it happened simply because I asked the divine forces in all sincerity for me to be able to experience spiritual love. I asked not for me to be the recipient of it but that I might learn how to give to others to my
fullest ability. My request was granted:
"As I went into the next tape I kept that thought in mind — I wanted to feel what it would be like to feel a part of the love in the universe, to in a sense actually be making love to a part of me, a part of everyone.
I left my own CHEC Unit at that point (nonphysically; OOBE) and felt an urge to visit my other Gateway participants. Straying into one room, I called softly to one of the people. He seemed taken aback to see me and I told him not to be alarmed, that I was only there to send him love and then left after blowing him a quick goodbye kiss. (Later this person recalled that he heard a soft voice in his ear calling his name. He said that he had felt a surge of love upon hearing it but wasn't sure where it came from.) "Then quite unexpectedly I was suddenly drawn by a powerful force to one room in particular—to one CHEC Unit in particular. It took me by total surprise, for the man in that unit was someone I didn’t know very well. In fact, he was the only one at the workshop I had never really had a chance to talk to. He was a young, good-looking psychologist, yet for some reason we seemed to be purposely avoiding each other.

"All at once I had an all-knowing, as I seemed to float over him, that his vibrations were my vibrations.
I had an overwhelming desire to meld, to feel a part of him—to become one. It was truly one of the sharpest and clearest of experiences. "I gave to him both my body and soul until there was this tremendous energy surge that rocked and exploded in us. It was an experience that is beyond words, for love, total and absolute, surrounded us more strongly than can' be earthly experienced or imagined. The more I gave, the greater I received and I didn't want to let go. I wanted to give him even more. It was like two energies in perfect unison becoming one at last. (I can remember thinking how physical sex paled in comparison.) "Memories of past lives together came rushing in like flashes of light. We talked in this state and I came to realize this experience could only have happened at the end of the workshop as it did, for each of us would have been distracted had we 'met' earlier on—perhaps hampering other growth experiences that week. There was a meeting of both our minds with this experience and I knew our meeting had been more than coincidence—it was predestined. "I truly experienced everything I asked for and more, and when I came down to the meeting room after the tape there was an unusual heightened

energy where people seemed to be flying. I saw 'him' as I came down the stairs to join the group and he looked at me excitedly, ecstatically, as if something totally incredible had happened to him. I hadn’t
said a word yet, as he quietly repeated a number of times, 'Thank you. Thank you.' I felt elated—I had made contact. We compared our individual experiences, making sure each of us was not coloring the other's story. It didn't matter—our stories fit like puzzle pieces, matching perfectly and interlocking.
We both had also had the use of all our senses— the strongest being touch. "After this experience we were later reunited to share others together. We've been with each other for the past two years now—
growing and loving together..."



Robert Monroe’s thoughts about ENERGY from "Far Journeys", written in 1985, p.258
:


"Energy Does Not Exist Until Expressed.
We are expressions of energy. The energy that we transform or generate has no reality until we express it. An idea has no reality until we transmit it or put it into practice. Knowledge and information is nothing without dissemination and/or application. A single thought is not real unless it is instilled into or acts upon another or is acted upon itself. Think and do is the operating productive combination, either mentally or physically, in one or more energy systems. Inhibit, restrain or block the flow of any such energy and it ceases to exist."


" My advice to you all : never stop expressing your own thoughts/insights/ideas! Most of profound books were written with a writer's own energy/thoughts/experiences/emotions/insights who based them on the pool of many writers' energy/thoughts/experiences/emotions/insights expressed in their books/talks/videos/audios/dvd's/websites. Then the readers' encouraging response would help the same writer to write another book , which would add  the energy/thoughts/experiences/emotions/insights of the readers (together with the writer's effort) to a new book." The writer, who doesn't let her/his ideas to be developed further, is not real." Lydia Monroe and my 300 Alters


 Welcome to Fourth Density, Some Thoughts of different writers

Jupiter's closest approach since 1963 

http://bigpondnews.com/articles/Technology/2010/09/18/Jupiters_closest_approach_since_1963_514797.html

Better catch Jupiter next week in the night sky. Jupiter will pass 592 million kilometers from earth late on Monday, its closest approach since 1963.
The solar system's largest planet already appears as an incredibly bright star - three times brighter than the brightest star in the sky, Sirius. The only thing brighter in the night sky right now is earth's moon. Binoculars and telescopes will dramatically improve the view as Jupiter, along with its many moons, rises in the east as the sun sets.
'Jupiter is so bright right now, you don't need a sky map to find it,' said Tony Phillips, a California astronomer under contract with NASA. 'You just walk outside and see it. It's so eye-catching, there it is.'
Phillips has never seen Jupiter so bright. 'To an experienced observer, the difference is notable,' he said Friday.
Coincidentally, Uranus also will make a close approach the same night. It will appear close to Jupiter but harder to see with the naked eye. Through a telescope, it will shine like an Aquamarine-coloured disk less than one degree from Jupiter.
Jupiter comes relatively close to Earth about every 12 years. In 1999, it passed slightly farther away. What's rare this time is Uranus making a close appearance at the same time, Phillips said. He called it 'a once-in-a-lifetime event.' While seen right next to Jupiter through a telescope, Uranus actually will be 2.7 billion kilometers from earth on Monday night.
Phillips urges stargazers not to give up if it's cloudy on Monday night. Jupiter will remain relatively close for many weeks, he noted, providing good viewing opportunities for some time.
Saturday, September 18, 2010

The purpose of this Universal Game, the missing Basic, is to help the Universal Shift, to help our Universe to graduate and to expand, to help to create Beings with enough awareness, capablity and desire to go to the ends of this and neighbouring Universes and change everything; to help those who want to evolve; to help to release those billions of humans who has been in captivity in different parts of this Universe for thousands of years, to help Parallel Earths and the their populations to merge with the Original Universe/Earth/Timeline and to help each of you, future Graduates to return to your Original, Core Self and, eventually, to become One with your Total Self!
Look at "Ultimate Journey" cover of the earlier printed books: you will see a huge, bright Light, an Energy Ball. This is how your Total Self looks like!
We, Human Graduates, are the culture of this Universal Game and inspite of the untold suffering we will continue to shine even brighter, expand, create, construct and teach. When you put these ideas in the middle of everything, then everything, what is happening to each one of us, would make sense.


"... that is the KEY to the understanding of the event. It will offer human consciousness a rare potential to emerge rapidly into a unified intelligent energy system that will range far beyond your Time-Space illusion, creating, constructing, teaching as only a HUMAN-TRAINED GRADUATE energy is able to do..."

R.Monroe

There are so many of such Learning Centers like our Earth in our Universe and new ones are turning up every day!
The non-physical 4th density is the bridge between Physical 3rd density Earth and non-physical 5th Density and in this period of time you need to decide whether you want to evolve futher into non-physical, non-human 5th Density Being (loss of physical body) or you want to continue your life
in human body on 3rd Density. And that should be entirely your decision and noone else's.
There are 7 levels/frequencies of the 4th density. You visit 4th and higher densities every night in non-physical state (astral) while asleep, having an OBE or when being abducted. You've been living between 3rd and 4th density and even higher densities every day for all your life. The best explanation of these concepts I found in Monroe's "Far Journeys", given to Bob Monroe by Miranon, former human on Focus 46 (7th Density), who is on a higher vibrational level now. Miranon was not a male, he was both male and female and this info was passed through a female-explorer Shay St. John (SHE), Miranon called her Leana and 'kept a careful watch over her physical condition'. This extract is from "Far Journeys" by R.Monroe:
 "As I have said to you earlier, plants exist on levels one through seven. They are on a vibrational rate on the levels one through seven. It is the same pattern. Animals exist on the levels eight through fourteen, and when a person attains,
 when a consciousness attains (reach) level fourteen, it can no longer go any higher unless it is willing to change its form of consciousness (from nonhuman, like animal to human, LM). Levels fifteen through twenty-one
(the 3rd Density, LM) are what you call human life on this earth. When a person progresses to level twenty one, he then has the choice of going higher or staying within the realm of human form, but he cannot go higher unless he is willing to give up human form." (again changing from human to nonhuman of any kind, LM).
Monitor: "Give up being human?"
Other Voice: Levels twenty-two through twenty-eight are your bridge (the 4th Density's 7 overtones/frequencies, LM). They are your levels that you enter upon death. You are on level twenty and because that is an ascending level, you can enter into the realm beyond physical life, but you cannot stay there unless you are willing to give up your human form
 (you can create a holographic image of the body if that makes you more comfortable,but not as dense as 3rd D body and if you do enter permanently 4th Density, then
you reached the escape velocity R.Monroe was talking about. Each one of us has a different speed/different level of awareness and would be there at different time, LM).
 Is that clear?

Monitor: "That much is clear, yes."
Other Voice: "And then once a person or a consciousness—we are talking about consciousness—reaches level twenty-eight (end of the 4th Density, LM), the bridge is crossed, and from that point on for a consciousness to evolve higher, it would not again assume human form of any kind, not even as a learning experience. I will never incarnate again as a human—as another form of life, yes, but not as a human (though you can create a holographic human body for yourself if you want to, LM).


" The organized (M) Field radiation of a single individual can, if broad-banded enough, could be many thousands times greater than that of the group"    R.Monroe

"Enjoy your life in the System, maximize your highs and lows—but don't become addicted. Get through being angry at how the system works, the seeming inequities, the unfair advantages, the brutalities, the callousness, the deceit. It's a predator world by design—and it's a superb teaching machine (this is our Planetary Game, LM)."
R.Monroe


"Yet you would not know of it as a freedom if you had not experienced the repression..."  R.Monroe

"Love is not an Illusion, Love is Loosh energy !"  
R.Monroe


"It’s so strong! And there it is - the Emitter! No, there was no Big Bang. It came from the Emitter the creation of the Hologram (our Universe, LM) and there it is, the return flow off to one side, a cycle, a closed loop, a circle!"    R.Monroe

"The Big L (love) is the Core Self at its finest distillation. Reflecting on all this, I think that the source of the missing Basic  is now clear—the Core Self. But how do you really get to know you?"
Robert Monroe, p.81 "UltimateJourney"

"All it would really take would be one of you to go in and change one of these systems - just your frequency alone. So, you truly are royalty. You (and not just guys, females too, LM) are just awesome, and the  "war" that's coming is about all of that. It is because there are benevolent races, that want our experience and our DNA. They want our emotions. They want us to be teachers, because many of the benevolent races have lost their passion...Fourth density is a unified consciousness "(year 1997)..." 
Alex Collier

Here is an extract from the book of Dolores Cannon "A Soul Remembers Hiroshima", p.88:


"K (Japanese man): It's the wife's place not to say anything. She just goes along with her husband...
D (Dolores): It seems as though women (in Japan) do not have any opinions. The man makes the decisions in the house?
K: It is the nature of a male to be dominant..."

"Men must see the world through the eyes of women"
   Robert Morning Sky


In part 2 of the "Terra Papers" p.7 , R.Morning Sky writes :" ...Lord Ra, with the approval of the Rebel Queens, began to systematically remove of traces of the Mother Goddess presence. Henceforth, the Omnipotent One  was a male...the Sun God Ra himself. Males would dominate every aspect of life, it was time for females to relinquish (give up) their exalted (greater in their dignity) place of power..."

Robert Morning Sky

One of the major goals of this website is to help to plant the seeds of Balance in everyone, in every place possible. This website is a link to "Renovated Super-Human School of Compressed Learning " for Humans+ . This School is the Monroe Institute on the Earth of 4th density. It has been described by R.Monroe in his book "Far Journeys" p.206-227. Here are some highlights, some goals of this School, which we, future Human-Graduates, all attend in our sleep (in Sleepers' Class).

A female (Nancy?) was explaining
to Robert Monroe at the Renovated Super-Human School of Compressed Learning on 4th Density. More about that School you can find on   Robert Monroe info  link :

Nancy Penn Monroe:  "...we make and gather . . .
Loosh (Balance/Love) ...Only now we know what we’re doing and why, and we’re happy to do it...
It (the food chain process) is an important part of the learning process. We couldn’t make Loosh without it." (make Loosh while playing the Planetary Game on Earth that is, LM).
The goal of this School:
"...(Experience Earth Consciousness. Not just in physical human form—remember we could only feel part of it, just a part. Now we go through it completely, from the smallest unicellular life up, millions of different life cycles, most of which we were unaware of as only physical humans. Even the physical earth itself has an active consciousness.)..."
("Matrix 5" author would not be very happy to go through this kind of experience, LM)
R.Monroe:  (are there many other growth patterns in consciousness similar to humans and earth?)
Nancy Penn Monroe:  (You can't count them if you wanted to, there's that many. And new ones coming on line constantly.)
R.Monroe:   (But are humans now in communication with other such, uh, civilizations?)
Nancy Penn Monroe:   (Not very much. There is some exchange, but it doesn’t seem necessary or important.)
R.Monroe:    (What about other, nonphysical energy systems?)
Nancy Penn Monroe:  (Oh, those! We visit them as often as we can.) (meaning that our Alters constantly travel and mix with different races all over our and other universes, LM).
R.Monroe:   (To gather Loosh?)  (Loosh is energy of Balance; more info on  Robert Monroe info  , LM)
Nancy Penn Monroe:   (No. To sow it, to plant the seeds. That lets the, uh, ray have an ident (a mental "address") to focus on.)
(Rays would lead other humans or rather their Alters to go to the place where the Balance has been seeded, LM)

And another interesting observation: a woman (most likely Nancy Monroe) was showing R.Monroe the parts of  4th Density Earth, she seemed to be more knowledgable in that, so she was leading him and BB, his friend, p.214 "Far Journeys":
"I watched as they disappeared into the grove of oaks. I stood there waiting, mulling over the strange mixture of physical and other energies that was now earth life. I found I was unable to determine where one began and the other left off. There was no longer a sharp dividing line.  Was it all like this?
(All ready?) I turned and there was BB and the woman standing beside me. They seemed different, lighter.
(We had to drop off the bodies.)

I suddenly remembered. (No tricks, BB.)
BB rolled (laughed). (No chance. She's handling the ident. You and I just play follow-the-leader after her.)"

"It was not ego, desire to become a guru or a spiritual leader, not fame or fortune. It was the Basic (Knowns, not Beliefs) the collection and unification of the parts," (not just missing ones of R.Monroe, but the parts of his entire Total Self cluster to which he was bonded). He had no idea how many others were in the cluster (thousands or hundred of thousands).
I have never seen R.Monroe in life or on video, but in the middle of October 2008 I finally noticed on Youtube R.Monroe's videos made by TMI, which I present on this website. From these videos I found out that there was another book about R.Monroe "Journey of Robert Monroe"printed in 2007, which I've just finished reading. Years ago I only read one book on R.Monroe "Catapult: The Biography of  R.A.Monroe" by Bayard Stockton). One thing I noticed that till I, personally, find the answers to my questions, the proof of it would not show up.
That happened many times.
I've never had a private teacher/coach/elder/guru/Highly evolved Light Being (on higher level out there) in the field of Alternative Sciences (Paranormal), never had a conscious OBE, never met an Inspec friend or made friends on higher level, never was or helped by a channelor/psychiatrist/psychologist/kinesiologist/hypnotherapist/reiki master/metaphysicist or any such profession specialist, never was in any religious ashram, never was a yoga or a follower of these kind of philosophies, never was involved into any religion, a secret society or a political party.

"Why is there this need for total unification (of all his parts, LM) ? So that we can truly become One." R.Monroe

First time, you merge all your Clusters with your parts in them (higher selves on different densities) into a Total Self and become One.
Second time (on the highest density) you merge with Creative Force when you enter the Aperture and become One with Creative Force complete and with multitude of gifts of experience and Unconditional Love. There is a third time to become One with different Energies of humans and non- humans and different Energies of Earth at the time of Planetary and Universal Shift to move this Universe to higher densities and merge with Higher Awareness!
"Then we as a totality can wink out and pass through the Aperture. And what then. The answer is unknown."
R.Monroe

There are some videos about R.Monroe and his Institute on Youtube I posted on  Robert Monroe info  of this website and here are some samples:
#1 Monroe's Out-of-Body (OBE) Paranormal Transformation of Human C...
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_4_-PDqQ9bM&feature=related
#2 Monroe's Out-of-Body (OBE) Paranormal Transformation of Human C...
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hNZn9alHBHI&feature=related
#3 Monroe's Out-of-Body (OBE) Paranormal Transformation of Human C...
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E10iMjy53_E&feature=related
#4 Monroe's Out-of-Body (OBE) Paranormal Transformation of Human C...
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E10iMjy53_E&feature=related
The content of #5 video is on this page under The Importance of Affirmation.
#5 Monroe's Out-of-Body (OBE) Paranormal Transformation of Human C...
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6tUTRCI0lO8&feature=related
#6 Monroe's Out-of-Body (OBE) Paranormal Transformation of Human C...
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dEwshB9gpfQ&feature=related

#7 Monroe's Out-of-Body (OBE) Paranormal Transformation of Human Consciousness
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QI91ETw-jio&feature=related
The written content of this interview with Robert Monroe (#7) is on this page below, after 'The meeting with Androgynous Being'.

#5 Monroe's Out-of-Body (OBE) Paranormal Transformation of Human C...(The written content)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6tUTRCI0lO8&feature=related


"What did you come to learn (in this Planetary School, LM)?
1. You came to learn a measurement system, this is a system of opposites, of polarities and we quickly give them labels like positive, negative, bad, good. These kind of things we learn. This measurement system is very important: we learn it this system of measurements and the great system of measurements that we learn is Pain-Pleasure and we know: how in the world could you know pleasure if you didn't experience pain?
The most boring thing that you could do is to have a very even life with no pain and no pleasure. You couldn't stand it. You've got to have this and we search for those pain and pleasure things. We go out of our way to do it. So if you think in terms of the whole concept of living here to learn measurements. Now that is the first.
The second is very interesting is that you learn to manipulate energy. I move my arms like this, my hands.
 I move my eyes and so on. I am using, I am manipulating energy. To do that, that is the use of 5 or 6 types of energy, to let me move my arm. We learn this very automatically. And I can tell you from the deep personal experience that simple ability that we take so much for granted of a learning to manipulate energy is increasingly valuable in other energy systems. You'd be amazed how much value that we take in our ordinary things. Keeping your balance for example. We automatically learn how to stay in balance in this groovidic (deeply satisfying) pattern?
But over there (in higher densities, LM) it's wonderful. You can use these kind of things. So these are 2 Key things.
But important thing of all: we came and we come here to learn and acquire an intellect.

 It's strange, an intellect we acquire. Intelligence is not enough of the word. An intellect and analitical ability. We come here to learn that we use the metaphor (abstract) left brain. We learn to acquire left brain by living here and being here. That's the real valuable tool that we come and pick up. So you think that combination puts together a Being that is a
Super Being."

These are relevant thoughts from "Far Journeys"p . 248:


"Still others find that the limitations imposed by physical incarceration (confinement) as a human also engender (produce) concentration of certain energies available only in that state. This is the only point available to apply such energies. By far the greatest motivation—surpassing the sum of all others—is the result. When you encounter and perceive a graduate, your only goal is to be one yourself once you realize it is possible. And it is. Thus we "go to physical" because of what it   is—an intense learning process, a school of a very unusual sort. It has the implication (an indirect suggestion) that an important part of that learning process is to force the admixture of two different types of energy modulation. One enters as male and the other as female. The drives, needs, enculturation, and other factors all may be designed to literally force the accommodation, melding, and understanding between these two systems of consciousness."  R.Monroe

The Many Faces of Bob Monroe (many Personalities/Alters) by Paul Rademacher

The Many Faces of Bob Monroe     http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oClXKd_fKo0&feature=related

"I want to read for you a section from Ron Russell's book "Journey of Robert Monroe". It's a great read. You would learn so much about history of the Institute. You'll learn so much about Robert Monroe. This particular quote comes from Lesley France. I think it's so telling. She said:"Among the stuff we often spoke about Bob in terms of which personality aspect he was expressing at the moment. Uncle Bob or Dad, Buisnessman Bob, Good Executive Director, Old Boy Bob, Cosmic Bob, Paranoid Bob, Performer Bob.
These were main Bobs I knew, but not by far the only Bobs. Once you learn to take advantage of determining which Bob was present for attempting communication: it would change on a dime.
She has a juggling Bob caused the stuff much frustration. Buisnessman Bob sent ethics down from the Black Hole as we call his office at his cabin from the Robert's Mountain. Some other Bob refuted it (proved to be wrong), it aches and Paranoid Bob regained untrustful worthiness of stuff to fail to follow the ethics.
One time Buisnessman Bob (she described it as a verification in 1950's ethics) sly, hard, unemotional in a pursuit of a dollar and he was whom Lesley was expected to encounter when she was summoned to a meeting in the central dining room with Bob and Ron Harris. She was the first to arrive, she sat down to wait. The others came together. Bob carrying a yellow legal pad, covered with this customary big black leathering. Soon we were settling in and I glanced at Bob. At that moment he caught my eye and the most extraodinary thing happened. I felt as though he and I were transported into another awareness and the stream of communication issued from his gaze directly from my consciousness. The stream contained words and feelings. It's said:"Isn't it fun?" This refered to the entire human drama as well as our little meeting accompanied by the lightest sense of fun and mischief, which I saw reflected in the sparkling eyes across from me: I had encounted a Cosmic Law."
I think all of us have been beneficiaries of Cosmic Bob for sure. There is no question about it. That's why we keep coming back, isn't it? And that's a Gift."


"Phasing Levels of Human Consciousness" by Robert Monroe
(Phasing is the foundation of Multiple Personality Disorder/Order, LM)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wlBOJEik1aI&NR=1

"We have also another thing that comes up that deserves a broad scientific treatment, and that is...we call it PHASING. This Mind Consciousness that we have is in full phase, let's say hopefully as I sit and talk to you here that of my consciousness is involved in doing this. If you are daydreaming or you are called absent-minded, a part of your Consciousness is not here, a very significant part of it. And so if you think of those being phases that 90% of your Mind-Consciousness being is here at this moment and there is a flicker and a part of you is phasing out of it and if you take it deeper than you can see what all of this whole program process means. It means that you becoming more and more out of phase, that are greater percent of you is active in some other state (your other Alters, LM). Meditating states are a form of phasing. Let's say the 25% or more of your phasing patterns, of what is out of physical, is involved in something else and as a result you learn more about your own personal creative process. That's been just an absurd thing to you in the past and then it becomes absurdly easy."

(I remember how much time I spent at school PHASING in the classroom, LM).
..................................................................................
            

The bottom line is this, don't take your life for granted, believe me there are billions of people out there that would love to change places with you immediately. In fact, there are millions of people that would love to experience your so-called bad days. The key is to appreciate the countless freedoms and opportunities you are presented. Appreciate every moment of your life. Focus on the positive and beautiful in your life and
they will expand all around you. This is just the way the universe works
.
.. For example, why in this modern age do women continue to be excluded from religious power and are given second-class status in most major religions? The answer is shocking and undeniable, small groups of highly religious men created a dark ages belief system that males are superior to females. Today this single belief continues to influence all women in countless destructive ways."  William Buhlman

 Credo Mutwa: Message to the World

"Awaken the Mother Mind within everyone of you, human beings. Our people believe that every human being male or female has got 2 Minds: the Mother Mind and the Warrior Mind. The Warrior Mind looks at things logically.
 The Warrior Mind sees: 2+2 is 4. But the Mother Mind sees nothing of that kind. The Mother Mind ...I don't know how I can explain it. The Mother Mind does not think that way as warriors do. The Mother Mind thinks sideways (left and right) and upwards and downwards.
We must awaken the Mother Mind within us. We must feel what is going on in the World. We must not just listen to the newspapers, we must ourselves feel. It's said by our Zulu people that women think with their pelvic area where children grow (the antenna for the Universal knowledge, LM). We must think that way. I must no longer (just) look at the tree, but I must see a living entity like me in that way. I must no longer look at the stone, but I must see the future lying dormant in that stone...We must think like grandmothers. That's all."

Vusamazulu Credo Mutwa: A Message to the World   http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vv3R6hddPfI&feature=related

And another video:  Credo Mutwa "Zulu Shaman" Predicts 1st Female President (of USA)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ij8GLRDgU_k&feature=related


"One of the things that made me laugh one time when I was....the bones told me, that after president Bush, there will be another man president. Then the American people are going to do something very strange, which would make the World a very beautiful place. They will elect a woman-president. I don't know why (that video was made in 1991, LM). It would be a wonderful thing, really it will. I wish I still will be alive to see this...One thing that I see in the future that the World is going to become closer. How you say? How can I put this?
 The World is going to become One, but before that happens there will be a lot of dangers. Before that happens there will be a lot of trouble. And the biggest trouble that we are going to have: one is going to come in Russia and one is going to come is in the Middle East again. And George Bush is going to play a very important part. But something might happen to George Bush...The bones also say that I'm not well, the spear has got into me, which is true.I've got cancer.

In 1991 American Martial artists travelled to South Africa as ambassadors of Goodwll: Grandmaster, professor Wally Jay, professor Tony Maynard and World champion Ernie Boggs. President Lucas Mangope of Bothatswana sent them to meet the amazing Credo Mutwa."

In the extract below is a description of Energy connections between Alters/Parts of Robert Monroe from many Levels of Consciousness. 3rd and 4th Levels consist of many Sub-levels:

"And there they were, thousands upon thousands of lines, each glowing with energy, extending outwards, in many dimensions from where I was multidimensional Higher Self of me! Some lines were bright, some dim, but each ended in what seemed a cluster of radiation: another Higher Self. These are the sum of all the personalities we have ever been, connecting with those we think of and those who think of us. The bright ones are those associated with you in this lifetime. So many of my connections in this life time when we go, all the love connections will either go with us or will help us on our way. My own love that I have now - Nancy will go with us." R.Monroe

"The outer most layer of human mind is much larger than you might expect, composed of others’ thoughts of you. Consider yourself as existing wherever and whenever any other person or being thinks of you, even only occasionally. You may get some idea of the magnitude by recalling all of those you think of even only occasionally. Add all of those who still think of you but who no longer inhabit a physical body - who are now “somewhere else”- plus those who know you from any other existence, whatever and wherever it may be or have been: you would be astounded at how big and how much you are. Very little of this radiation of you, as perceived by others is aware of the content of your Inner Core Self. The disguise and filtration are in the way. But a problem does lie in our deep concern as to what others think of us." R. Monroe

"...Ignore or tear down the No Trespassing signs, the taboos, the notice that says Holy of Holies, the distortions of time and translation, the soft black poles of euphoria, the mysticisms, the myths, the fantasies of an eternal father or mother image, and then take a good look with our growing left brain. Nothing is sacred to the point where it should not be investigated. Quantum leap of getting out of local traffic to major highway into the unknown. The map that we are developing will cover route as far as our active consciousness pattern can extend it."   R.Monroe


Do you have any idea how much energy it takes to take yourself from 11th density and focus in to this little box? This tiny box (our body on 3rd density, LM). It's awesome. This part of me that you see is only one percent of who I am. You are seeing a copy. You are seeing a holographic projection and image that I have projected from myself that has materialized in 3rd density. You may come up and shake my hand, but you are not shaking all of me.  Alex Collier

"If you open yourself up and allow free movement of love in you life, it will happen within you. If you restrict yourself, hold yourself back and move into denial, you will be suppressing the energy that is coming in, and you will create disease. This is going to effect the men, more than the women. The male thought pattern of being logical is past - it is time to try something different.
Q: Do you mean that the men are going to have to express their "womanhood?"
AC: Yes, that's exactly what I mean. They are going to have to move out of the masculine dominated world role and into a more nurturing role, not only with Self but with everyone else. It will be a tough lesson for men, because of all
the out-of-balance role models that they have been exposed to and had to put up with.
They need to be more in balance. We have to make the effort. Again, it comes down to intent..." Alex Collier 

The Universal Changes

ESI Programme on AdS Holography and the Quark-Gluon Plasma

http://quark.itp.tuwien.ac.at/~ads/index.html
Vienna, 2 August – 29 October 2010
Erwin Schrödinger
International Institute
for Mathematical Physics
Organizers: A. Rebhan ( TU Wien, Austria)
S. Husa (Univ. Illes Balears,Spain)
K. Landsteiner ( IFT Madrid,Spain)

Programme Overview

Quantum Chromo Dynamics (QCD) is the theory of the strong nuclear interactions. It is an example of a non-abelian gauge theory. Such theories constitute the fundamental paradigm of modern high energy physics. Although some thirty years have passed by since their invention they are still far from being understood satisfactorily. In particular phenomena such as confinement and chiral symmetry breaking are still lacking complete explanations.
QCD is an asymptotically free theory, i.e. its coupling constant runs to smaller and smaller values at high energy. Very early on this has led to the suggestion that confinement ceases to be effective at very high temperature (or density) and that the theory goes over into a deconfined phase: the quark-gluon plasma. An experimental programme has been set up at the Relativistic Heavy Ion Collider (RHIC) at the Brookhaven National Laboratory in the USA to establish and study the phase transition towards the Quark Gluon plasma in heavy ion collision. From next year on, the LHC collider at CERN, Geneva, will also have an ultrarelativistic heavy-ion program which will cover even higher energies and temperatures.
The existing experimental results from RHIC indicate that the newly created state of matter in these heavy ion collisions does indeed have properties that are consistent with a deconfined phase of QCD.
Somewhat surprisingly it turned out, however, that the new state of matter created in RHIC collisions does not behave as a weakly interacting gas of quarks and gluons but rather as a liquid showing significant collective flow phenomena. Of particular interest is the so called elliptic flow that appears in non-central heavy ion collisions. The elliptic flow data indicate that the liquid of nuclear matter has an extraordinarily low viscosity. It even appears to be the most perfect fluid observed in nature so far, having a specific viscosity (viscosity to entropy ratio) at least an order of magnitude smaller than that of any previously observed liquid.

The temperatures reached in the heavy ion collisions at RHIC are around 350MeV, which is about twice the critical temperature of QCD. At these temperature QCD is still very strongly interacting and therefore the new state of matter created in RHIC collisions has been named the strongly coupled quark gluon plasma (sQGP). The strong coupling behaviour makes perturbative field theoretical approaches to explain the properties of the quark-gluon plasma in this temperature range a nearly impossible task. Since the lifetime of the QGP in heavy ion collisions is very short (of the order of 10 fm/c), time evolution and out-of-equilibrium physics play a central role. Lattice QCD which can in principle address the strong coupling regime faces significant obstacles when trying to apply it to real time phenomena, such as the calculation of transport coefficients as the viscosity.
During the last years a radical new approach to model the strongly interacting QGP has been proposed and developed. It relies on the by now well-tested duality between the maximally supersymmetric (N=4) gauge theory in four dimensions and type IIB string theory on anti-de Sitter space, the so called AdS/CFT correspondence first formulated by Maldacena in 1997. In this framework, the (conformal) boundary values of the five-dimensional supergravity fields provide the sources for the gauge invariant operators of the four dimensional gauge theory, which thus can be thought of as living on the conformal boundary of AdS, hence the terms anti-de Sitter holography and holographic gauge theories. As observed early on by Witten, this correspondence can be generalized to finite temperature, where the deconfinement phase transition in the gauge theory is mapped to the Hawking-Page phase transition of black hole formation in five-dimensional anti-de Sitter space. This approach has by now been greatly generalized to gauge theories which include matter in fundamental representations, whose dual versions involve space-time filling D-brane solutions in the supergravity setting and which generalizes the duality to non-conformal gauge theories where part (or all) of the N=4 supersymmetry is broken.
One of the initial highlights of the holographic approach has been the calculation of the shear viscosity, which turned out to take a universal value in every holographic gauge theory. Numerically this is a very small value, much smaller than results from perturbative QCD and unlike the latter apparently consistent with the experimental data from RHIC. In fact it has been conjectured that the above value represents a universal lower quantum bound for the specific viscosity of any liquid in nature! Other examples for the application of the AdS/CFT correspondence to the strongly coupled QGP include the calculation of the energy loss rate of a heavy quark moving in the medium, the jet-quenching parameter using light like Wilson loops, all giving better order-of-magnitude estimates than perturbative field theory calculations.
These developments have stimulated enormous interest and activity in the recent years. One aspect of this line of research needs special emphasis: it has instigated extraordinary fruitful interaction, communication and collaboration between two different scientific communities: the community of finite temperature field theorists and string theorists.
The programme shall bring together leading researcher from both of those fields to intensify and deepen this already fruitful cross-fertilizing of ideas coming partially from string theory and partially from finite temperature field theory.
In addition an attempt shall be made to involve another scientific community: that of researcher in black hole physics and numerical relativity.
Indeed many topics of black hole physics play a crucial role in the AdS/CFT application to the QGP: the interpretation of the black hole entropy as the entropy of the field theory, the spectrum of black hole quasinormal modes to mention only two and we expect that other topics such as critical collapse or dynamical horizons will play an important role in the near future.
The ESI programme shall therefore make an effort to reach out to the community of researchers in black hole physics and numerical relativity. Leading scientists in this fields shall be invited to lecture on their research and to participate actively during the programme."

"The vibratory rate of the universe is changing very fast, as compared to the rate of compulsory evolution. The effects of the new dimension (Density) were introduced in your year 1994, and it is affecting all physical material worlds regardless of their state or dimension. The effects are changing all physical matter, including atoms, photons, hydrogen molecules and all matter in the eleven creational densities...

"On March 23, 1994, nineteen suns in our galaxy went through pole shifts. The north and south poles experienced either a 90 degree or 180 degree slip. The Andromedans feel that this is just the beginning. Now, this is the first time this has ever happened, and it all happened at once. It's a very significant thing in the universe. It doesn't mean a lot here, yet, but out there it means a tremendous amount. Changes are occurring in all the stars that are 8 billion years old or older, and there is something going on here. This phenomena occurred simultaneously with the emanation of the sound and color (aquamarine) frequency being carried into the universe from all the black holes. Nothing before has ever come out of black holes before since this initial creation of our universe, 23 trillion years ago...
Almost every galaxy has a black hole at its center, because it is a "portal" to somewhere else. Now, what is happening is that our universe is starting to shift...What is on the other side of the black holes is unknown. It's an absolute "don't go" area, even for projected consciousness - no information comes back...
Yet, now this sound and color frequency is emanating from all of
them as of March 23, 1994. What is even more interesting is that this frequency is CODED with programmed data that is affecting all the energy frequencies and dimensions in our universe...
the frequency being emitted from the black holes is of one polarity... This new frequency does not carry a balance of positive and negative polarity, which also implies a specific purpose and direction. What that is at present unknown.
(Maybe we will create a similar Energy, LM?)

This new 12th creational density that has appeared is connecting all of the other densities all the way down...

...certain souls will literally be able to walk into the next (higher, LM) densities, instead of having to change physical form and makeup.

According to the Andromedans, we should prepare for a huge leap in consciousness, whether we are ready or not. We will start to see this color in our rainbows..." (when you start seeing aquamarine color in rainbows/clouds, that would mean that we are getting closer to the Shift, LM).

Now, the essence of what is happening is that it is a reintegration of our present dimensional levels into a new frequency pattern. It will also add a new color to each dimension. As this energy continues to form and build its polarity, it is drawing the existing primary creational densities upward to it. The single frequency at the 12th is drawing everything up to it. This frequency, according to the Andromedans, contains profound awareness, which has already changed the 11th, 10th and 9th density awareness levels already..."

p.187
There is, however, one answer to consider, and that is by the end of October 2013, according to the Andromedan Council, all consciousness in this universe will be 4th density that is now 3rd density. Some of us, by that time, will actually be carrying 5th density light-bodies with us...

All physical matter is going to change because all thought is changing...We know not why this is happening, but (only) that it will change much of all of our lives and conscious experience in a short time...

The most immediate changes is in the 11th density, as we are told. To describe it to you in your limited language is nearly impossible...


The New World Order will do anything to formulate itself. It will in fact do that, but it's life will be short-lived. In other words, they will set up the structure and framework for a manipulative world order, but just when they think they have it nailed down, the rug will be pulled out from under them, and the people will then rise up and assume the leadership role on the planet...

The 11th density is now beyond description to those (who were) in 11th density, and their mode and quality of (descriptive) language and thought is now inadequate (to explain the change)...

The beings of the 11th density are having difficulty expressing it themselves, and expressing their experiences to each other of the Oneness of their new consciousness...

The changes and leaps of consciousness are so profound on the 11th density, those beings cannot relate to it in their present wisdom. They cannot explain "what" it is or "why" it is, because their past ability to be at One with their own existence has not prepared them for what has occurred. Their new reality is beyond all experience or expression...

But, we (will) try by saying that a dimension (having) white light contains 72 more frequencies of light and consciousness, and that the levels of consciousness contained within a holographic dimensional picture of the same 72 frequencies, contained in one dimension, has tripled itself in an instant (and now is 216 more frequencies, LM). The 11th density is now beyond description to those (who were) in 11th density, and their mode and quality of (descriptive) language and thought is now inadequate (to explain the change)... Alex Collier, 1996.

This info is taken from "Defending the Sacred Ground" by Alex Collier written in mid 90's ( the whole book in electronic form could be found on our website on the link  Defending Sacred Ground  , p.230 and 189:


Changing Consciousness

This is the picture of Invisible to the eye Energy of our Advanced Thoughts, of Energy of the New Earth, of Energy of the New Sun and of Energy of the Consciousness of the New Universe!

Picture is taken over our Centre for Raising Human Consciousness in Australia.

Becoming a Leader

"Because we are essentially like hamsters inside a cage, spinning on the wheel, we are not moving because we are still inside the cage. Even if you jump off the wheel, you are still inside the cage. The idea is to eliminate the cage completely...
Do you have any idea how much energy it takes to take yourself from 11th density and focus in to this little box? This tiny box (our body, LM). It's awesome.
This part of me that you see is only one percent of who I am. You are seeing a copy. You are seeing a holographic projection and image, that I have projected from myself, that has materialized in 3rd density. You may come up and shake my hand, but you are not shaking all of me.

Now, there is a lot of change coming. A lot of folks are not prepared for it. You have it within you to help to be teachers. To help pull the race together. There are outside influences here already and more of them coming that are going to try and divide us as a race. We can lose, but we can forestall (delay) Graduation.
We don't want to do that if we can help it.
You must stand in your power. You have to do that yourself, and there is only one requirement - to believe in yourselves. If you don't believe in yourself, go back and look at everything everybody ever told you culturally and just erase it, because it is a lie. It's a lie. They were wrong.
Again, stand in your strength. Stand in your love. Be who you are. Remember that the word warrior meant a person who is not afraid to be who they are. To be who you are every single moment, whether somebody likes it or not.
It doesn't matter what other people think if you are being impeccable.
As long as you don't do something to hurt them,
consciously, it doesn't matter what they think. How many of you that have been shaped by peer pressure are happier because of it? None of you.
The New World Order will do anything to formulate itself. It will in fact do that, but it's life will be short-lived. In other words, they will set up the structure and framework for a manipulative world order, but just when they think they have it nailed down, the rug will be pulled out from under them, and the people will then rise up and assume the leadership role on the planet.
Just Do It!" 
Alex Collier


From "Defending the Sacred Ground" by Alex Collier:


Consciousness Evolvement Rate Increased Tenfold


Because of this new frequency, evolvement of Consciousness has been sped up almost tenfold from its normal rate of
evolution. A lot of you, I'm sure, are experiencing things moving very quickly on all kinds of consciousness levels.
New Frequency Has Purpose and Direction

"This new frequency does not carry a balance of positive and negative polarity, which also implies a specific purpose
and direction. What that is at present unknown."

Four Other Universes Are Experiencing The Same Thing

"This frequency and density shifting is also happening in four other universes at the same time it is happening here.
" Alex Collier

We haven't been living in just 3rd Density alone for thousands of years. Considerable part of our lives has been spent in the 4th Density at the time of sleeping, day-dreaming, meditating, time-travelling, spending time in Parallel Universes and other ways of losing consciousness. So you can't say that you are living in 3rd Density 100% of your time. Some people are moving much faster towards 5th Density, some are mush slower and some need to spend more time evolving on one of 3rd Density planets (there are 7 levels/overtones/frequencies to pass to reach the 5th D). The Sun is no longer yellow (it's white, the color of the 4th Density) and when we reach the 5th Density, the Sun will turn light blue color. What are the signs of the 4th Density?
1. Progressive Build Up of Consciousness;
2. Merging Energies of Parallel Universes/Earths/Suns/Timelines into the Energy of Original Universe/Timeline/Earth/Sun and as a result: brief appearance of new species, slow removal of all (new and old) plant/animal life; natural/unnatural disasters and disappearing of big numbers of people; the world's becoming smaller and global community is getting closer to each other; disappearance or a change of location of some old stars/planets/moons and appearance of new ones; our sun is changing the orbit; more ghosts and anomalous flying creatures; no old technological things will work, like: electricity, Internet, telephone (mobile), TV, radio, cars, planes, trains, ships and so on. Everything will be replaced by holographic technology. Chaos in the airports and Crises on many levels.  Earth Changes;
3. P
reparation of humanity to future Non Verbal Communication (NVC) with the rest of the Universe has been achieved by the use of Internet, mob.phones etc. More on NVC on:  Universal Telepathy-Nonverbal Communication  link.
4. Humanity will be more Balanced.

I can't show you the picture of Nebula of the old 3rd Density Earth yet, but the Crab Nebula would give you a pretty good idea how our old Earth would look like, when our old 3D Sun explodes into a Supernova!  Crab Nebula, you can find on youtube: Crab Nebula

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vKAhDNoxVy0&feature=related


Nebula

Supernova, the explosions of the old Suns and transition/graduation to a higher level of Consciousness. This is going to happen to our old Sun soon, but we have a new one!

All Galaxies are in the process of tremendous changes, they are colliding with each other and our Milky Way Galaxy is not an exception. This is the proof of what the Andromedans said through Alex Collier about the Universal Shift which started on 23rd March 1994! It is happenning in front of our eyes!
Gamma Ray Bursts (GRB) are a good indication when the Sun's explosion is approaching. Watch for GRB's, but remember that none of us will be here when the explosion occurs, so your fears have NO ground: they are useless! We will, most likely, be watching the Shift from the 5th Density Earth. For more info:  Galaxy Events


"...and there it was... the Emitter!  No, there was no big bang...it came from the Emitter...the creation of the hologram..."
These are the words of R. Monroe from "Ultimate Journey"
p. 219: he witnessed it. On the same page you can read about 'blue planet' Earth will 'revert to a ring of dust' (Planetary Nebula), his I-There (parts of himself) is gone, "Belief System Territoties wink out" (meaning the Rings around Earth, LM), "everything moves...a huge flower of particles and light folding back together..."

Nebula, the result of the Implosion, the Black Hole swallowing the old physical body of Earth, which was witnessed by R.Monroe, when he was taken to the future.
Some Galactic Events are very well portrayed
on Youtube.
In "Elegant Universe" series on youtube the scientists have been discussing the origins of (M) Field and String Theory. I advise them to see our link : Robert Monroe info  or read R.Monroe's "Ultimate Journey" to know, that (M) Field energy is coming from the Emitter, an enormous energy Ball on the highest 12th Density (used to be on 11th, and will return back to the 11th D, after the 3rd December 2013).
(M) Field Energy or Mind Field is creating a Hologram in all the Densities/Dimensions of our Universe (inc. the 3rd Time-Space Density, the 2nd Density of Plant and Animal life and 1st Density of Rock/Air/Water/
Fire), which are now in the process of disintegration). There will be no need in 3rd/2nd/1st Densities in this Universe
anymore
! (M) Field Energy has been accumulating in all living creatures, who have been using it for creating their own holograms and the best glue to hold the holograms together is Fear! Behind the Emitter is the place of the Creative Force. Robert Monroe was the closest to witness that!
More info on Galaxy Events

Alex Collier on Universal Changes

This material was given to him by Andromedans and written in his book "Defending the Sacred Ground", p.188:


"On March 23, 1994, nineteen suns in our galaxy went through pole shifts. The north and south poles experienced either a 90 degree or 180 degree slip. The Andromedans feel, that this is just the beginning. Now, this is the first time this has ever happened, and it all happened at once. It's a very significant thing in the universe. It doesn't mean a lot here, yet, but out there it means a tremendous amount. Changes are occurring in all the stars, that are 8 billion years old or older, and there is something going on here. This phenomena occurred simultaneously with the emanation of the Sound and Color (aquamarine) frequency, being carried into the Universe from all the Black Holes. Nothing before has ever come out of Black Holes since this initial Creation of our Universe, 23 trillion years ago."

This Type of Universe Change Also Gave Birth to Our Universe (p.189)

"The Big Bang (there was no Big Bang, LM).
How the Andromedans explain this is that apparently much of the energy and matter, that we have in our Universe, including us as energy sources, as souls, as consciousness, came from someplace else. In that other place, as it was evolving, there were certain energies, that simply could not evolve with it, or they chose not to. Whatever the reasons were, pockets of "resistance" were formed, and, as that universe went through its shift, these "pockets" grew, until they burst. When they burst, matter just exploded and went everywhere. Almost every galaxy has a black hole at its center, because it is a "Portal" to somewhere else. Now, what is happening now is that our Universe is starting to shift, and "pockets" of resistance are starting to form in our Universe, containing negativity.
What is on the other side of the black holes is unknown (the New Universe, LM). It's an absolute "don't go" area, even for projected consciousness - no information comes back. Yet, now this sound and color frequency is emanating from all of them as of March 23, 1994. What is even more interesting, that this frequency is CODED with programmed data, that is affecting all the energy frequencies and dimensions in our universe.
Now, according to the Andromedans, there are 11 prime creational densities, each containing within itself evolutionary densities (dimensions?).
This new 12th creational density that has appeared is connecting all of the other densities all the way down. Now, instead of you having to change your physical form to evolve into a different form for a specific density. My understanding is that based on their preliminary findings, certain souls will literally be able to walk into the next densities, instead of having to change physical form and makeup. This frequency carries the color of aquamarine on our third density level, and another color on the other dimensional levels, even though the totality is only one color and one sound. According to the Andromedans, we should prepare for a huge leap in consciousness, whether we are ready or not. We will start to see this color in our rainbows..."
Now, the essence of what is happening is that it is a reintegration of our present dimensional levels into a new frequency pattern. It will also add a new color to each dimension. As this energy continues to form and build its polarity, it is drawing the existing primary creational densities upward to it. The single frequency at the 12th is drawing everything up to it. This frequency, according to the Andromedans, contains profound awareness, which has already changed the 11th, 10th and 9th density awareness levels already..."
p.187
There is, however, one answer to consider, and that is by the end of October 2013, according to the Andromedan Council, all consciousness in this universe will be 4th density that is now 3rd density. Some of us, by that time, will actually be carrying 5th density light-bodies with us.
We will also have experienced a natural pole shift of the planet of 17 degrees, putting the new north pole near Saudi Arabia.
"The vibratory rate of the universe is changing very fast, as compared to the rate of compulsory evolution. The effects of the new dimension (Density) were introduced in your year 1994, and it is affecting all physical material worlds regardless of their state or dimension. The effects are changing all physical matter, including atoms, photons, hydrogen molecules and all matter in the eleven creational densities.
In your world, the rate of this vibratory rate will be measured by the frequency of the Earth. It is important that this be explained or stated for those that will listen, for it will prove to be verified for those who waiver in doubt.
All physical matter is going to change because all thought is changing...
As we told or spoke to you earlier, when we (first) recorded this new dimension, we explained to you that we were told  (of it) by the Paa-tre, a race (consisting) of a single group-consciousness in what you could observe as the 9th density, that the frequency being emitted from the black holes is of one polarity. (It means Balanced, LM).
We now have more data that we can share and explain about its profound effects on all of us who are physical.
We know not why this is happening, but (only) that it will change much of all of our lives and conscious experience in a short time.
We, in Andromeda, are preparing ourselves and our young, as well as trying to express as best as we can to other races what we have learned, so that others may choose to act or not to act in whatever way each acknowledges to do so.
The most immediate changes is in the 11th density, as we are told. To describe it to you in your limited language is nearly impossible, as one cannot express or explain infinity to a first grader or five-year-old in your world. We do not (mean to) imply that you are not capable of understanding, but we are at a loss to explain precisely to you when (because) your languages fall (so) short of true expression of the soul.
But, we (will) try by saying that a dimension (having) white light contains 72 more frequencies of light and consciousness, and that the levels of consciousness contained within a holographic dimensional picture of the same 72 frequencies, contained in one dimension, has tripled itself in an instant (and now is 216 more frequencies, LM). The 11th density is now beyond description to those (who were) in 11th density, and their mode and quality of (descriptive) language and thought is now inadequate (to explain the change).
Those consciousness (aspects) that exist to evolve are having to create whole new realities of communication.
An example of what we are trying to express to you is that -- if one million people could not express or explain what had happened to them as a whole or as individuals, this would be very profound to the remainder. That is what happened.
The changes and leaps of consciousness are so profound on the 11th density, those beings cannot relate to it in their present wisdom. They cannot explain "what" it is or "why" it is, because their past ability to be at One with their own existence has not prepared them for what has occurred. Their new reality is beyond all experience or expression.
The effects are now beginning to be seen and felt on the 9th and 10th densities, and we as a race are starting to try to be at one with the vibration, so that there will be no interruption in our cooperation and vigilance (watchfulness) with your present 3rd density and 4th density realities. Be it known to you that we cannot express to you what changes you will experience, until we have experienced them. But, based on the past and future experiences of 9th, 10th and 11th density beings, we already conclude that we may not be prepared to express it. The beings of the 11th density are having difficulty expressing it themselves, and expressing their experiences to each other of the Oneness of their new consciousness. In other words, it is like a child who has thoughts but does not know how to speak, and struggles to say the first words, and isn't sure what was said or why. It's first grade on the highest level of consciousness in our universe..." Alex Collier, 1996.


There is some info on youtube about Consciousness:

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pKryvqiOFNs&feature=related    The Perception Of Consciousness 

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RE9AzxcujpU&NR=1         The Holographic Model of the Brain


Androgynous Being
                            
Meeting an Androgynous Being, a perfect example of a True Equal
Here is R.Monroe's experience, described in "Ultimate Journey"p.51, written and published in 1994 and, obviously,
it was heavily censored. It's interesting that this book was written in the same year when the most important event in Evolution of our Universe took place on 23rd of March 1994, when the Universal Shift has started. Robert Monroe transitioned on 17 March 1995, but Nancy transitioned earlier, in 1992.
Did R.Monroe describe this important event (about the start of the Universal Shift on 23rd of March in 1994) in the original version of "Ultimate Journey"
(which was never printed)?
From reading R.Monroe books carefully you will see that Nancy Monroe and R.Monroe knew about this event and were waiting for it.
There are some archived videos from Monroe Institute on Youtube showing R.Monroe and one of them is about Bob's meeting with non-physical, Androgynous Being, HeShe, his Inspec friend. Only after that meeting Bob realized that he wants also to become an Androgynous Being. Here it is p. 51:

 
"I followed the dwindling curl of light through the darkness, for I don't  know how long. Suddenly I was in the room , normal sort of room, sparsely furnished with a few chairs and easy chairs and a table. Two large windows allowed in rays of sunlight; outside there appeared to be a stand of tall trees. It could be anywhere on Earth.
At a desk on one side of the room sat a person. I couldn't tell whether it was male or female; the face and body structure could be either. The face was almost unlined, the hair light brown and down just around the ears; the age somewhere between thirty and fifty, as far as I could tell. The clothing was simple, a white shirt and dark slacks.
But it was  THE RADIATION  that stunned me. It was like standing in BRIGHT SPRING SUNLIGHT that was filled with EVERY HUMAN EMOTION  that ever existed. It was almost overwhelming - and yet familiar.
IT WAS  EQUALLY BALANCED. One moment it was male, then I was sure it was female. A TRUE EQUAL -
A HE/SHE. HESHE !
The radiation closed off. HeShe - there had to be a name - looked up. The eyes were bottomless; I could detect no expression or emission. The control was perfect, yet I could not understand the reason for the restraint.
The lips didn't move, but I heard. I was expecting this now. There was a warm chuckle in what I understood.
"Heshe? I've never had that name before."
"I meant no disrespect. I didn't know what to call you."
"One name is as good as another. Do you really believe I can be of help to you?"   
"I always hoped that you could."
"In  what  way?"
"To answer a few questions..."
"What good would my answers be to you?"
"I...I don't know..."
"You insist others obtain their own answers. Why should you be different?"
This struck home. It was as if my bluff had been called.
"You're right. What I'm really interested in is you, not answers to my questions."
"I am only one of your statistics. One of the one-in-a-million types. Your friend has done well in locating me."
"I perceive you as occidental (a western type), yet no one on Earth really BELIEVES you exist. But...we have met before...just once...haven't we?"
"You see? You are answering your own questions."
"Yet......YOU  HAVE  LIVED ONLY  ONE  PHYSICAL  LIFETIME. YOU HAVE NOT BEEN RECYCLED, like the rest of us.           But.....how do I know these things?"
"You are reading my mind."
"Only a part of it, and with your permission, I'm sure. One continuous lifetime, for eighteen hundred years!
How do you stay ......young?"

{He, obviously, used to be a human and became a Sun-eater). Mexican male/females ancient sorcerers (Multiple Personality 'Disordered') used to live that long and could also become Androginous people, LM}.
 
"I keep changing jobs. That keeps anyone young. Is that a good answer?"
"A great one. What a pleasure to meet you this way! What is your job now, if it may be called that?" 
"You might call me an organizer, or facilitator, whichever you like."
"With your ability, I would think there is much you can do at this very moment."
"I keep busy."
"What.....? No , I can read it.....you drive an ambulance, you're a late-night bartender, a psychiatric counselor.....
and you're just on your way to teach history at the university. And there's more." (and I'm pretty sure HeShe tried a job of a prostitute, a rapist and a killer as well , for the Balance, not just positive types of professions, LM).  
"I LIKE PEOPLE."
"Wait.....you flew gliders once, at Harris Hill.....I think I remember you. That's where it was!"
"Just having a little fun."
"Where do you eat and sleep?"
"I gave those up years ago."
"You must conduct fascinating lectures in history."
"I try to amuse, and confuse, with contradictions."
"Your next job......what kind of job will it be?"
"Organizing, naturally. Introducing a Variable, just as you do. Such as this book, or the mind-altering programs you disseminate-all add a Variable into the lives of those who encounter them. Now, instead of all the questions, why don't you read what needs organizing and the goals to be achieved? I can give you what you call a ROTE about that, about a plan that doesn't involve communism or socialism, capitalism or dictatorship."
"They say it can't be done."
"That is what makes it worth the effort. IT NEEDS A UNIFIED WORLDWIDE HUMAN ENDEAVOUR.
THIS WILL HAPPEN THROUGH RECOGNIZED NECESSITY, NOT THROUGH RELIGIONS, RACE, OR POLITICAL BELIEFS, OR FORCE OF ARMS."
 
"Necessity is severe stuff. The world would have to be in rough shape."
"That is the reason for waiting. THE TIME WILL COME."
"But worldwide, humans have never agreed on anything."             (How very true! LM)
There was a sudden surge of energy, similar to what I had felt previously. As it faded, I knew the ROTE was in place, ready to be unrolled when the time was right. I had one more question for HeShe.
"When you have time , what about organizing the energy where we work? We need it."
"You don't really need it, but I do my best."
"Will you be in physical form?"
"Certainly. But you will not recognize me."
 
"You know I will try."
"Of course, Ashaneen. And I will be ready for you. You cannot find me again unless I agree. And now I am due at the university."
"Thank you so very much. Will I see you again soon?"
"No. Not for a while."

....................................................................................

Nancy Penn Monroe graduated before R.Monroe did and that alone shows her consciousness level and she was that wom
an who is usually behind any great man. She was an extraordinary woman. This is my advice (which one don't have to follow): only when human males overcome this last Loop of considering themselves above a human female and after becoming a true Androgynous Being, can they really Graduate this Game. The goal of R.Monroe was to become an Androgynous Being like Heshe, his Inspec friend. This video confirms what's been written in his books. The content of the video #7: 

#7 Monroe's Out-of-Body (OBE) Paranormal Transformation of Human Consciousness
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QI91ETw-jio&feature=related

"Bob, would you tell us what this new Goal is?
R.Monroe: Well, it's not quite that simple. The new Goal that reawakened me out of this was, as happens,
I met another friend and this other friend I gave another type of name to simply because of the fact that I couldn't, how to put it? I couln't understand him. It's a Heshe and I didn't want to use Heshe name again.
(It was another Androgynous Being, LM).
So what I call this new friend was Inspec, short for Intelligent Species, which meant that I wasn't an Intelligent Specie. And a very, very deep and warm relationship developed with this non physical Being. And I never saw him in a physical form: he didn't have a form. It was just an energy.
And that went on for a number of years until suddenly, oh, I must say there is another part to that. And I asked where his home was. And he said:"Would you like to go, it's on the way to my home and I would like to show it?

Oh, my, yes, please, please!!!
So he did and that became my new Goal was to become an Inspec (an Androgynouus Being). One of these, because the exquisite...
All the things that we express that being ideally: Love, Joy, Relationships, all this type of melding and unification was expressed when I went and just on the edges of this Inspec's Home. It was a beautiful, beautiful Goal to be that and that became my Goal: to grow and be an Inspec. And my plans all shifted to go to that state of being and this Inspec gave me so many different beautiful things, such as escorting me into the Future to see my last time around as being human. This kind of thing. Until one day, one night, one afternoon. I've forgotten exactly when. The Inspec, in our particular place, which was outside of Time and Space, said to me:"This is our last meeting." I had a great shock, why? And the Inspec said to me: "Because you are taking another Path. You need to learn along that other Path", and I said:" Well, will we see each other again?" And he says:" Not in this form," and I said:"What have I done?" And he says:"No, you have done nothing wrong, is that you have gone in another direction and you need to learn that other direction and get back to Basics before you can go any further." And in that he, the Inspec, winked out like that. He was gone. And I went back maybe, oh, 25 or 30 times to that meeting place and Inspec was never there. He had really disappeared. So that occasion, another depression, but it did trigger my Left Brain Intellect. See, that was the point! It did trigger my Left Brain Intellect.
Basics, what's meant by Basics? And I started tracking down the Basics of what I have missed. And, apparently, I missed something, something very, very important. And so this is needless to go to all the searching, trying to find what I had missed.
The Basics.
And I went to all the human, than that was already procedures (I couldn't work it out, LM).
Took a long time to do. Finally, I came upon this one thing and made the change. And that one thing was that many years ago or about, perhaps, if we go into Time, I would say somewhere in the 60's, because this consciousness, this I, this Mind didn't know what to do with this out-of-body activity. I had no idea what to do with this. So what I did was
I used a phrase, a term, an idea that we had a Total Self. I don't like the word 'soul', because it doesn't seem to fit.
So I thought, I don't know what to do with this. To keep conducting experiments and going from Virginia to California was ridiculous and how many times can you go to Mars and the outer planets? They are just more of the same.
"Wait a minute, the Thing, the Basic that I'd missed, was what I've been riding, this Vehicle! In other words, I've been using this Navigator and this Driver and this Vehicle (our physical body, LM) all these years and
I am not taking the trouble to find out who is been doing the driving?
And so, what I did, I finally said: or, as we in America put 'what is under the hood of the thing that I'm driving'? And so I did, I began saying:
"That is the Basic!"
(the soul, LM).
I opened the whole new pattern of finding out what that answer was and that's a long thing but in turn moved me in a totally different direction and brought me to the knowledge that anything that I could conceive of now as a goal was inadequate to what the options, the availabilities are after I've Graduated as being human. And that is the limitation that I see that humans place upon. We, and I was a part of it, probably, still am, as a matter of fact, we place upon ourselves by our belief systems. We think that only certain things that we can do, could, after we leave here and our non-physical. We forget these other, very simple patterns; our things are based on local ideas, local ways of thinking...
What we call is only a very human system of measurement. And here all these things and they, suddenly, by this process opened up to me, to discover what the Graduate Human, the Being, who Graduates from this human system of learning, can be. And that's what I mean I say:"Go on the Interstate. The Goals are so spectacular, so far Beyond. Anything that we can't even consider. That they are the prime Targets for that anyone who has a curiosity, which I do, prime targets of the scientists is to get into something where the real action is. You run out of action in Time-Space: there is a limit.
There is no limit in this, in this whole spectrum of consciousness that I see (outside Time-Space, LM). That's what I'm talking about. How far it goes?
I don't know how far it goes, but I do know one thing, that one of the routes that you can take, and that was one of my explorations, because I went and explore it, to see these potentials. One is, that one route that you can take and you can see the source of this. This is a lot of the humankind, we all have yearning and we express it in the desire to go Home. We express it in our going outward, in Infinity, looking for other intelligent life, looking for things out in the Universe, all these kind of things. But the real part of it is that we really want to do this Key thing: we are looking for something else. And what we are looking for is the thing that built into us in the beginning and that is that. And we express it in our religions, that we would like to go and meet our Maker. Now, all I can tell you is at the very least, because this can go on for a long, long time. I know how one can get on the Interstate. Go, meet your Maker! And all I want to do, I have not met that Maker yet, but what I would like to do at some point and that totality of me (and that is another story). We would like to go and 'not prostate ourselves at the foot of our Maker', but , let's say to shake that Maker's hand and say: "What a magnificient Engineer he is, what a beautiful Designer he is, she is, Heshe and go get into a New Game with the Maker. And that's all we want. And it seems endless options that you can take. You can become a Maker yourself if you want. What you learn here is the Basic tools of being a Maker!"

 

AC (Alex Collier): "Well, there are three sexes (and not just in their culture, LM). Male, female and Androgynous. What is interesting is that the androgynous beings tend to be teachers!"
I see the same in many human and non-human cultures on higher levels: their Leaders and Teachers of whole Planets are Androgynous Beings! More on : 
Alex Collier info


R.Monroe's 2 Important Meetings

It's interesting that R.Monroe described his conversations in 2 different books ("Far Journeys" and "Ultimate Journey"), on 2 different occasions with 2 different Beings. These conversations are somehow connected to each other:
1. One was a Rote (an info) coming from 'the most mature and evolved human in physical Earth, living in our time reference' an Androgynous Heshe (Bob's Inspec friend). This ROTE was about a plan which  "needed unified worldwide human endeavour. This will happen through recognized necessity.....Time will come " in "Ultimate Journey";
2. the other one was with another Being described in "Far Journeys" as the Shift, when the conflux of several different and intense energy fields arriving at the same point in (our) time-space.
But first, he noticed 'indistinct and
NEBULOUS PLANET EARTH' ! What does it tell us ? That R.Monroe had seen our Planet in 3rd D, in the state of a Planetary Nebula, but in order that to happen our 3rd D Sun
needs to explode. This event called Supernova. Supernova is a Peak moment, when  the old, 3rd Density Sun's Core  would undergo sudden, catastrophic Collapse-Explosion (extremely luminous) at the End of
its life in an amazing blaze of energy and cause Earth to explode into a Planetary Nebula.
 

Some, maybe relevant, information from "The Paradigm Conspiracy" by D.Breton and C.Largent, p.357:
"Perhaps one of these (unified intelligent, LM) Energy Fields is the Photon Belt due to pass through our Solar System, about which there's been considerable speculation among scientists, especially in Eastern Europe."
 



2007 flight done by Russians

2007, about 60000 ft high flight done by Russians. The white Beam of Balance (colored in yellow) is coming from our white Sun and covering ocean at Sunrise!


Four Universal Laws

"The Handbook for the New Paradigm" telepathically received from an advanced Ultra-Dimensional race by George Green.
The description of the Law of Deliberate Intent, p.A-49, first edition of "Matrix 5"edited by Val Valerian in the section  of George Green's "Handbook for the New Paradigm":

"When you choose to place your intent beyond the play perceived by the 5 senses, and place it instead into the creation of a new experience, you are withdrawing your consent and support of the experience in which you no longer wish to participate. You are using the second Law of the Universe (Law of Deliberate Intent, LM)...However, we have attempted to bring to your understanding that  there are nuances within these Laws that allow for Creation to continue.
There needs to be an understanding and awareness of the leavening (influence spreading in and changing, LM) ingredient of Freewill followed by its proper use. Through this we have infinite variety within Creation and expansive movement results." And on p. A-246 we see all 4 Universal Laws :
" 1. The Law of Attraction: like attracts like."
("Matrix 5" trilogy author is using widely this Law in his trilogy. He has no plans to change into Androgynous Being as far as I can conclude from reading his books and post-publications on Val Valerian Site: www.trufax.org .  He prefers to stay the way he is: a male. The Law of Attraction is not that human men should necessarily be sexually attracted only to human men and human women only to human women, like M5 trilogy's author is stating. The Law of Attraction is much deeper than that: it involves the Spiritual connection , the level of Awareness of each individual among other things
and gender wouldn't matter. Human females/males can be in love with the opposite gender as R.Monroe said in "The big Nugget" posted on this site. It means Love between 2 opposite genders and Law of Attraction will work: it is not the genders are getting attracted, but their highly evolved souls! The same is in the case of alien males/females (positive) attracted to each other or between Androgynous beings (humans): the Law of Attraction ('like attracts like') will work. Negative energy will always attract negative. Positive energy will always attract positive. Neither negative, nor positive energies would attract Androgynous energy! LM).
   2. The Law of Deliberate Intent: what is intended and held resolutely (fixed in determination, LM) within thought, word and deed manifests (means that my Affirmation will manifest, LM);
   3. The Law of Allowance: allowing  what is intended to manifest while using the observer mode to be awake and aware while continuing to hold the focus without being rigid as to the outcome (allowing thoughts to think!);
   4. The Law of Balance: applying the first 3 Laws and focusing within the present moment (when all other 3 Laws are followed, the Law of Balance will manifest; more detailed explanation of Balance is somewhere on this site, LM).

There is some info on youtube for those who are interested in the Law Of Attraction :

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P9Ner9F7_RI&feature=related  The Secret Law of Attraction - Power of Visualization

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV4rbqw-ktw&feature=related    Law of Attraction, EMPOWERMENT Visualization

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wtL1-6EE3ms&feature=related           The 7 Natural Laws Of The Universe

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9YsuCXqeNtY&feature=related
 
Your Thought Vibrations-The Law Of Attraction foe or friend?


For more info about "Handbook for the New Paradigm" see our new link  George Green's info


About Balance

 A huge gap has been created between males and females. It needs to be sealed and it has to be done on individual basis, internally !!!  The gap existed by design since the beginning of Time and the beginning of this Planetary Game, but with the help of "Matrix  5" trilogy author it became even bigger. And, by the way, the picture of us and our Higher Selves in "Matrix 5"trilogy is not quite correct: millions of us have never been restricted to the 3rd Density inc. our physical bodies) during this Universal Game (not just Galactic and Planetary Game)! It means our Alters/other personalities, which had been created through Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD) could always travel through most of the Densities and Dimensions of our and other Universes, sometimes even in physical bodies (like shamans or abductees). More on that on Psychology of Multiple Personality Disorder and

Carlos Castaneda info links. I also don't remember that the author of "Matrix 5" was writing much about The Universal Shift, which happened on 23 March 1994. And that was the most significant Event, which transforms our and neibouring Parallel Universes

After carefully researching and reading "Matrix 5" twice I realized that the author of this book is far from being a balanced individual like R.Monroe, though he put himself on a pedestal above everyone else. Astral traveling and remembering it doesn't make you automatically a future Graduate.
I also don't remember that R.Monroe wrote anything about Final, Dominants, Advanced incarnations etc. This system reminds me a caste system in India and a Final is a guru. To become a Graduate you need to become an Androgynous (or at least somewhat close to it), a balanced being first. And if you hate females or consider yourself above a female, you are not balanced. Here is an appropriate explanation of Balance, from Taisha Abelar's book "The Sorcerer's Crossing" written in 1992, p.87:

"She explained, that the two opposing forces, that move us, male and female, positive and negative, light and dark, have to be kept in balance, so that an Opening is created in the energy, that surrounds us; an Opening, through which our Awareness can slip.It is through this Opening in the energy encompassing us, that the Spirit manifests itself. "Balance is what we are after," she went on. "But Balance doesn't only mean an equal portion of each force. "It also means, that as the portions are made equal, the new, balanced combination gains momentum and begins to move by itself."

When you reach this elusive Balance, you'll know it:  this force would be moving you in the right direction with ease! That's when self-psychology/self-psychiatry could help to sort things out within yourself. We really should spend some time for researching these subjects, because Multiple Personality 'Disorder', we, humans all have. It could be turned into Multiple Personality Order: a powerful Advantage.
There is a link on this website devoted to psychology/psychiatry and especially Multiple Personality 'Disorder' (MPD), which is worth a visit Psychology of Multiple Personality 'Disorder'
 It wouldn't be a bad idea to learn to become more balanced organizers/facilitators, and not just another brand of "chosen people", distant from everyone else (I mean M5 author, his books/his language and his readers) and building walls between themselves and other people, because ordinary people are not worthy of his attention and not of a 'high enough spiritual level'. M 5 author is stating in his 'books' that you should consider everyone, who is of a lower consciousness than you are, as your personal enemy! How would you like that? 
 Robert Monroe and Nancy, his wife were not of an average level of Awareness, they were married, had children and they were dealing with all sorts of people! R.Monroe even said that without Nancy's help The Monroe Institute (TMI) would have never existed. They never even thought to consider anyone as their enemy.
There is an old movie, made in 1943, before R.Monroe started having out of body experiences. This profound movie resembles the life of Robert Monroe and me, symbolically. It's called "A Guy named Joe" with Spencer Tracy, Irene Dunne and Van Johnson playing leading parts. Highly recommended!


12th Density New Beings

New Type of Souls Appearing in the Universe

New souls have also appeared that have an awareness beyond anything known in our universe. My understanding is that a lot of this information comes from beings in higher dimensions (densities) that are talking with the Andromedans about what they are going through. These new souls have not made contact with any being yet, but according to the Andromedans these new souls are in an observational mode. There is no name given to them yet. Because nobody knows what they are.
They are helping to organize the 12th and other densities and everything connected to the Universal Shift of Consciousness.
This is a very good explanation given to Alex Collier by Andromedans on how and when all of us got into this universe and how some of us would get out of it and the rest would move out of physicality completely to a higher density. Alex Collier was the only one to my knowledge, who wrote about new 12th density Beings, p.87 "Defending Sacred Ground":

"According to the Andromedans, 21 trillion years ago as we are in linear time, apparently all of us as essences, sparks of spirit, were someplace else in a completely different reality. What they say happened was, is that the Big Bang theory is basically correct in its simplicity, but the physical part that we know was the last of the realms created in what we call our universe. When I refer to the term 'universe', I want you to know that I am talking about all of the 11 creational densities, or planes. What they say happened was that all the black holes were created because wherever we were, that universe began to evolve and as it evolved those of us who were not ready to evolve literally 'gained weight' in mass. In 'gaining weight', we started to fill black holes, and at some point when this other universe evolved to a certain frequency, those of us that did it broke out of those black holes and created this space, which we now call our universe.
What we are witnessing, 21 trillion years later, is the same thing happening. What is happening now in our universe is that according to Moraney and Vasais on March 23, 1994 a (new) color and sound frequency started emanating out of all the black holes. The color and sound literally, in its unified effect, is attaching to all of the densities, or planes.
What is happening is that it is raising all the frequencies, pulling everything up 'from the bootstraps'. It is literally creating another holograph above the existing 11 creational densities. They are calling this newly generated holograph 'the 12th', and the reason is because it is both unified and separate from the others.
They have been told by other races that there are beings of a type of consciousness never seen before inside this '12th' plane, and that these beings literally have the ability to look straight 'down' through all the dimensional levels.
(They, probably, came directly from the Creative Force, LM).
What's happening is that third density is beginning to implode because as the frequency of third density matter starts to rise, those that choose to evolve will pass out of here (see "the Splitting of the Earth into two planets: the old Earth and the new Earth, like the cell when it's divided", LM). There is a greater number that are in fear of this that will not evolve. Because we are spirit, nothing ever dies...the probability is that there will only be 400 million of us making this transition... When you get to fifth density, look for the house with the mailbox with balloons. That's my house...
What is happening is apparently our DNA can vibrate, because of our ability to hold the extremes of emotion inside of us, at such a frequency that we can literally take our experiences from here, and part of our physicality, into the fifth plane (density).  
(This info also coincides with info given to Dolores Cannon by other people during regression session; this info is on this website, LM).

More Details about Shift

There is some relevant new info about the Shift from "The Convoluted Universe", Book 3 by Dolores Cannon. This is a conversation Dolores had with one of her clients Annette during a regression session. What I noticed that big majority of Dolores' clients have been women and that doesn't surprise me at all, because women from higher levels can tolerate Earth conditions better than men.

P. 582-585:
"Annette was meeting with the council on the spirit side. She had never lived on Earth in a physical body. She had been quite content to remain on that side where she was a counselor and a teacher. The reasons were now being discussed about why she should come (to live on Earth, LM).
"They are talking about the shift and balancing of energy."
   

D: What shift are they talking about?
A: The rising of the vibration of this system. There is an imbalance, and some energy has to be placed in a certain point to realign. So we decide that a part of us has to come down to enable the energy to be concentrated in certain areas. Wherever that person is. Me, this one. (She seemed hesitant.) It's necessary. It's the council who has determined that we have to send parts of ourselves down into the physical to act as a connection, so that energy can be funneled through. (Big sigh) And this one has the capacity to access a lot of energy, and after, circle the world, so when there is a need, it can balance.
D: The kind of energy that would circle the world? (Yes) That is a lot of energy. Is it the kind of energy that average soul or spirit couldn't handle? (Yes) So it has to be a certain type? And the average human wouldn't be able to do this?
A: I don't think so , no.
D: That 's why it had to be your type of being?
A: Yes, that's right. Because we are energy and  ... I just can't describe it at all!
D: Just do the best you can.
A: Each of us has, like an umbilical cord or something that is connected to a part of the energy that we have sent down here. And the umbilical cord can access the energy that we are up here.
(On a much higher level, LM). So this energy that this one has (Annette, LM) can, through the cord, disperse the energy from us here and can balance the planet.
D: But it takes more than just one person, doesn't it?
A: Well, the council has umbilical cords for their own.
D: So these are all over the place.
A: Right, right. It is necessary. It's going everywhere. Actually, it's like a grid. Like on a map, like a lattice or longitude/latitude.
D: Like a latticework, and it's plugged into this universal source of energy?
A: Right, right.
D: You said this is very important at this time. What would happen if these parts didn't come down and try to balance?   

(Parts of the energy to which they are connected, LM). What would be the alternative?
A: No, it's just too risky. The Earth would have to go through a period of stagnation again, and it's just not worth it.
D: Did this happened before?
A: It's happened many times. 
(Robert Monroe and Alex Collier wrote about these same things in their books; read section " Description of the Shift of the Universal Proportions" on this page, please, LM).
Single things affect. It would have a ripple effect. If we allow the Earth to destroy itself again, or become non-inhabitable, it changes the magnetism and that will have a ripple effect to all past ... I mean, to us it is all at the same time. It changes all that is and all that was at this time - at this point. No, it can't happen again.
So Annette was sent down to become a physical human being for the first time in her existence. "So when you sent this piece of yourself down, does it enter into Annette as a baby?"
A: No, no, not as a baby. A baby is too small. It's later. It's a gradual thing. If you saw a fiber optic, a cord or a wire? So you have small wires, inside small wires, inside small wires. So it's kind of like that. It's a small connection, and then more is added on. Gradually, over time-over time-over time.
D: As the body grows?

A: Right, right, exactly. And changes, because everything is timing. There are preparations that have to be made. We knew that this one would have the treatments - the DNA work - done at certain times. And so that has allowed more space in the cells for more energy.
D: But there is a soul that enters that baby's body.
A: Oh, yes. That's right.
D: Is that the same soul that is in Annette now?
A: Yes! But it's not ... it's just less. It's a percentage. I mean, fundamental properties are the same. It's like a tiny wee cell.
And that cell, even though it's tiny, has information in it. It's the same idea. It's just a matter of whether you have many or a few. The blueprint is the same.

D: Could we say, as the body matures it can hold more information, more energy?
(And the body becomes bigger, fatter with age, to be able to hold more energy. I am one of those people, LM).

A: Right. More energy. That's the main thing..."


~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

There is some material about Universes in Dolores Cannon's "Convoluted Universe" , book 1, chapter 11, "Parallel Universes". Here is an extract from it:

"...B: Sometimes they don’t even notice that. Sometimes they just notice something, for example, some particular building, that exists in their Universe. And they notice that one day they’re walking and there is no building and has never been a building there. A few days later they notice there’s a building there again. And by this way they would know they were temporarily in another universe where there had not been a building built where there had been in their universe.
D: In other words, they’re not absolutely identical.
B: Right. They’re never absolutely identical. There’s always at least one thing different. And that one thing being different is enough to make a different universe. Sometimes it may be as small as a grain of sand being positioned differently on a beach, to be sufficient for it to be a different universe. And what makes it even more complex is that there are always new universes being created. For every action that is done, there is more than one possible outcome. In your universe one outcome is realized, but all the energy of the other outcomes have to go somewhere. And so these other different outcomes that were not realized in your universe, cause another universe to come into being that’s practically identical to your universe, except that this particular outcome is different. And from there the universe continues to develop in its own direction.
D: You mean one person can cause this to happen? Or does it have to be many people?
B: No, just one person. Anything. It happens all the time. The gigantic cosmos is continuously growing. And it’s infinitely complex, to where one mind cannot grasp it...."



Our Universe is alive Being

It is hard to imagine the Brightness and the Power of our Universal Being! If you merge all the visible and invisible Suns of all the levels of our Universe together, you will get closer to the real Size and the Brightness of our Universal Being, a part of the Creative Force, which was taken for a God of some kind! It could be that this is what Robert Monroe witnessed on his travels in the Universe and described in his books. And at the time of forming a new Universe, a Being, who will represent it must be have enough of Creative Force Energy to start from and to form new Suns. I feel a Gratitude, a Great Respect towards our Universal Being and a Responsibility for what I am doing. It seems to me that a true Leader could only be called a Being (human or non-human), whose Goals are going further than just helping Earth Planetary Shift, but also the Universal Shift. When you want to make a banana milkshake, you take the ingredients: bananas, milk, honey, ice-cream, spices and put them in the blender to mix thoroughly. Then you can appreciate this drink more then just the ingredients separatelyThe same is happening with the Energies in Our Universe. Separately these Energies are not as valuable as when they are mixed thoroughly and it is a constant and a difficult process of millions of years.
To mix different Energies you need blenders and so many types of them have been created in our Universe. Like for instance, on inhabitable 3 D planets like Earth,  Air/Wind, Soil and Water are very good Blenders of different Energies. Natural/Unnatural Disasters and Wars on/in/outside the planets are also very good Blenders of Thoughts, Emotions, Actions. Those Beings who are creating Unnatural Disasters and Wars of all kinds are good Triggers for Blenders and that is their role to play, though it doesn't seem to be a noble role.
The Pain of all kinds is making you to expand into much higher frequencies/vibrations/dimensions and blend with different Energies on those levels. So Pain is a very good Blender.Sex and Propagation of new Beings is another form of Blender. Technological things like TV, Radio, Internet and all kinds of communication devices like phones, for example, are also Blenders of different Energies of Thoughts and Emotions.
Military, Political, Religious, Educational, Production and Distribution of Food and Goods systems, events/activities and establishments are also Blenders of different Energies. When this Earth Planetary Game was designed, the creation of variety of Blenders on this planet has been taken into consideration. The choice of Blenders plays a very important part in Universal, Galactic and Planetary Games. If a physical 3D planet of our Universe doesn't have a Planetary Game on it, the number of Blenders would be understandably smaller and the progress towards Evolution will be slower. Black Holes, Supernovas, Nebulas and other Galactic Events and Changes like Universal/Galactic/Planetary Shifts of Consciousness are also excellent Blenders in our Universe/Multiverse.I wish I could describe our Universe, but I can't: my memory is still blocked, but I know that I've seen it like the most of us. Robert Monroe and Alex Collier gave us different pictures of the Universe: sometimes it's just darkness and loneliness, sometimes it's bright and coloful -  there is so much variety, but all comes to one thing, that all the Universes are built from Creative Force, Creative Energy! Our Universe is also pictured in "Between Death and Life" by Dolores Cannon, written 1993, p.144-145, which I find very informative:

S (the client): Right now I'm able to see into parts of the spectrum that you cannot see with your eyes. I can see the colors and the appearance of the cosmic rays that you cannot see. I can look into the very hearts of the planets and see the scintillating (shining) network, the latticework of the atoms that holds them together. It is extremely beautiful and powerful. The narrow band of waves that you can see with your eyes are different colors, and the broader bands that you cannot see are also different colors until it gets to the bands that you observe by hearing. But I can still see them and see their colors too. It's part of the same electromagnetic spectrum.
D (Dolores): These bands are so high that we can only hear them. Then does that mean that sound also has color?
S : Yes, sound is much, much slower then what you call "light". But they are all vibration and energy and I can see them all, the band that you perceive as light and then beyond what you see as light. I can observe it all. It is impossible to describe it because I can also see the ether. It's very beautiful. It would be much like observing aurora borealis. Picture all of space being filled with aurora borealis interconnecting and all the different colors mixing with each other. Where you have sheets and areas of energy interacting and altering each other and causing changes to come to pass. It's very complex.
D: We picture space as being black and empty. You mean it's actually full of all these colors and vibrations?
S: Exactly! Vibrations, colors, energy, and they go through everything too. Just because there is a planet sitting there going around the sun, that doesn't mean it blocks or drapes the energy. The energy just goes right through. All energy that's there to be affected gets affected. The entire universe, and then this universe is connected with the other universes. 

D: What is the source of all this energy?   
S: The energy has always been there. I don't really know the source. Perhaps there was a source at one time. Yet this energy is what the universes are built out of. And when the Universes have lived their lives, they'll be broken back down into this energy. And then new universes will be built out of this energy again.

(But now we know that the Source is Creative Force in a form of a Ray creating M-Field, coming from the Emitter, which is placed on the highest density near Apriture. 

This is what's happening now with our universe, only it's not completely broken down, but, according to Alex Collier's info, is in the process of cleaning itself up from 3rd Density physicality to become non physical universe and start from 4th Density.
For more explanation please, go to the links  Robert Monroe info   or

Monroe Books in English  . LM).


This sounds like reincarnation on a massive, gigantic scale. A never-ending, constantly repeating cycle affecting the largest and also possibly the very smallest of all creation.
D: We're so used to thinking of light coming from the sun and such as that. I thought maybe this energy was coming from somewhere.
S: No. Energy is all there is, and it fills up the all that there is. It's all energy. And the energy, in the process of being all that there is, transforms itself into various structures, which end up being planets and suns and energy and thoughts and various universes and what-have-you.
 
D: What kind of a concept do you have of this "all that there is"?
S: (sigh) It's too big for even me to conceive all of it at once. The only way I can put it into words is: all that there is, ever, forever and ever. All that there is: is energy. And as the energy fluctuates - as energy does - the various universes come into existence as fluctuations of this energy..."
(And the M-Field Energy Beam from the Emitter helps to assamble a new Universe together, LM).
There is also some information about universal fluctuations from the same book, p. 146-147:
"S: Energy is organized. Energy has always been organized. That is part of its basic structure. It is this basic organization  which goes down to the very, very tiniest limits of its structure that cause thing to appear in order and to be organized.
D: It is because of this order that people think it has to be directed by something.
S: No, it develops the way it should develop according to its organization as regular fluctuations in the energy. There are regular fluctuations back and forth from one area to the other that affect this universe and other universes in particular ways. The fluctuations vary from the extremely large and gigantic to the very teensy, tiniest fluctuation possible, which your scientists won't ever discover the limits of...
D: I believe it is going to be very difficult for people to get away from the idea of a God directing things. They like to think that things are out of their hands and that an overall power is in charge.
S: Yes. One of the major things in the next stage of human development is to realize that everyone is in charge of their own fate. That what they desire to come to pass is what comes to pass...Spirits from the higher dimensions sometimes return to your dimension and help those on the physical world to raise their awareness. There is a dispensation (release from obligation) given to those who would do this. It is allowed to say, and it is done. This is not a physical type of an experience.
D: Who and what makes this allowence or approves of this?
S: This is done by the councils who govern the universes. Each universe has a Central Council, and then there are local councils.
D: This is a new idea to me. I've always thought of just one universe. Can you elaborate please?
S: There are many universes, many, many universes. Ours is one particular universe, or the universe we are in here now
is merely one universe of many. There are many, many different universes (physical universes).
D: This is a little hard for me to comprehend. Are they outside of our universe or what?
S: They are in physical space...There are political - political is not an accurate term but it  is one which can be understood here. There are governments of spiritual levels. In each universe there are governmental levels which govern the individual and collective universes..."

Here is more interesting info and if you change the word 'God' (backwards - Dog) for Creative Force and eliminate 'He/Him/Himself', because Creative Force consists of both: feminine, masculine, as well as positive and negative energies and other energies in
balanced form. The word 'Himself' also gives you the feeling, that it's was written by a male. Also if you eliminate the words 'karma', "God" and 'divine', then what is written would remind Robert Monroe's thoughts from his books: he never liked the use of these kind of metaphysical, occult, religious and New Age words and neither do I. Here is the extract is from "Between Death and Life", p.147-149:

"God (Creative Force, LM) simply is...The children are doing...The concept of God is the sum of all, of everything. We are God. We are collectively God. We are individual pieces of God. God is not one, but God is all.
D: Then the councils are set up in different parts of the universe, in different areas?
S: Yes. Local governments, if you will.
D: Is this true of our planet Earth? Are we under a council, so to speak?
S: That's true.
D: I'm trying to understand...
S: All the universes put together make God. Each universe does have the awareness of God, although the awareness would be different in different universes as well as in different areas in one universe. Thier concept of God (Creative Force) would be different. The reality of God is unchanging in all universes, in all creation. God is, we are a part of God
(Creative Force) individually. But all of us together taken as a whole is what God (Creative Force) is.
D: Is this the force that created everything?
S: That's correct. This is merely the manifistation of God.
D: What about us as individual souls? Do you have any information about how we were first created?
S: We were merely given personalization. We are merely pieces of God, whom He has given personalization to (a piece of soul, LM). 
D: Why did we divide off from God, if that's a correct term?
S: This is merely a part of  the over-all plan - the grand, divine plan which only God Himself (Creative Force is not a male and not a God, LM) knows in fullness. Many know small details, but none except God Himself knows in completeness.
D: You said we are all God. Yet we here on Earth all have faults, we are not perfect (except "Matrix 5" author: he thinks that he is perfect and never makes any mistakes, LM). If we are part of God, wouldn't that  make Him imperfect?
(Creative Force is not a male. It is both a female and a male, positive, negative and other energies, LM)
S: There is merely a misunderstanding ot the word "imperfect"...   
D: You are speaking of God as though He is separate from us and yet you say it takes all of us to make up God..."  

More about Creative Force

There is a chapter in "Far Journeys"p.173-178, describing the shock R.Monroe got after he found out about the Truth of how Loosh/Balance from Earth was obtained and Robert's better understanding of Creative Force:   

Shock Treatment

"It took me several months to adjust to the loosh rote. "Adjust" is a very broad word to describe a complete cycle of shock, rejection, anger, depression, resignation, acceptance. My sequence paralleled remarkably the pattern others have discovered and studies as to human response when notified of approaching death from illness or injury.
Something was dying in me. I had long realized that the God of my childhood did not exist, at least not in the form and substance envisioned by my enculturation. However, I had deeply accepted the concept of creator and created—
I had but to look around me at the elaborate and intricate order of design, of the symbiosis that made the whole process operate, the trees that grew plumb-line straight up if given the chance, that provided me and other oxygen breathers with what we needed while we fed to them unknowingly for a long period our waste products, which they needed to exist; the balance of the entire planet, whose outer filtering bands of energy permitted just the proper quantity and quality of sunlight so critical to biological growth and of course the food chain. The loosh rote explained everything very neatly. Most important, it explained the purpose, the reason for it all, the why of it. This factor had
long eluded me. The loosh answer was simple and obvious. The reason was there, in very prosaic fashion. We were indeed producing Something of Value. Loosh. If one finally was able to get past the emotional barriers involved, it became hard even then to find holes in the general concept. An explanation of total human behavior and history.
That left the INSPECS.
Were they the gardeners, the loosh collectors, or the overseers? The question tantalized and tortured me for many weeks before I finally decided I must find out one way or another.
On a particular night, after great difficulty in getting two cycles of sleep, I awoke with a start and lay quietly in bed. Evidently my fear of what I might find was greater than I thought, as I unhooked with difficulty from the physical, then slipped out of the second body as it hovered. I scanned for the INSPEC homing signal, but there was none. This disconcerted me at first, but I was determined and foolhardy. I used the ident INSPEC—the total rote I had on them —stretched out, focused, and let go. There was a quick, short sense of spinning movement, no impression of passing through the rings, then deep blackness, and I was motionless. Nothing more.
The percept was forming that the ident I had used wasn't enough. I might be at the gate to INSPEC territory, but I didn't have the passport to enter. I had never tried to go to them, they had always met me. I had no percept of their reality/state; therefore I had arrived only at the site of our meetings. If I focused on . . .
A warm vibration washed through me. (Very good, Mister Monroe. You are quite correct.)
I began to relax somewhat. At least I had gotten this far, and at least THEY didn't call me RAM.
(Perhaps you would like it better if we used the ident by which we know you best. We believe you are ready for it now.)
Ready for it, a name, they know me best . . . What could that be?
(Ashaneen)
Ashaneen. It was both familiar and strange. Again, that feeling of trying to recover from severe amnesia, and the gentle patience of those trying to help me remember. But the loosh . . .
(We are aware of the disturbance you have undergone. It was necessary that you experience this. It goes with the territory, as you put it.)
Then the loosh rote was real! I began to flicker (to be uncertain).
(It is the translation that is not real. The difficulty of placing earth and human values properly into perspectives and energies that are not of time and space is a factor very familiar to you.)
I turned inward, picking up the loosh rote.   Loosh, an energy generated by all organic life in varying degrees of purity, the clearest and most potent coming from humans—engendered (produced) by human activity which triggers emotion, the highest of such emotions being—love? Is love loosh?
(Continue, Ashaneen.)
But according to the rote, loosh is thrown off when life ends its physical existence, when pain occurs, anger, hate . . . these can't be the same as love.
(How would you define love in your terms?)
I knew that would be next in the order of things, and I couldn't come up with an answer. Throughout history, great minds and greater philosophers had given it a try, with only partial success, and I was none of these. I wouldn't even consider trying.
(But you know it exists. Love is not an illusion.)
I released the loosh rote and turned deeply inward, scanning. It was easier from this perspective, or perhaps it was the presence of the INSPEC energy. It presented itself much as a simultaneous mixture and sequence of musical chords and short melodies, only it wasn't sound, it was patterns in colors of light. Scattered among the clutter of harmony, dissonance, discord, excitement, fun, fear, and emotion, and beginning shortly after birth, I had the percept of occasional surges of white, first from my mother and father, then smaller flashes I was unable to identify as to source.
I kept scanning through my early years for any slight glimmer of white originating in me, that I put forth. To my dismay, all I could find was one small white glow for an Airedale dog named Pete. I was certain that the girl in high school, what was her name?  not even a flicker, either way.
(Most common misconception, early-manifested survival drive.)
I agreed. Yet I could understand why. The bright red and pink chords and urgent melody were impressive even from this viewpoint; no wonder an ignorant curl such as I was would come up with the wrong percept. I went on through the mess that was I in a fast-forward mode, and I could spot sure and solid white surges here and there of which I had then been unaware, and their reality depressed and saddened me—because I found no significant emission from me that was remotely similar. It was all coming in, and I took it and didn't respond. I finally cut it off, would go into it no further.
I wasn't much of a loosh producer. Too many other color chord patterns and melodies. Except for now. I knew some strong emissions in a few points were coming out of me. Did it take that long!
(You understand waveforms. All come from the same baseline, the colors and the white. The difference is frequency and amplitude.)
(White colour is a mixure of All colours, LM)
I knew what THEY were doing, and I appreciated it. My focus was being diverted from what I thought was unpleasant back into an abstract yet trunk-and-roots position. Using the same stuff—interactive experience— one began to learn to express anger, pain, fear, and all the rest, and finally—hopefully, if you passed the course—a special energy waveform labeled love. Yet we don't really know what it is and, with my suspicion growing, how to really use it.
(A carefully designed school of compressed learning.)
To learn to be high-quality loosh/love producers. The fact that human physical consciousness was for the most part totally unaware of being involved in the process may be an important ingredient itself. Precious few are cognizant of the nonphysical agenda, at least overtly. It was getting pretty heavy for my cognizance. Yet I began to get a very faint
percept, elusive but it was there. What would happen if the Guernsey cow did discover that her milk had value? What could she herself do with it if she didn't have a calf to feed it to? Could she save it? Could she spend it on more hay or protein-vitamin blocks to lick? What if she then discovered man was taking the milk she produced? Rebel, refuse to deliver any more milk? Then she would no longer have a pasture in which to graze, protection from wild dogs, a bull when she needed it, and most of all, no barn to go to where she could get relief from the pain. Without a sense of
serial time, she forgets that the pain eases eventually. Perhaps even knowing, she wouldn't care. She wouldn't want to mess up a good thing. Therefore: Who cares? Who would care!
(To use your term, you can't beat the machine.)
The percept was still there, faint, still to be explained or satisfied. What about those who do beat the machine? There always have to be exceptions, no machine is perfect, only one anomaly is needed to prove a statistic or create one.
Are they carted off to be ground up into hamburger meat? If so, is hamburger a sort of super loosh or something entirely different? Is this also a part of the machine product, or is it rust that is scraped away and discarded?
And the bull calves, what is their role? Never will be loosh producers; it takes only one bull for every fifty cows, so there's a surplus. In nature—the machine?—left alone, there's a way that is automatically taken care of, the impersonality of that prospect of dominance and predation is certainly not in the winning column. Hold it there, the percept is getting stronger. There would be no loosh production without at least one, uh, one bull. So he is an indirect loosh producer, vital to the method. That would infer, so are grass, hay, water, minerals, and the rest.
(Remember your waveforms, beat frequencies you like so much.)
Let's see, here. If a smart transmitter propagates certain waves, they can resonate with other related vibrations of like kind to form a multiple pattern which if thought of as light—would be: white! So in and of itself, you don't have to be the end-product antenna or transducer, just one of the oscillators. You may never display actual loosh radiation, but you have a vital part in its production. Remembering the scan of my early years, I felt much better.
(Then why are you disturbed?)
The percept still itched inside me, THEY were right. What would I do with loosh/love if I had a large warehouse full of it? Hand it out? It would only come back with interest and I would have to build another warehouse to hold the compounding, growing volume. The percept surged brightly. It was so obvious. Someone, Somewhere. If I could ...
 (You are not ready at this point.)
Ready to go to Somewhere? To meet Someone? And in all of this, how do you fit in, my friend? If I had the courage to ask these . . .
(We are not Someone, as you put it, nor are we from the Somewhere you indicate. Also, we are not the keepers of the Garden of Earth, nor the gardeners. Nor do we collect and transfer human-developed loosh/energy elsewhere or when.
We do not fit into any portion of the human compressed learning process. However, we have observed its generation and growth from its inception. We do participate when needed without interrupting the learning sequence. Such need is expressed when there is blockage in the flow. Such participation ultimately serves a vital need for us.)

I had a need to ask the question. Is . . .
(Somewhere is not the heaven of your history. It was created, as were all other systems.)
Then Someone . . .
(Is a creator who was created. You are a creator who was created. Each of you does carry a small rote, as you call it, of Someone, who created you  Through that rote of Someone, your creator, you carry a percept of the creator who created Someone.)

I turned inward. Even with this viewpoint, it was hard to set aside serial logic. The easy percept was how the multitude of distortions, misconceptions, misdirections came about. A little knowledge can be dangerous, and human creative imagination took over from there. If there had not been a Someone . . .
(Humans would not exist.)
I went over the idea of loosh/love. It must be quite a place to handle that much loosh, this Somewhere (Creative Force, LM). It would fall neatly into many concepts of heaven. I grew wistful. Maybe we could go just to the edge of Somewhere, so I could get a feel of the place/state where there was so much love, surely near it, but not in it, just to observe from a distance. It would answer so much . . .
(That is not too much to ask, Mister Monroe. We can arrange it. Close tightly.)
Even closed tightly, the radiation was so strong that it was nearly unbearable. I felt as if sweat were pouring off me,
I was melting, but it wasn't heat and I began to heave with great racking sobs (this is what I experience when I see or listen to something beautiful, LM) and I couldn't understand why, then the radiation eased, and I opened a little. There was a form between me and the radiation, shielding me, and I could perceive a corona effect all around the form from the radiation beyond. It reminded me deeply of religious paintings I had seen, only this was live and in something far different from pigmented color . . .
(This is as close as you can tolerate. We are diverting most of the effective energy patterns, which are in themselves only the random residue, the leakage as you might call it, from the fundamental. Focus through us rather than the outer rim. It will help.)
With great difficulty, I narrowed and held on the center of the form and I began to cool and calm down, slowly my rational and observing self began to emerge again, dominating the overwhelming emotional surge that had enveloped me; it was as if I perceived through a darkly tinted window and I had to work continually to keep the emotion below the threshold level, the wondrous and brilliant joy, awe, reverence, melded into one yet with flashes of each sparking momentarily, all coursing through me as I responded to the radiation, unable to prevent it and barely keeping it under control. This would most emphatically be the ultimate heaven, the final home . . .
(Observe more carefully. You are capable of doing so.)
I looked through the smoked-glass shield that was my INSPEC friend and I was grateful, for I knew if I responded to this degree from just the reflection, the leakage, the full force of the radiation would have shattered me, I was not ready for it, if this was the percept (insight) from the distant edge, there, in the long view, was a radiant living form of incredible size, my first percept that of a tall standing humanoid, arms outstretched in front, palms upward, but just as quickly, it was not, instead, a shining globe, edges indistinct, behind it another, identical in appearance, behind it another, a continuous cascade moving away into infinity, beyond my percept ability; from each came numberless beams or rays, some huge in their diameter, others no wider than a pinpoint, all uniform in size throughout their length and beyond my percept as to their destination, some of them moving past me so close that I felt I could reach out and touch one.
(Would you like to do so? We will help you if needed.)
I hesitated, then with the warm assurance from the shielding INSPEC form, I stretched a part of me out, cautiously, and touched the smallest ray nearest me, in an instant, the shock spread throughout all what I thought I was, and I knew, and in knowing, knew that I would forget if I tried to remember, because what I was could not yet handle the reality of it, yet I never again would be the same even without remembering, except that it occurred and the indescribable joy of knowing only that it did take place and the echoes would reverberate in me throughout eternity, whatever my eternity was; gently,
I felt myself being detached from the ray, and I collapsed behind the shielding form of my INSPEC friend.

Friend? INSPEC? I realized then how provincial my percepts were. I also realized how limited they were, the radiating globes, the rays emitted.
(You responded very well for the initial exposure. Your human loosh/love energy is transmuted into the center of what you perceive. From there it is redirected into what you call the rays, to the points where it is needed most. When you have progressed, we can guide you to one of the destinations so you can observe the results.)
My percept was not strong enough to bring any flicker whatsoever as to what exposure to the full force of such rays might be. But my human curiosity wouldn't let the basic question go unanswered, now that I had smoothed somewhat.
(It was created. It was always there, we have no percept of a beginning. Are you ready to return now?)
I turned inward and closed tightly...
Inspec:
"We are created, just as you are created. More than that, it is important that you obtain from your own percept." 

(Our Loosh/Love/BalancEergy, created by human/animal and all other organic life on Earth goes to Creative Force, LM).


Creation of Earth and Planetary Game

Visible Sun and a Pentagon, Elliott Heads Rivermouth, 20 Jan. 2010

Dolores Cannon's book "The Legend of Starcrash" , p.115-120 (the extract is below) , is giving us info about the ancestors of one of positive human races, who lived on Earth thousands of years ago. This story is in a form of a legend told her by one of her clients in regression sessions. Andromedans (another positive race) treat our legends as Truth and the history written in out textbooks as lies:

Chapter 10. The Creation legends

"... It is said that the Old Ones (positive aliens living on Earth, LM) could traverse this void the way you and I would walk through the woods. It would be most miraculous. They could travel wondrous distances through this void. They would go from one star habitation to another star habitation. They were not limited to just the village they came from. They could live anywhere they wanted to. And it is said that when they approached our sun, the place where we live appeared like a precious jewel suspended in the void. And that it was round and pretty, which is one of those things you just have to accept as part of the story. I mean, I walk through the woods, and the ground looks flat to me. But they said when you go far enough away from the Earth, it appears to be round. That is the story I was saying I thought was an in-between-type story. Back before there was anything that existed, everything was white. You know how just before the sun comes up and there is light all over but no shadows. That is the way everything was at the very beginning. Nothing existed yet. All there was was light. And the light was divided up into pieces, and these pieces of light became the sun and the moon and the stars. After the light was gathered up into pieces of light, it left dark between the places that were light. And this was
where the Earth was formed, in the dark in-between out of dark materials, metal and dirt and such as this. And through the interaction between the dark places and the light places an energy was caused. And this is how life was created.
D: Do the legends say how this happened?
B: They are unclear on this. Some of them just say "and it happened." And some of the others say that something happened to affect the light to cause it to divide up into pieces of light. That somehow a great sound was made and you could feel the vibration of it. You know how you can hum and you can feel the vibration in your chest. Well, this sound was so deep and so great, had you been there you could have felt it through the soles of your feet. You would have felt it throughout your body. You would have felt it everywhere. And the vibration of the sound is what caused the light to divide up into pieces of light."
(This vibration was caused by what R.Monroe called  "M-Field". More about M-Field on our link  (M) Field info   , LM).

"D: And then this caused the material to form into the Earth?
B: (Sigh) I am not sure how that happened. The legends are not clear. Somehow after the light divided up into pieces of light, there was stuff left over in between that was dark (Dark matter? LM). I guess the pieces of light soaked up all the light. I am not sure. And in the dark places in between there was still stuff that was dark. And so the dark stuff then collected together and formed the Earth and the trees and the plants and animals and everything. There is an order that they did it in, because first the stuff in the dark places collected together to form the Earth. You see, everything comes in balances. And some say that is the reason why the universe came into being, because there was just the light and it was not balanced. So it had to become balanced between light and dark. Then the material that was left over in the dark started dividing up and balancing out also, because the vibration of the sound caused things to keep changing and balancing out. For example, the dark part things collected to form the Earth, so you would have solid and void-a balance. And then on the solid part things again kept balancing out, to where you would have solid and water. Things kept doing this, and as a result that is how life and the variety of things came to be, the animals in the sea, the animals on the land, the plants and everything. Somehow it was to balance everything, and it is a very fine tuned balance. That is why it is important to live in harmony with the Earth, so as to not disrupt this balance. Now at the same time all this dividing and balancing was going on with the dark part of the universe that created the Earth and everything, we believe the light part was also still dividing and balancing out. As a result, there is the light we can see and light that you cannot see. It still divides up and balances into other forms of light and energy. And it is said that it has balanced out into as many different forms of light as there are plants and animals and such on the Earth, because everything has to be in balance. And since the dark part of the universe, representing the Earth or the material part, kept balancing out and dividing into many different things, the light part also did the same thing. So there are many different kinds of light, many different levels and such as this. You can only see just a little part of it. And you either have to have special abilities to see the rest of it, or you have to be very spiritually advanced, to be able to comprehend these other kinds of light.
D: You said there were two or three different versions of the story. Is that the main one?
B: That is the most complicated one. It is the one with the most details. There is another version that we first tell the young children. It is the simpler version, so as to not get them confused. As you know, as children grow up and get older, they start asking more questions. And when they start wondering about more things, then we tell them the more complicated version. We tell them the simple version in the form of a story. We say that in the beginning all there was was just this light. No shadows or anything - just this light. But there were also spirits (Nature Spirits, LM). And the spirits got together and said, "This light is very pretty, but nothing ever happens. We are bored. We want some changes. Let us see what will happen if we make some changes." And they said, "We will make this in the form of a game (Planetary Game, LM) so that we can learn more about each other and develop and have fun." And as part of the game they said, "We have to set up a place to play our game." So they divided the light up into light and dark. And they made the Earth because they said, "We have to have a place to go to play our game." So they made the Earth to go with the sun. And they said, "We need a light for night time, too." So they made the moon. And then they said, "Everything is set up for the game. Now we need to set up the rules for the game. And the rules for the game are that each player can play as many rounds as they like. Or if they want to drop out for two or three rounds, that is all right, too." So each round in the game is when you are alive here on Earth. Your spirit is here playing the game. Then when you die that is the end of that particular round. If you decide you want to play another round, then you are born again. Or if you want to drop out for a round or two, then you do. And time passes, and later on if you decide you want to play another round of the game you are born again. 
But when we tell it to the children we add more special effects and make it really interesting for them...Something was definitely missing, but they could not quite figure out what it was they wanted to put in this game that we call life. And
back then one of the things that the spirits could do was, if they were to pick up some dirt and shape it into something, they could imbue (saturate, fill) it with energy, to where it could move by itself.
(Some similarity with R.Monroe's info, LM). 
D: Oh? To bring it to life?
B: Most of the time they would do this to small things temporarily just to pass the time whenever they did not have anything to do. While they were trying to figure out what they needed to make this game more complete, one of the spirits got bored with trying to figure it out. So he picked up some clay and he shaped it into a small animal. He shaped it into a squirrel, actually, and imbued it with life. And the first thing the squirrel did was run up one of the trees... And so everyone decided, "That is not a bad idea. Let us make all kinds of things like that." So they decided they would call that first animal a squirrel. And then they started making all the other animals. Usually at this point one of the children will ask, "But why did they make flies and bees and stuff like this?" And we have to explain to them that always before whenever they would imbue some of this clay with life, it would just be temporary life. And it would just run around doing things until it ran down. But the spirits decided that, to play this game for a long time, these little bits of life would have to keep going, without them having to re-create things all the time. So when they imbued them with energy, they did it in such away that they would be like people. They could eat things and keep living. And usually someone asks, "What does that have to do
with flies?" We point out to them that the birds had to eat something. So they had to create something small enough for them to eat because the bird's beaks are so small. So they created flies and such as this...When they decided to come to the Earth to play their game, somehow as they came closer to the Earth, they became more solid. If a child seems confused about that, we will tell them that we can explain it to them better when they get older. Then we can give them the more complicated version of the story. Then we can explain how the energy divided everything to where it would be
balanced. The spirits live out there in the void where it is very light and mostly energy. But as it gets closer to the Earth and the more physical aspect of the universe, the light condenses down into solid physical form.
D: Then in the children's version nobody had to create humans.
B: No. The way we came into existence was the spirits coming here. And they simply became more solid as they got closer to the physical world. And because we are all spirits, we all really belong to the higher planes. We are just here temporarily playing this game.
D: You said the spirits decided the animals had to eat things so they could keep existing. Did they figure that humans also had to eat?.
B: They discovered in the process of playing this game, that when they made rules to apply to the animals, these rules automatically applied to themselves, whether they planned on it or not. The way the universe is set up, things are balanced. Somehow whenever they decided on how things should be, for instance: that animals have to eat in order to keep living, that made it apply to all living things, not just animals. When the spirits realized this was what was going on, they started being a lot more careful about the rules they made. Because they did not want to limit themselves too much, and close themselves in with a bunch of rules.
D: So any rules they made also applied to themselves. Is that what you mean?
B: Right. They did not know it would happen that way. Because they were planning on the animals eating and living, and the spirits just flying back and forth (from 3rd Density, physical to 4th Density, non-physical in their sleep, LM) playing this game and having a good time. And they discovered that as they made the rules for the place of playing the game here on the Earth, that when they came down here to play the game the rules applied to them, too. And they did not know it would work out that way.
D: So they had to be more careful. Do the legends say this was before the coming of the Old Ones?
B: Yes. That was before the coming of the Old Ones... To keep things balanced the lights had to be similar to each other. When the light was being divided up into pieces of light, each piece of light was similar to the other pieces of light.
D: You mean it couldn't be very different, it had to be similar.
B: Right. In order to balance out things had to be similar. So they say consequently it is only reasonable to think that the stars we see up in the sky are similar to the sun, because they are both pieces of light. And so, if the stars are similar to our sun, and some of the stories pointed out that the Old Ones could travel unimaginable distances, it would be reasonable to think that for these lights to be similar to our sun, they would have to be far away in order to appear to us the way they do.
D: Yes, because they don 't look as big as the sun.
B: Exactly. In the evening when you build up the campfire and you start walking away from it into the woods, it gets smaller and smaller. The further away you get and the more trees and such are in between, it gets very small and flickery.
Perhaps this is the reason why the sun looks so different from the stars..."

                                                                           

The Original Timeline

Not many people know that we are not following our Original Timeline: we were thrown  of it many times. We are on a new Timeline since March 1963 and that impedes the evolution of our planet and the population of it. There were a few reasons for it and that would be explained below. The extract is taken from "An Interview with Al Bielek 1997 Part 2", p.50, the full interview is on: 
Montauk Project info
"
If you cause a sharp disruption, which was the case when the "Philadelphia Experiment" locked up with the "Montauk Project" on 12 August 1943 and 1983, you produce a disturbance in the time field. Like an unterminated transmission line,you will cause a ripple in the time field and reverse time energy fields started to go back.
Of course, Dr. von Neumann knew this in his math. There was a problem in 1963, where the forward field was met by the reverse field. He mathematically extrapolated that we were going to have a real problem, like most of the North American continent was going to wind up in space and the rest would be covered by ocean water. They had to put the Earth on a new time line, which was successfully done in March 1963 by a group, involving Dr. von Neumann and three other scientists. I met one of the others, but the other two were from the future, and I don't know who they were.
Dr. von Neumann had his own time machine and recruited these people to work for him.

LE: All right. So, we're on a different time line now?
BIELEK: Yes. We're on a different time line than the original - the whole planet. That saved the day, so to speak, to prevent the forward and reversed time waves hitting each other, because the reversed one was attenuated (weakened) severely by going on a new time line. Shall we say, this vectorially avoided the collision by going off in a different direction. That's exactly what they did, so the effect was minimal.
We're still on that alternate time line, and this has helped, in a way, to change history.
There is such a complex of problems involving time engineering, re-engineering, to be on a different than the original timeline, that it's hard to say where this may all come out. Shall we say, the innermost levels of the government and the scientists, who work with it, are well-aware of this problem. They have been doing time engineering and re-engineering. Of course, outside groups have been concerned about this, as well."

Incomplete copies of our Total Selves
                                     
Many human incarnations (future Graduates) don't even know how they really look like
. Here is the
description of R.Monroe's Total Self:

 "And there they were, thousands upon thousands of lines, each glowing with energy, extending outwards, in many dimensions from where I was multidimensional Higher Self of me! Some lines were bright, some dim, but each ended in what seemed a cluster of radiation: another Higher Self. These are the sum of all the personalities we have ever been, connecting with those we think of and those who think of us. The bright ones are those associated with you in this lifetime. So many of my connections in this life time when we go, all the love connections will either go with us or will help us on our way. My own love that I have now - Nancy will go with us."
 From the description above you can see that there are a few Higher Selves of R.Monroe: one on each density till 11th and when they will unite together that would represent a Total Self. R.Monroe didn't feel comfortable with the word soul or spiritual and prefered A Total Self.



Carlos Castaneda in his "The Art of Dreaming", gave us another insight: the resemblance of our personal white Energy field with white jelly-fish like Energy fields of our Higher Selves'.There is also Castaneda's version of explaining energy connections between us and other people, between us and our Alters, between your Higher Selves clusters and between one of your Higher Self cluster someone else's: "From seeing the essence of the universe resembles incandescent stretched into infinity in every conceivable direction, luminous filaments (lines, similar to R.Monroe description, LM) that are conscious of themselves in ways impossible for the human mind to comprehend."
"From seeing the essence of the universe, sorcerers go on to see the energy essence of human beings and depict human beings as bright shapes that resemble giant eggs and call them luminous eggs (white).
When sorcerers see a human being they see a giant, luminous shape that floats, making, as it moves, a deep furrow in the energy of the earth, just as if the luminous shape had a taproot (main root) that was dragging.
Don Juan had impression that our energy shape keeps on changing through time. He said that every Seer he knew himself included, saw that human beings are shaped more like balls or even tombstones than eggs. But, once in a while , and for no reason known to them, sorcerers see a person whose energy is shaped like an egg...more akin to people of ancient times,  (More on  Carlos Castaneda info  and 

Robert Monroe info  links, LM).

 The decisive finding of the sorcerers of antiquity and the crucial feature of human beings as luminous balls, is a round spot of intense brilliance, the size of a tennis ball, permanently lodged inside the luminous ball, flush with its surface, about two feet back from the crest of a person's right shoulder blade. The luminous ball is much larger than the human body. The spot of intense brilliance is part of this ball of energy, and it is located on a place at the height of the shoulder blades, an arm's length from a person's back. The old sorcerers named it the assemblage point after seeing what it does. It makes us perceive. In human beings, perception is assembled there, on that point.
Seeing that all living beings have such a point of brilliance, the old sorcerers surmised that perception, in general, must take
place on that spot, in whatever pertinent manner (an assemblage point is like a tiny 4th D Sun, like a tuner in the radio: you turn the knob and get a new radio station; you move the assemblage point: you'll get to another world, another frequency, another Density, LM).
What they saw that made them conclude that perception takes place on the assemblage point was
:
first, that out of the millions of the universe's luminous energy filaments (the filaments include the energy connections, telepathic ties, thoughts between people, LM) passing through the entire luminous ball, only a small number pass directly through the assemblage point, as should be expected since it is small in comparison with the whole.
Next, they saw that a spherical extra glow, slightly bigger than the assemblage point, always surrounds it, greatly intensifying the luminosity of the filaments passing directly through that glow.
Finally, they saw two things.
One, that the assemblage points of human beings can dislodge themselves from the spot  where they are usually located. Two, that when the assemblage point is on its habitual position, perception and awareness seem to be normal, judging by the normal behavior of the subjects being observed. But when their assemblage points and surrounding glowing spheres are on a different position than the habitual one, their unusual behavior seems to be the proof that their awareness is different, that they are perceiving in an unfamiliar manner.
The conclusion the old sorcerers drew from all this was that the greater the displacement of the assemblage point from its customary position, the more unusual the consequent behavior and, evidently, the consequent awareness and perception.
(This is how Alters are created : by manipulating the position of the Assemblage Point physically, electromagnetically, chemically, psychologically and by other ways. Alters are the holographic images of a human (and not just a human), they belong to the 4th and higher Densities. Parallel Realities are human 4th Density creations, same as Rings around Earth, Alters could be created from aliens too, I know it from personal experience: I helped to create them, without being aware of it, LM).

"...The energy body is also capable of perceiving energy that is quite different from the energy of our own world, as in the case of items of the (Orange) inorganic beings' realm, which the energy body perceives as sizzling energy. In our world nothing sizzles; everything here wavers. Determine whether the items on which you focus your dreaming attention are energy generating, mere phantom projections, or generators of foreign energy...

A moment then comes when you are able just to intend seeing , without saying a word, and actually experience the same result as when you voice out loud your intent to see. The energy of our world wavers (moves uncertainly, hesitantly). It scintillates (sparkles). Not only living beings but everything in our world glimmers with an inner light of its own. The energy of our world consists of layers of shimmering hues. The top layer is whitish; another, immediately adjacent to it, is chartreuse (green-yellow); and another one, more distant yet, is amber. You will see glimmers of them whenever items that you encounter in your dreamlike states change shapes. However, a whitish glow is always the initial impact of seeing anything that generates energy. There is an endless number of different hues, but for the purposes of a beginning order, you should be concerned with those three. Later on, you can get as sophisticated as you want and isolate dozens of hues, if you are able to do it. The whitish layer is the hue of the present position of mankind's assemblage point. Let's say that it is a modern hue. Sorcerers believe that everything man (and a woman too, LM) does nowadays is tinted with that whitish glow (Loosh).
At another time, more distant yet, it made it amber. The color of sorcerers' energy is amber, which means that they are energetically associated with the men who existed in a distant past. The present whitish hue may change someday if man is capable of evolving."
  Carlos Castaneda

pentagon USA
The Pentagon, Washington, USA. Don't you see a connection?

Again Pentagons near a New Sun!

How do you like this one I made in our river? The Negatives are trying to cover the New Consciousness with the clouds and always accompanied by pentagons!

Our Visible Sun in Anomaly place of Riverview village on Elliott Heads river, Queensland, Australia, 17 Jan. 2010
. I've decided to take a risk and take a picture of the Visible Sun high in the sky without any filters or lenses in Riverview's boat ramp (Anomaly place) to see the difference between the invisible Energy of Higher Consciousness and our Visible Sun. Someone invisible put a pentagon over the Sun on the picture below. My camera wasn't damaged. On another picture below you can see the Pope with a symbol of Sun in his hand. This is the sign for the Secret societies members to pay attention on the Sun, on the building up of the Advanced Consciousness on Earth. The Sun is a very good indicator of that and it is always in front of our eyes (if you don't cover them with sunglasses).

Sunrise in Elliott Heads, 2010

Sunrise in Elliott Heads Rivermouth, 2010. Look at the size of the sun compare to the island at the background

Visible sun near our Centre, 27 Jan. 2010

Thoughts Energy Ball Elliott Heads River 10Jan 2010

The most important is not the wide Pink strip on the picture, but the Moving and Pulsating narrow White Beam of Advanced Energy !!! More pictures are on : Schools for Future Humans +

My Thoughts and Thoughts of Other Writers

Anomalous Events

New Earth

Robert Monroe info  and on other links.


Visible Sun covered by a cloud near our Centre, 27 Jan. 2010.  The Holographic Pink colored Beam is a fake to be superimposed and used to cover up the Moving and Pulsating narrow White Beam of Advanced Energy of 11th Density to cover the movement of it to the Sun (or to the Ball of Advanced Human Thoughts) and from the Sun (or the Ball) into the EarthThe aim of these phony pentagons is to also cover the Pulsating Fast Movement of this Balanced Energy from 11th Density into the Earth, to fasten the vibration of the Earth and everyone on it! The most important is not the wide Pink strip on the picture, but the Moving and Pulsating narrow White Beam of Advanced Energy under the Pink strip!

27Jan. 2010 picture of an Invisible Sun above Elliott Heads rivermouth

Invisible sun near our Centre, 27 Jan. 2010

Sun from another Parallel Universe superimposing this world. USA, Washington 10 Feb. 2010.   Anomalous Sun, Washington, Feb. 2010

 USA, Washington 10 Feb. 2010. Pay attention to how unnatural the Sun looks in front of the tree, as if it was plastered there!
 

Sun from another Parallel Universe superimposing this world. USA, Washington 10 Feb. 2010.   Sun from another Parallel Universe superimposing this world. USA, Washington 10 Feb. 2010.

These Suns below are more natural, but still framed!

Anomalous Sun, Washington, Feb. 2010   Anomalous Sun, Washington, Feb. 2010

Sun, Washington Obelisk, Feb. 2010

Anomalous Sun, Washington, Feb. 2010


R.Monroe's example of one of Parallel Realities

"I was in a city, or what appeared to be a city. There were buildings in all directions, fairly uniform, none over three or four stories high. They were not particularly attractive or unusual, had openings in the sides that my percept took as windows and doors. The streets or spaces between buildings were not unusually wide, but contained only people, percept beings like me or what I was temporarily. No cars, trucks, vehicles of any type. No utility poles or overhead wires, no sidewalks. It was bright daylight, but I couldn't find a sun overhead. As I walked and mingled with the population, people noticed me but didn't seem to react as if I were an alien. With each step, I felt more at ease and the population seemed more human. Each inhabitant was very purposeful and closed, as if preoccupied on a job to be done with not
much nonsense in the process. If there was any body language present, no percept showed.
Point of fact was I couldn't tell the males from the females, which was unusual for me, so I assumed there was no such difference.
Unable to attract the attention of those moving on the street, I entered one of the buildings and found myself in a large room which greatly resembled the lobby of a medium-sized hotel. There were people standing around, apparently in conversation. I approached a man (?) who appeared to be standing behind a desk. He looked at me expectantly.
I knew I needed a reason.

"Do you, uh, do you have a restaurant here?" I tried to make it casual, but as he blanked I knew I had done it wrong.
I turned to my rudimentary NVC (nonverbal communication).
(Do you have the means for me to recharge?)
The man lighted brightly, waved me off to the right. As I walked in the indicated direction, I felt smug (self-satisfied).
I had passed one test. They didn't vocalize but they understood me. Even my weak, nonverbal communication.
From here on, it would be easy. I began to speculate as to the food they consumed. It was sure to be unusual. An archway, rounded, was in front of me, and it appeared dark beyond—no, not dark, just lit differently in a mixture of colors. I strode confidently through the archway and into the colors.
Just inside, the radiation hit me like a sheet of hot flame and I staggered back. This wasn't the restaurant, the man got it all wrong. From all sides came the overwhelming attraction of female sexuality, inviting, asking, offering, promising—it was too much (females are used as a bait, sexually by males in Original Timeline and, perhaps, in most Parallel Realities. If males were not dependent on females energy, this trick wouldn't work. I'm sure that this is one of the traps for spiritually not evolved males, which our Universe is full off. Parts of our souls are trapped in many places, gaining experiences till the time comes to retrieve them, LM).
With great effort, I backed out through the archway, breathing heavily and trying to calm down. I had just about
smoothed out (pull myself together) when I looked up and the room clerk (?) was in front of me, accompanied by two other men—percept police, authority, KGB, etc. One KGB moved in. (Your ident, please?) I began fumbling (using the hands uncertainly) in my pockets for my wallet, only there were no pockets in the one-piece cover I was wearing. But there was a belt on me with a small pouch attached to it. I reached in the pouch and there was a card in it. I pulled it out and it resembled nothing so much as a typical credit card. KGB took it from me, examined it carefully, then looked up.
(From Earth, huh? Never heard of that city. Over on the other side of the ocean?)
I smoothed. (Why, uh, yes, you see . . .)
KGB waved the card at me. (Well, we don't particularly like you visiting here, but you got to obey the rules.)
I brightened. (Sure, I understand.)
(Here, we don't go into private space and take without paying first. Always pay first.) KGB turned to the desk clerk, handing him my card. (How much of it do you want? He hasn’t got very much.)
The desk clerk dropped the card into the pouch on his belt. (That ought to about cover it.)
I started to protest. (But that's all I got, I can't . . .)
(In that case we'II have to flag you.) The second KGB stepped forward and took my hands. (Can't have you walking around upsetting things without any ident (mental name or address).
I flickered. (What are you going to do?)
The second KGB pulled a small flat box out of his pouch and opened it. (Hold still, this won't hurt.)
He took one hand and pressed my fingertips into the box. I thought, fingerprints, they're taking my fingerprints. But
I was wrong. A black dye spread quickly up my fingers until it covered my entire hand. As I stared at it, bewildered, they stuck the fingers of my other hand into the box and I had two black hands. I tried to rub it off, but it had penetrated the skin. The first KGB looked at my hands, satisfied. (That ought to do it. At least the people will see you coming.) (And be warned,) the second KGB added. (I'd advise you to go back home. Not much action for you here,
the way you are. No ident to play with.) The first KGB looked at me hard. (We'll be keeping an eye on you.)
Then the two turned and walked across the room and out into the street."
I smoothed at the desk clerk. (Sorry, I didn’t know it was a private space.)
The desk clerk vibrated. (What other kind is there!)
I flickered (uncertain). (You mean all of these buildings are private?)
The desk clerk dulled (lost interest).
(Then what are all these people doing here? There must be a hundred!) I hit it strong enough to catch his attention.
(It's their private space, naturally.)
(All one hundred?)
The desk clerk waved me over to the desk and I followed. He pointed to the drawing on the wall behind him. It showed some five rows of large black dots that looked like holes, twenty to a row. (That's our personal space.) He gestured proudly. (Best in the city.)
I stared at the drawing. (You go into those?)
He nodded. (Only when the surge takes place. They’re this big across the middle.)
He indicated a width of about two feet with his arms. He was about to continue when there was a sound like thunder in the distance and the floor began to rock. Immediately, everyone in the room turned and hurried out through exits in the back. The room clerk ran to join them. (That's the surge starting up,) he called over his shoulder.
(I suppose that's what you came to witness, but you better get to your personal space fast.)
Then the room was empty and I tried to keep my footing as the floor heaved rhythmically. I staggered over to the entrance as the roar grew louder. In the distance and approaching fast was a mighty wave, not water but in the ground itself, lifting buildings and streets into a tumbling flotsam hundreds of feet high. Behind the first wave, I could see a second and a third wave, each larger than the first. There may have been more, but I didn't have a chance to find out, as the first wave came surging into where I was, and the building lifted and tumbled, me in it, bouncing, rolling, twisting, jarring . . . . . . desperately, I tried to focus, ident what? ident . . . ident Z-55/ LOU . . . Z-55/LOU . . . reach and stretch, reach and stretch . . . closed tightly . . . tightly . . ."



Cities of the 4th Density

In "More about One-Timers" section of Our Thoughts link, is more info about  how part of the aliens (One-Timers) is getting trained here in an excellent Training School called Earth, to be relocated to another, newly formed, Planet similar to Earth in the New Universe and to start there a new Planetary Game. Another part of One-Timers is moving to Earth on higher Level of Consciousness, after being trained here! Most of us are  living in similar cities on 4th density simultaneously with the life on Earth without being aware of it. Robert Monroe was describing these kind of cities in his books too.
Here is extract is from "Keepers of the Garden" by Dolores Cannon:

THE FOURTH-DIMENSIONAL (non-physical) CITY

CHAPTER 7

"AFTER THE DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE OTHER PLANET I was anxious to explore other lives that Phil may have lived in outer space.

I had no idea that some of these may have been in places that were not three-dimensional or physical, such as we are accustomed to here on Earth. Since these are the only kind we are consciously familiar with, I had never even considered the possibility of being able to live in other dimensions. We have been taught that there are only three dimensions in our material world: length, width and depth. The only other dimension I had heard of was the fourth-dimension called "time," which would definitely not be physical or solid. Exploring outer space was turning out to be more complicated than I had first thought. We were to go into areas that were difficult for my mind to comprehend. Phil would not have been expected to depart from familiar ground and go wandering into such strange concepts. The area of science fiction would have been much safer. But at least it was never dull as these new and challenging ideas were presented.
I never knew what to expect next.
DURING THE NEXT SESSION, when the elevator doors opened Phil saw the outline of tall, jagged, pointed spires against the horizon. I immediately thought he had returned to the same scene that had previously bothered him, the planet where the scientific expedition had died. But he said this was a city. However it did not sound like the same city with the towers and the strange vehicles which he had seen in the other sessions. 
P: It's a silhouette, the outline of the city buildings. They are spires but they are different heights.
When I asked him if he wanted to get off the elevator and explore this strange place, he agreed. His subconscious had seen that the other sessions had not consciously disturbed him and it apparently thought it was time to start releasing information at a more rapid rate.
He found himself walking on the street level. He was approaching someone he seemed to know, who waved at him. It was a bald person wearing a dark blue, tight-fitting one-piece suit with a high collar. When he looked down at himself, he saw that he was wearing the same type of clothing.
P: We seem to be on the outskirts of the city. I don't think I live in the city, but I go to the city. As if I live in the country but work in the city.
I counted him to where he worked and asked him to tell me what kind of job he was trained to do.
P: It seems to be an oval or circular area and it's got ridges in the walls ... going down from the roof. I get the feeling of velvet or some kind of softness about the walls. There's a podium for one who speaks and there are benches for an audience to sit on. It's a chamber, I get the impression of a council chamber. It's for dispensation of justice ... of some sort, or mediation possibly.
D: Are there other people who work here with you?
P: Yes, there are assistants. There are others who carry out the other job (i don't want to say "menial" because their jobs are as important, but their tasks are not as complicated).
D: Do you have any kind of title to the job you had to do?
P: Advocate of something. The job would be to settle arguments, where there's a differing viewpoint. To assist both sides in seeing the rightness of the other's position. In assisting both to accept a common agreement.
D: Do you have any kind of badge of office or anything that would distinguish you? Some way that other people would know whoyou are?
P: The personality would be a badge of sorts, because the personality would reflect the job. You can instantly know who someone is and what they do by meeting them. People here on Earth wear The Fourth-Dimensional City uniforms to say who they are because you don't have this ... instant recognition. If you were to meet a policeman and you instantly or intuitively knew that he was a policeman, you wouldn't need the uniform. Do you see what I mean?
Apparently we again were at a place where mental communication and intuition were commonplace and highly developed.
D: You said your job involved the settling of arguments. Is this a difficult thing to do?
P: Sometimes, yes. Sometimes the issues can be very complicated.
D: Do the others always listen to you?
P: For the most part, yes. They respect my authority or wisdom.
There wouldn't be any advantage to disagreeing. The whole purpose of mediation is to solve the problem. And to argue against the mediator would be self-defeating in its purpose.
D: You know how people are, it's hard for them to agree on things.
P: People here are that way. This is not the same because the people there would be more accepting of another person's viewpoint.
I asked if he would be able to give me an example of the type of argument he would be called upon to settle and he related the following case.
P: There is in the Signus constellation at this time a...we hesitate to use the term 'war', for that is not appropriate. There is a strong disagreement between the race of entities who are... The vehicle has no reference points on which to translate this. We have no background with which to manufacture the concepts here. We will simply try to give the situation.
There are two races here concerned. This is a disagreement over who has territorial rights to a system of inhabited planets. One race feels that it has claims because they were the first to explore this system. The other race feels claim because they are descendents of this system. The situation is thus:
There was transmigration from this system to other planets. And the transmigration resulted in a race of beings which soon developed into an interstellar fleet or had the capability of such. The civilization had lost track and had soon lost knowledge of its inheritance from this system. And so after discovery by the first explorers, they realized their kinship in this system and are now claiming title as descendants.

D: You said it is like a war?
P: It is not a war, for there is no violence being enacted. There is simply very intense argument and disagreement. There are councils being met... meeting at councils with representatives of each race trying to reach a form of consensus to arrive at some middle ground where in both parties will feel they have achieved their goals. There are mineral rights at stake here in the issue.
There is also the caretaker ship of the inhabitants of these systems, who are not as developed as those who are arguing over the system. And so there is to be a caretaker position assigned to one or the other or both, whoever assumes responsibility for this system. The descendants are being led by one who is of leadership stature and he is much admired and revered by his race of people. He is their leader. He is pressing for total sovereignity over the entire system by right of kinship and is accurate in his claims. The one side feels that they have right by kinship and they feel they have the rights because it is their ancestors and the lesser developed inhabitants are their people. And the others are claiming that they have the right because they were the first to find it.
D: Would this erupt into a war if they didn't get it straightened out?
P: They don't go that way. They have disagreements and very heated discussions on this, but they don't resort to violence. They have sent representatives of each side and they must come to an agreement. The disagreements are valid in both respects for in this area of the galaxy or the universe, territoriality is by precedence:
claimed by first discovery. The concerns of the descendants are for the safety and well-being of their ancestors, which is not to imply the discoverers would abandon their responsibility for the safety of the inhabitants. For this is not the case. It would be as if your ancestors were found living on an island claimed by another country. And so you would naturally have a vested interest in safety and concern. This is the situation at this point.
D: This sounds very similar to the Indians having claim on territory and the United States having claim at the same time.
P: This situation has occurred in many places throughout the universe and is not a new occurrence. The system, as was mentioned before, is rich in mineral deposits. There are vegetation growing on some planets which are desirable in the manufacture of medicines.
So there is a vested commercial interest as well as an ancestral interest. The decision at this point is that the responsibility be shared. That is, the discoverers being responsible for the commercialization and exploration of this system. And the ancestors or kinfolk being responsible for the social and cultural well-being of the systems. Always harmony is desired and in this manner we see harmony being achieved. But it must be agreed upon by each party.
D: Would you ever have to give out punishments of any sort?
P: (There was a long pause.) I can't speak on this.
D: Do you mean you're not allowed to talk about that?
P: This is something I ... simply have nothing to say about. Apparently I don't deal with anything like that.
D: I just wondered if your society was free of punishment or if you didn't have problems in that area.
P: It wouldn't be the same as in this society, it would be different.
I am always trying to pinpoint where we are with names, dates and places. This comes from working for so many years with normal regressions into earthly lives. When I asked him about the name of the city or planet, he again informed me that it was impossible to convert these things into verbal sounds.
P: Names cannot be translated as they have no equivalent vibrational translation in the earth language.
I should have known it would be the same problem with answering questions about time, but habit prevailed.
D: Do you have any way of telling time where you are? Such as, do you have years as we know them?
P: No, we don't have time because we're on the fourth dimension where there is no time. There would be no need to measure something which does not apply.
This was a strange development. I had never had anyone tell me they were from the fourth dimension before, but then I had never spoken to anyone from another planet before either. I had assumed we were speaking of a three-dimensional physical world because of  the sample case he presented. It appeared that complicated disputes were referred to the fourth-dimension courts for mediation. Maybe they were considered less biased.
Under these circumstances, where the entity was describing another dimension which I have absolutely no knowledge of, it becomes difficult to formulate questions that would make any sense to the being I am speaking to. The concepts would be foreign and there is nothing to compare or relate to.
D: I see, then your body would have no age in years or anything similar that you would judge things by. Is that true?
P: Things change. This is difficult to explain but there is a definite change with what you would call time.
D: Does the body start out as a baby and then grow from there?
P: It is formulated. It is not born. It is composed as necessary to do the job that it was meant to do and as time progresses, as you would say.
D: In other words, it is formed already fully grown. Would that be correct?
P: No, in the respect that learning is not accomplished at the beginning.
The idea or the purpose is learning. So that at the beginning or the formulation there is a lack of learning, which would come through experience. And through the experience the body will change, which would reflect the changes in personality.
D: Okay, I'm tryng to understand this. In our society you start as a baby and the body grows gradually to become an adult. This does not happen in your society ?
P: This is true. The difference is: here on Earth the physical body changes and grows and to some extent reflects the growth of the soul inside as it learns. This is a physical aspect of this third dimension.
I was still confused by these aspects but decided to continue with my questions and hopefully enlightenment would occur later, when I had time to study and think on this strange development.
D: Do you have males and females as separate sexes in your society ?
P: No, sex is not necessary because we don't procreate as humans do. Do you see?
D: I'm not sure. Then how is the creating done? Is it done in a separate place or something? I suppose I was thinking of a laboratory condition such as cloning. Since I didn't understand this concept I was grasping at straws.
P: This is all mental. It is thought energy which is projected. If a need arises for a body, and then the body becomes a vehicle for that person to use to do or to learn the lessons which that person needs to learn.
D: Then the soul can enter the body at that time when the body materializes?
P: No, this is not a physical materialization. This is all energy. The soul is the body. Do you see?
D: This is a concept that is rather foreign to me but I'm trying. If the body then is made up of energy and is mostly just the soul, what about the surroundings, are they physical, material?
P: They're energy. Everything is energy. Energy can be moved and manipulated just like physical matter. It takes only the realization that this is possible in order to do it
D: Then the group together materializes their needs?...

D: Then in this type of society, you don't have any kind of family, so to speak.
P: Yes, we do, because we are the same there as we are here on Earth. It's not a physical family, no. But we do tend to stay with familiar people, as you might say. We, and I speak generally of all living beings, have friendships and familiarity between entities.
D: Then even in a state where you are pure energy, there still is emotion, feelings.
P: Definitely. Exactly. Love and empathy are part of existence's personality.
D: What about food? Do you have to take nourishment in any way?
P: No, food is not necessary. We have entertainment and what could be called "food" which is for entertainment. However, it's not necessary because this is not a physical realm or existence that I'm talking about. You've got to understand that this is pure energy. Whereas, in the physical world your physical bodies require food because of their biological processes. But in this existence, energy is... it doesn't require sustenance.
D: I've always thought of the other planets as being like our planet. They would still have to have physical requirements.
P: On three-dimensional planets, that's true.
66 
D: I'm trying to relate this to what I have learned about between lives states, the so called "dead" state. When people are in the realms between their physical lives. In this condition a body is no longer needed and the soul is freed from the body. Is this different from what you're talking about? Or is your fourth-dimensional word similar to living on different planes of existence between lives?
P: Well, it is. It's not similar, it is the same thing, yes. When someone dies here, they have the option of living on another planet if it meets their requirements. There's no difference here or there, it's strictly a matter of being on one plane or another.
D: I see.
I really didn't understand. These strange concepts were making me dizzy. I was having difficulty thinking of questions that made any sense.
D: Then how would you die if you pure energy?
P: You don't die as such. You disformulate your vehicle. For instance, when someone's usefulness has expired or they have met their lessons there's no longer a need for that vehicle. So it is disformulated and the energy is returned to ... wherever it is needed. However, the entity's personality remains separate.
D: It would seem to me that if you were in a society where you could not die, that people would want to remain there forever.
P: No, you would be bored very quickly. For instance, if your lesson of the third grade is over, why would you want to stay in the third grade for the rest of your life?
D: Some people have such afear of dying, they are so afraid of the unknown that they'd want to stay where they know...
P: (Interrupted) It could be comfortable, but there would be no learning.
D: No challenges?
P: That's true, that's true.
D: We were speaking of the city. Do you use vehicles?
P: Yes. These are vehicles which are pure energy as everything on the fourth dimension is. They can be formulated and disformulated as the need arises.
D: What I'm trying to understand is, why would you need vehicles if you have the ability to use pure energy and pure mind ?
P: It's no different from here, from using a station wagon or a 
67

pickup truck. You're using three-dimensional material to work with three-dimensional material. It's the same there. You need fourth-dimensional, not material, but items to work with fourth-dimensional items. Just like the bodies that are formulated.
They are tools in doing the work. It is not much different from this existence here on Earth, except that it is fourth-dimensional instead of three-dimensional. On higher planes, higher dimensions and existences, the need for this is lost, to the point that all is thought. These spirits on higher planes don't have this need and so they merely exist in thought and thought only.
D: That's what I'm trying to understand. I thought that beings that were just pure energy would not have any need for anything else. Apparently this is sort of in between the purely physical and the purely mental. They have earned to control the mind to where they can materialize their needs.
P: That's true. We wish to tell you that you will be shown many things. You will be given access to much information and records. Some of it may contain difficult concepts to translate but we will try to make it as easy to understand as possible. However, I'm sorry to say there are areas which we cannot go to. But it would not be helpful to you or me. And in fact, could be harmful to us both.
This unexpected announcement surprised me and also aroused my curiosity. While my first concern is always for my subject, the human side of me wondered what could possibly be out there that would be forbidden territory. I had never been given a warning like this before. I never attempted to find out because I would probably be overridden anyway. Some things are probably better left alone.
P: The idea is to help, so this is not to be allowed. However, there should be plenty of material to satisfy all of our curiosities.
D: Okay, we can leave that to your discretion.
P: It's not so much my discretion as to what is the... "wrong," if you will. It's not a conscious decision on my part. There are records which I simply do not have access to because of that fact. There are those who are much more powerful than me, who can watch out for us. Who are, in fact, watching over us now in this room and guiding us in our questions and answers. Our guides, as such, and even higher.
68 
This made the hair on the back of my neck stand up, for I often feel the presence of inisible "others" in the room when I do my work.
P: They are pleased because they see this as helping the people of Earth. If they saw any harm in this, it wouldn't be happening.
They would not allow me to speak. It is that simple. Therefore, there will be "forbidden areas" that we cannot enter and of which I will not be allowed to speak or have access.
I assured him that although I was curious and wanted to gain knowledge about everything that came across my path, we would never want to do anything that would cause him harm or discomfort I was quite excited to learn what kind of information would be allowed to come forth in future sessions. This one had already stretched my mind by presenting a strange new concept and dimension hitherto unknown to me."

THE STRANGE CITY (chapter 4, "Keepers of the Garden")

"I KNEW WE WERE MAKING PROGRESS when he had been able to relive the life as the crewman that visited the planet of the lost colony. He was finally allowing these buried memories to surface. His subconscious was seeing that no harm was being done and the information had come fast and furious, not haltingly as it had before. It was as though the barriers were being torn down and he could hardly wait to tell me everything. There was no holding it back now-it was gushing forth.
Thus at the beginning of the next session when the elevator doors opened and again revealed the strange city with the towers, he no longer had any hesitancy to explore it. He eagerly stepped off the elevator into another world. I immediately grasped this as an excellent opportunity to interview an alien and find out about his life on another planet.
P: I'm standing outside of the city again. There's green grass and I can see a short distance into the city. It's a downtown or living area in this city. I have lived here before, many times in another existence. The buildings are circular towers, this is the general architecture, but of all different sizes and heights. And they're connected laterally in places. They have windows on the sides at different levels. All are round and grouped in clusters, but the buildings are not all alike. Some are warehouses or storage areas, and these are squat and round. The taller ones are dwellings for the inhabitants. The exteriors are made of a silver metal which is mined in the planet. It is not the metal silver but it has a silver appearance. It is a shimmering color which shines  
25

and reflects in the sunlight. When it is purified to the level that is used for construction, it is malleable, easy to shape and work with even in the atmosphere or room temperature, as we would say here.
D: Does it have a counterpart on Earth ?
P: Aluminum would be a component of this metal; however there are other contingents, minerals on this planet that do not exist on Earth. But aluminum would be closest to it This is strictly for the exterior. There are more rigid and heavier metals for the frames of the building, which would be equivalent to steel. There is the interior framework or the skeleton which is then added to-to produce the walls and floors and ceilings. And then the exterior is added to give it a shiny appearance.
D: Why do they want it to be shiny?
P: They have no reason to reflect. This is the current architecture and it is attractive. There is great conformity in the society. It is a general consensus that this is the way it will be done and it is enjoyed by most everyone, not everyone. And so this is the way it is done.
D: It sounds beautiful, but I thought maybe it had a functional reason.
P: The functionality of it is secondary to the appearance.
Since he could describe the buildings so well, it was time to find out more about this planet. I asked if it had a sun.
P: Yes, it does. It's much like this planet here, in fact. Not so many hills. There are plains, for the most part level plains. The planet's birth was not near as violent as was Earth's. We're a two-moons planet. The sky has a greenish tinge, much like Earth has blue.
There is water and wind and plants and trees. And a social structure, a [word unclear: nefer?] structure. We would call the inhabitants "human." Technically, they are of the human race, although they don't look a lot like humans here. They are terrestrials.
In other words, they are beings of the physical nature in stead of spirit or energy nature. These are physical beings incarnate in physical body in this physical planet. They walk upright and they have the same or similar circulatory, respiratory systems.
D: Do they have arms and hands and legs ?
P: Yes-two legs, two arms and hands with five fingers. Very similar.
in form to human beings on this planet but with elongated, slender fingers by our standards. However, their "packaging" is different.
Their bodies are tall and slender, bald with somewhat pointed ears. They have a shimmering skin, somewhat leathery or tough-textured by human standards but very supple and pliable. The color is very light in nature, very light and shimmery.
They have a much greater brain capacity and so their foreheads and upper head or cranial area is exaggerated by human standards.
This is owing to the increased mental capacity. The eyes are very round, set close together and very good in darkness.
D: Do the eyes have pupils like humans'?
P: They're brown-they're all brown and beady but they operate basically the same.
D: How do the people communicate? Do they speak?
P: There are words for emphasis or connotation, but the majority of communication is mental. Actually, empathic would be a more accurate term. It's like setting up vibrations in each other.
A ringing feeling which many people nowadays on Earth are beginning to instill in themselves. These people are very telepathic and very aware in all senses, especially touch.
D: Do you mean their hands are very sensitive?
P: Yes, and not only their hands but their entire being is very sensitive.
The skin area as a whole is more sensitive than by human standards. More so in the hands, for these areas are directors of energies. (I asked for an explanation.) Energy is directed through and received in the hands. This is similar to a chakra, simply using the hands as nodes of energy.
D: What do they use this energy for?
P: Many things-healing, communication, manifestation or physical movement. Many sensoring perceptions are sensed with the energy through the hands.
D: You said "communications with the hands, " do you mean their mental communication is directed through the hands?
P: Not so. For this is telepathic in nature and emanates from within the head. However, sensing at a distance can be accomplished through the hands. There is also the ability to move things at a distance with the energy directed through the hands. A manifestation of movement.
D: You mean similar to levitation?
P: That is correct. Telekinesis.
 D: Is it accomplished over a lage area, long distances?
P: It can be accomplished most readily in the immediate area.
However, with proper training and attunement this could be accomplished through great distances, even stellar distances from off the planet.
D: You said they have respiratory systems similar to ours?
P: This is true. Similar, but not exactly, or not equal to these here because of the content of the gases. The lungs here on Earth take in oxygen from the air and breathe out carbon dioxide. The entire physiological structure on the planet is different because the atmosphere is different and the structures are different.
Therefore, the mechanisms or the air-face between the atmosphere and the systems, the interface, is different.
D: Would the types of gases they breathe have an equivalent on Earth?

P: There is helium, nitrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide. However, the important point is that the relative volumes of these gases are different There is more of a helium content on Earth than there is on that planet The gas which is exhaled would be a gas which is unknown at this time on Earth. I'm not completely or totally familiar with this science because that is not my chosen field of endeavor.
D: Then apparently someone from Earth would not be able to breathe on that planet.
P: This is correct. They would suffocate from lack of oxygen.
D: Do the bodies function much like human bodies?
P: That is accurate. There is an intake of food, processing or digestion and removal of waste. There are reproductive systems.
There are many of the same types of functions found in human bodies on this planet today.
D: Is there anything different about the way the body functions?
P: Body chemistry is somewhat different. However, there is no significant differences. The minor differences could be attributed to the different atmosphere and the different combination of elements in the planets which would constitute the makeup of the physical body naturally. So there would be somewhat of a difference in the physical composition of the bodies.
D: Are there male or female or their counterparts?
P: There are male and female. They are sex creatures. They procreate to sustain the race. In the non-childbearing stage or age, or period of time when not in childbearing, they are very similar
29

in appearance because of the fact that there is no hair, which here on Earth makes a most distinguishing feature between the sexes. Here the males have a coarseness which is derived in an extent from the profuseness of hair, and feminine genders show a lack of hair. So with a total lack of hair on both sexes, they become very similar in appearance except during childbearing, which, of course, you can see would become very obvious.
D: Then a child is born similar to the way it is on Earth and grows from a baby?
P: That's right. We are human and they are human.
D: Would humanoid be a more correct word?
P: Similar to humans, same difference. They are of the human race-we all are. But this type of person or creature would stand out dramatically in this environment. It would be a scary experience to see one of these people walking down the street on Earth.
D: Because of their height mostly, or...
P: Their height, their demeanor, the way they carry themselves. The whole mentality is different because their race-consciousness has evolved to such a high point that they have no defensive mechanisms in their manners and gestures. We here on Earth are so used to body language of a defensive nature that it would be uncomfortable to see someone, or be around someone with a total lack of defensive body maneuvering.
D: In other words, they, are very open to people and vibrations? Is that what you mean?
P: They are open to each other-extremely open. They would be intimidating to humans here.
This was a rather difficult concept to understand. Apparently they had a psychic awareness that would allow them to perceive the truth about anything. There would be no pretenses or facades. In dealings with this type of person, the main requirement would be total honesty. There would be no way to hide anything. This would be intimidating to us because we are not used to someone knowing our every innermost thought. Human beings would surely consider someone like this a definite threat. Our defensive attitudes have been integrated into our genes from our primeval ancestors. It would be a very difficult character trait to unlearn.
D I think I can understand what you mean. About how long do these humanoids live?
30
P: One hundred and twenty years would be an average; some much longer, some much shorter. Disease is still prevalent although not near to the extent as here on Earth. The process of selective breeding has insured that the race has become close to its physical limits, as far as health or evolution is concerned.
D: Well, when the body ages, are there changes that take place in the outward physical appearance?
P: Yes. The skin wrinkles and sags. The bones lose calcium. There is a form of arthritis although not quite as severe as here because the gravity of the planet is somewhat one-sixth of this Earth gravity. So you can see the weight of the body on itself would be not near as much. But there is a definite aging.
D: You spoke of some diseases that have not been conquered. Are there certain types that were worse than others?
P: Do you speak in the past tense or the present tense?
D: Well, either way. Were there some that were severe that you have conquered?
P: There was a disease which was picked up on a planet that was being explored and colonized, which we had no biological defenses to. And this caused consternation, to say the least. A good one-third of the population-one-fourth would be more accurate-one-fourth of the population died in a horrible death because of simple carelessness and inattention to details. This should be a lesson. The cause was isolated. It was a germ which had grown on another planet under a sun which had a different light spectrum or light output. This germ was undetected, very virulent and very potent to the physical systems of the visitors.
D: They would have no immune system against something like that. Do they take precautions now against the possibility of something like that happening again?
P: Yes, of course! Of course!
D: You said that there were sicknesses that have not been conquered?
P: That's right. These, for the most part are due to carelessness and inattention to diet and proper health procedures. If a person is attentive to their nutritional needs and exercises-as we would say here, if they're health conscious-they will have a healthy life.
D: But under normal circumstances and paying attention to these things, they all live to be about 120 years old?
P: That's an average age, yes.
D: Do you have hospital and use medicine?
 31
P: Yes. There are still, despite our best efforts to eradicate them, some diseases and malfunctions, some organ breakdowns and accidents, as always. These necessitate the need for devices and medicines to promote healings.
D: Do you use such things as inoculations against disease?
P: Yes, even as we here would know them on this planet. Shots would be a rough analogy. The exact delivery would be different, but the idea ... in other words, to inject or to place the medicine in one's system is the same.
D: You mention organs breaking down, what about  practice of the transplanting of organs?
P: No, this is not done. This is an area which has not been undertaken.
I don't know if it's technically impossible. I wouldn't think it would be morally impossible. It's simply not done.
D: What about using artificial organs?
P: There are machines which can be connected to supplement the functions of a diseased or damaged organ. However, I have no knowledge of any transplanted or implanted machines for that purpose.
D: Then you have doctors and nurses?
P: The equivalent, yes. There are those whose chosen profession is in that area, and they could be called doctors and nurses. However, they are not quite as revered as on this planet. Doctors seem to have an aura of godliness here on Earth which is conspicuously absent on that planet. They're taken to be people who have chosen that field of endeavor and are knowledgeable in that endeavor and that is it.
Since they communicated telepathically, I wondered if they also used the mind for healing.
P: There is, yes, definitely use of energy healing which is one area of use open. However, that is not the ultimate answer. It is as valid as any other, but it is not the only method. It is used when it can be used, when it would be useful to be used. It would not be practical to try and heal a severed arm by mind energy, for example. This is an example of an invalid use of mind energy.
The level of evolution on that planet at this particular time is not such that instantaneous healing can be accomplished through the mind. They simply have not progressed to that level.
32 
D: You said that death does occur among these people. What happens to the body when they die?
P: The bodies are buried and returned to the native soil. They are not embalmed and entombed as they are here. It is a great honor to return to the planet those chemicals, minerals, those elements which one has borrowed from the planet to house or to use as a vehicle. This is simply a returning to the planet of these energies and materials to be used again.
D: What about cremation?
P: That is valid, it can be done. In some instances this is desirable.
There are some diseases which can live in the ground, and if one has succumbed to these diseases this is the practiced method, in order not to contaminate that ground.
D: I see. You spoke of the metal buildings. Is any wood used in construction?
P: No, we do not use wood. The trees are not set. There are plants, yes, but they are not suitable for construction because the wood is not dense enough to support. It's flexible, you see. The gravity on this planet Earth is the reason trees make building materials because their evolution has dictated that to withstand the gravity they must be much more rigid. The gravity on this planet is only one-sixth that of Earth; thus the trees are not as dense. They grow very large, very full, too. But they are somewhat spongy in comparison to trees on Earth. They have the equivalent of leaves and foliage. They have the process of photosynthesis, which is turning the sunlight into nutrients to be used by the plants.
This reminded me of banana plants. They grow very rapidly but their stalks do not have the proper consistency to be used as a building material.
D: Do you have any form of food that is produced by the trees?
P: There is not food produced from these trees, not from which we are speaking of now. But off other plants there are fruits and vegetables, much as on this planet Earth. Many of the plants are more of a vine nature. These are indigenous to the planet.
There are some varieties of fruits and vegetables which have been imported to the planet from other systems, however.
D: Are they similar to vegetables that are grown on Earth?
P: There are some varieties which are similar. Tomatoes, for instance, have a counterpart. But there are a larger variety of 
 33

types which would be totally unknown here on Earth. There are ample crops grown, for many are of farmer nature who raise the vegetables. We don't eat meat at all. This is simply not done. It would be considered unhealthy to eat meat, so we eat only a vegetarian diet.
D: Do they drink liquids?
P: Yes. There are, for instance, some plants which give off a liquid which is a very nourishing treat or substance. This is a plant, not a counterpart, but it is an analogy of the way we receive milk from cows here. It is a fluid which is derived from a plant and is very tasty.
D: But the only building materials that you use are those that are mined from the ground?
P: There is the equivalent of glass. There is electrical wiring and its conductors. There is a conductor which is not copper but which serves the purpose very well. Copper is not used on this planet.
It is not available in the quantities to make it useful. Copper would be a somewhat semi-precious metal and would be for decoration only.
D. I see, then you use electricity. Would there be an equivalent of the metal you use as a conductor?
P: Again, aluminum would be a close analogy; however, it is not an equal analogy. It would be close. It is a very common metal. It is used in much of the industry on the planet because of its combined attributes of lightweight, malleability and plentifulness.
He had been so open in supplying information on such a variety of subjects that I was surprised by his reaction to my next question, one which I would consider quite mundane.
D: Do you have furniture as we know it?
P: (Pause) This is not a suitable area of discussion. Simply because of the wish to censor some material which would be uncomfortable to translate.
This seemed strange to censor material dealing with furniture. I could not imagine what would be uncomfortable about such an ordinary topic.
D: Hmm. I wonder why it would be uncomfortable? Do you know?
34 
P: It's simply not comfortable to translate.
D: I'm not pressing you. I was just curious as to why furniture would be an uncomfortable subject. (No answer.) But if
you don't feel right discussing it that's fine.

P: That is accurate.
This seemed strange, but since he would discuss it no further, I had no way of finding out why this information was censored. I had to change the subject.
D: What about entertainment?
P: There are plays or the equivalent thereof; stories, songs, scenery.
Many things which we find here on this planet in abundance.
D: So you think you were on this planet in another existence?
P: (He had a hard time trying to form the sentence.) There is somewhat confusion in the suggestion "think," for this vehicle (Phil) was indeed an inhabitant of this planet several times at some point in his past.
This is an example of how literally the subject in trance, their subconscious or whoever is doing the answering, takes my questions. You must be very clear about what you are asking.

These are separate thoughts from the same book. Androids are not Androgynous beings: there is a big difference in their energy field.

P: They are open to each other-extremely open. They would be intimidating to humans here.
This was a rather difficult concept to understand. Apparently they had a psychic awareness that would allow them to perceive the truth about anything. There would be no pretenses or facades. In dealings with this type of person, the main requirement would be total honesty. There would be no way to hide anything. This would be intimidating to us because we are not used to someone knowing our every innermost thought. Human beings would surely consider someone like this a definite threat. Our defensive attitudes have been integrated into our genes from our primeval ancestors. It would be a very difficult character trait to unlearn.

P: Names cannot be translated as they have no equivalent vibrational translation in the earth language.
I should have known it would be the same problem with answering questions about time, but habit prevailed.
D: Do you have any way of telling time where you are? Such as, do you have years as we know them?
P: No, we don't have time because we're on the fourth dimension where there is no time. There would be no need to measure something which does not apply.

D: Does the body start out as a baby and then grow from there?
P: It is formulated. It is not born. It is composed as necessary to do the job that it was meant to do and as time progresses, as you would say.
D: In other words, it is formed already fully grown. Would that be correct?
P: No, in the respect that learning is not accomplished at the beginning.
The idea or the purpose is learning. So that at the beginning or the formulation there is a lack of learning, which would come through experience. And through the experience the body will change, which would reflect the changes in personality.
D: Okay, I'm tryng to understand this. In our society you start as a baby and the body grows gradually to become an adult. This does not happen in your society ?
P: This is true. The difference is: here on Earth the physical body changes and grows and to some extent reflects the growth of the soul inside as it learns. This is a physical aspect of this third dimension.
I was still confused by these aspects but decided to continue with my questions and hopefully enlightenment would occur later, when I had time to study and think on this strange development.
D: Do you have males and females as separate sexes in your society ?
P: No, sex is not necessary because we don't procreate as humans do. Do you see?
D: I'm not sure. Then how is the creating done? Is it done in a separate place or something? I suppose I was thinking of a laboratory condition such as cloning. Since I didn't understand this concept I was grasping at straws.
P: This is all mental. It is thought energy which is projected. If a need arises for a body, and then the body becomes a vehicle for that person to use to do or to learn the lessons which that person needs to learn.
D: Then the soul can enter the body at that time when the body materializes?
P: No, this is not a physical materialization. This is all energy. The soul is the body. Do you see?
D: This is a concept that is rather foreign to me but I'm trying. If the body then is made up of energy and is mostly just the soul, what about the surroundings, are they physical, material?
P: They're energy. Everything is energy. Energy can be moved and manipulated just like physical matter. It takes only the realization that this is possible in order to do it

D: What about food? Do you have to take nourishment in any way?
P: No, food is not necessary. We have entertainment and what could be called "food" which is for entertainment. However, it's not necessary because this is not a physical realm or existence that I'm talking about. You've got to understand that this is pure energy. Whereas, in the physical world your physical bodies require food because of their biological processes. But in this existence, energy is... it doesn't require sustenance.

They are tools in doing the work. It is not much different from this existence here on Earth, except that it is fourth-dimensional instead of three-dimensional. On higher planes, higher dimensions and existences, the need for this is lost, to the point that all is thought. These spirits on higher planes don't have this need and so they merely exist in thought and thought only.
D: That's what I'm trying to understand. I thought that beings that were just pure energy would not have any need for anything else. Apparently this is sort of in between the purely physical and the purely mental. They have earned to control the mind to where they can materialize their needs.

There are those who are much more powerful than me, who can watch out for us. Who are, in fact, watching over us now in this room and guiding us in our questions and answers. Our guides, as such, and even higher.
68
This made the hair on the back of my neck stand up, for I often feel the presence of inisible "others" in the room when I do my work.

112
D: You said "communications between the universes"? This is a new idea to me. I've always thought of one universe. Can you elaborate please?
P: There are many universes. Many, many universes. Ours is one particular universe, or the universe we are in here now is merely one universe of many. There are many, many different universes.
They are in physical space. The concept demands a very broad imagination to conceive of the distances involved. There are political ... political is not an accurate term, but is one which can be understood here. In each universe there are governmental levels which govern the individual and collective universes
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
260
The androids, as you call them, are simply workers who have volunteered for this mission.
However, that is not to say there is not living or life-force in these units. These androids are responsive to your mental energies, but yet take orders or are subservient to those who are directing that particular operation in which one would find them. They are servants.
D: Are genetic experiments between humans and androids going on?
P: Not so. For there is no procreation between androids. They are not self-sustaining in nature. They are simply creations which are, through a bonding process, given a life force which reacts with and is empathic to the life-force with which they come in contact.
They are not, however, procreative.
262
D: How do androids communicate with beings on the planet Earth?
P: We would like to clarify that they do not communicate with you earthlings but with those who are their superiors.
D: Who are their superiors?
P: Those who are responsible for that particular mission in which there is an interaction. However, there are elements of awareness far above and beyond even that. It would be as if the masters of the universe are sending out these underlings who would participate in whatever mission is desired and then report back. It is much like your military structure.
D: So the androids do not communicate with people on Earth?
P: Not in the sense that there is given direction. That is to say, a human would not direct the operation. The androids do respond to human emotion, but not to the extent that they interact with the intellect.
D: Do they understand human emotion?
P: That is accurate. They are empathic."


Seth about Parallel Realities

"Dreams, "Evolution," and Value Fulfillment" by Jane Roberts

Introductory Essays by Robert F. Butts, Jane Roberts' husband

"Science has unfortunately bound up the minds of its own even most original thinkers, for they dare not stray from certain scientific principles. All energy contains consciousness. . . basically, consciousness has nothing to do with size. If that were the case, it would take more than a world-sized globe to contain the consciousness of simply one cell"...We'd chosen the entire experience, which is still continuing, of course. "You make your own reality," Seth has told us innumerable times. We agree—and that is where Jane and I diverge most sharply from the conventional establishment belief that events happen to people, instead of being created by them...Our lives have been irrevocably changed by choice—and not for the worse, either. Jane and I used our wills to intensify our focuses in certain areas. And I'm sure that as the reader works his or her way through the essays, it will become quite apparent that I wrote them just as much for Jane and me as I did for others—all in our ceaseless attempts to better understand, to grasp a bit more firmly, those mental and physical adventures that we're trying to delve into "this time around...Although she's not entirely in agreement with me on this point, I think that essentially Jane is a mystic—not an easy thing to be in our extroverted, materialistic society, for it represents a way of life that's little understood these days. It's a role she's chosen for many reasons. Mysticism is still overwhelmingly regarded as a profoundly religious expression, and one that's hardly practical, but in my opinion neither of those situations applies to Jane. Her "mystical way" is reinforced by a strongly secretive characteristic that's usually belied by her seemingly outgoing character and behavior. It took me a long time to realize this. I also had to learn that her literal cast of mind grows directly out of her mysticism, and that because it does, she can be quite impulsive. There's nothing halfway about Jane. She's intensely loyal. She's a very perceptive person with many abilities, a fine intelligence, and an excellent critical sense...Seth uses the term "value fulfillment," as in the title of this book, to imply life's greater values and characteristics—that is, we are alive not only to continue, to insure life's existence, but to add to the very quality of life itself. We do not just receive the torch of life and pass it on as one Olympic runner does to another, but we each add to that living torch or flame a power, a meaning, a quality that is uniquely our own. We do this as individuals, as members of the family, the community, and members of the species. Whenever that flame shows signs of dimming, of losing rather than gaining potential energy and desire, then danger signals appear everywhere. They show up as wars and social disorders on national scales, and as household crises, as illnesses (pause), as calamities on personal levels as well. In Dreams, "Evolution," and Value Fulfillment Seth outlines the great cosmic and private energies that in our terms once brought into existence the reality of the universe and the birth of those private, cohesive realities in which our own individual daily lives are couched (expressed). It is impossible in our time scheme to intellectually know our own potentials without trying them out, without testing them against the world's edges. We must activate our impulses and desires, try out our abilities, seek out our strengths by joyfully advancing into the given world of physical energy, physical time and space. In the development of each individual we act and reenact the startling events that brought our own universe into existence. The universe was not created in some dim past, but is newly recreated by our own thoughts, dreams, and desires—so that reality happens at all possible levels at once. And in that living endeavor we each play our part. When we hesitate, hold back, falter, when we hold back energy in the hopes of saving it, when we allow fear rather than trust to guide our activities, when the quality of our lives becomes less than we know it should be—then warnings flash. (Long pause.) One crisis after another may arise to gain our attention. This has happened in many people's lives— and so recently the same kind of warning recently appeared in my own life...Just the same, her creative abilities had immediately come to her aid. This is a good place to explain that while Jane was in the hospital neither of us ever made any attempt to "convert" the people there—doctors, nurses, technicians, say—to a belief in the Seth material. Beyond saying that Jane was a writer and that I was an artist, we told no one of our interests in life. We weren't there to impose our beliefs upon anyone else. We'd made the conscious, joint decision during a time of crisis to seek certain kinds of help from skilled practitioners in the medical field, and we were willing to learn from them, even if those people were pretty certain to have belief systems very different from ours. (Well, I should add with a touch of a smile, at least we were more willing to learn in the beginning!) Jane and I didn't know whether the doctors we did business with even knew what a trance state was. I envisioned some hilarious episodes during which Seth, speaking through Jane, would try to explain to gatherings of medical people just who he was and what he believed. Next, he'd go into what Jane and I believed, and why. Then he'd add some very pungent (sharp) remarks as to what those in his audiences believed, and why. . ."In later years it's become impossible for me to close my eyes to the multiple pressing differences that exist between Seth's explanation of the nature of reality, and of our own private experience of it. In this book, Dreams, "Evolution," and Value Fulfillment, for example, Seth portrays us as a vibrant, well-intended species—a physically attuned kind of consciousness beautifully tailored by our own cosmic ingredients to live lives of productivity, of spiritual and physical enjoyments, with each individual life in charge of its own fate and adding to the potentials of all other life as well...If life has such great potentials, as Seth maintains, if it began—and begins (and continues to begin) at such rich creative and productive levels—then why did our experience so often make it seem that we struggled against unknowing or uncaring cosmic forces, or that we were at the most so ignorant of our own source and creativity that our hands were tied, or that we were forever shut off from our natural heritage? There was no doubt that we'd been reading ourselves "wrong." There was no doubt as far as I was concerned that every one of our standard explanations for life (pause) were relatively useless now, regardless of how much they might have helped or hindered us in the past...It began to strike me that even my own physical incapacities were indeed creative ventures that appeared in my experience as bad, or limiting, or even tragic. Perhaps they were instead efforts on the part of my own explorations of value fulfillment to reorganize my life's vast energies. But instead of facing up to a considerable change in life-style, I panicked and felt myself to be almost assaulted, forced into a life that offered less and less physical freedom. So again, how did that experience fit into Seth's "Dreams, "Evolution," and Value Fulfillment"?...As far as I can see, I've been living with two sets of "facts" for some years. The old established explanations had faltered, and finally seemed almost incomprehensible, while the new explanations of Seth seemed beyond my reach, at least in certain areas—areas that were vital to physical and psychic peace. The same processes appeared in my husband Rob's life, of course, as our lives seemed to impinge into the area of man's greatest hopes, and into the opposite area of his greatest fears"...To see my wonderful, lovely wife so reduced to her present near helpless state was almost more than I could bear. Jane herself was displaying a stoicism (I'm afraid to write "acceptance") regarding her condition that I'd have found unendurable were I the one experiencing it. I reacted very badly at times, I'm afraid, alternating profound moods of despair with those of great tenderness, love, and compassion. I wanted to cry and could not. With a more painful heart I yearned for my wife to walk to me, hips innocently and joyfully swaying, as she used to do years ago, when she'd meet me every day as I left the printing company where I worked as a commercial artist. That had been shortly after we married, in 1954...just that I ached to see a resurgence of that uninhibited, unplanned joy of motion for its own sake. For now I understood that freedom of motion was at least one true reflection of an individual's (Jane's) creative potential...Remember that in the following excerpts Seth—who claims to be discarnate—calls Jane by her male "entity name," Ruburt, and thus "he" and "him." For all of your complaining (Seth told us with some humor), you understand in rather good measure the decisions and actions that motivate your lives, so that Ruburt (Jane) is more than usually aware of the manipulations that psychologically and physically lie just beneath the material usually carried by what is ordinarily called the conscious mind. Therefore, a kind of momentary gap appeared between his life and his living of it—a pause and a hesitation became obvious between his (Jane) life and what he should do with it, as his condition showed just before the hospital hiatus (inadequacy). I will help you still further understand those manipulations, for many people—most people—carry on the same kind of procedures while making important decisions as to whether or not they will continue life at any given time. But they hide the issues from themselves far more than Ruburt did...The entire issue had been going on for some time, and the argument—the argument being somewhat in the nature of a soul facing its own legislature, or perhaps standing as a jury before itself, setting its own case in a kind of private yet public psychic trial. Life decisions are often made in just such a fashion. With Ruburt they carried a psychic and physical logic and economy, being obvious at so many different levels of actuality. In such a way buried issues were forced into the light, feared weaknesses and inadequacies were actively played out where they could be properly addressed, assorted, and assessed. To whatever degree possible, given your time requirements, I will try to explain such matters. To such a degree, of course, the affair was, then, therapeutic. Ruburt is now far more willing to make certain changes in his life than he was earlier, and he sees himself more as one of a living congregation of creatures—less isolated than before, stripped down from the superperfect (subconscious) model, and therefore no more under the compulsion to live up to such a psychological bondage. (All delivered with considerable emphasis.) He (Ruburt) need not try to be the perfect self, then, the superimage—and, in fact to some extent, he found himself the supplicative (praying, asking self), knocking upon creaturehood's earthly door, as any creature who found himself wounded through misadventure might ask aid from another. He found a mixed world, one hardly black or white, one with some considerable give-and-take, in which under even the most regrettable of circumstances there was room for some action, some improvement, for some . . . creative response. The rules of the game have therefore been automatically altered. The issues are clearer, dramatically etched (eat away with acid, LM)...The arthritis situation is as I gave it (in a number of private sessions), but you are still faced with the medical interpretation of that situation, so that it is up to Ruburt to set it aside. He is returning to activity at his creative, naturally therapeutic pace, no longer afraid that he is going too fast —or will—but shown only too clearly that activity and motion represent the only safe, sane, and creative response [to life's challenges]. We do not want long drawn-out discussions of why and what exactly happened, simply to understand the dynamics of the activity. Ruburt can work with the self-image he has now. It is imperfect, but it is pliable and willing to change. There will be more. This is to give you a starter—and as always my heartiest regards to you both. ("Thank you very much, Seth. Good night.")...We were very pleased with the session. It contains a number of important clues. The arthritis diagnosis, Jane said, was the only one the medical profession could offer, given its insights arid viewpoints —but after all those years would she be able "to set it aside"? Seth has insisted all along that she doesn't have arthritis per se. Instead, according to him, Jane adopted her physical immobility as a form of protection against going too far, too fast, with her unique abilities. Yet she also used her "symptoms" to intensify her focus upon those abilities, and to reinforce the strongly secretive aspects of both of our natures. I must add, however, that these three statements represent great simplifications of very complex psychological phenomena. Equally important is Seth's suggestion that Jane no longer needs "to try to be the perfect self," even on an unconscious basis. And, frankly, I want a good amount of additional material—from Jane and from Seth—on her progress in resolving her deliberations on the merits of continuing physical life. Actually, I was amazed at the opacity of my perception. It seemed that once again I was just beginning to understand that Jane had chosen to embark upon a journey in which she would explore herself and the world in intensely physical and emotional terms—in contrast to the more intellectual ways by which she and I have usually conducted our searches, through the Seth material and our own inquiring minds. . . . I was frightened by her resolve, and by my own acquiescent participation in such a plan. And why, I wondered, did most of us, most of the time, buy our new experience and knowledge at such high prices?..."Now: the same process involving the thyroid gland has happened several times in his (Ruburt's) life, and in each of those cases it has repaired itself. If earlier, however, Ruburt had the erroneous idea that he was going too fast—or would or could—and had to restrain himself and exert caution, now he received the medical prognosis, the "physical proof" that such was not the case, and in fact that the opposite was true: He was too slow. If our words could not convince him, or his own understanding grasp the truth, then you had the "truth" uttered with all of the medical profession's authority. And if once a doctor had told him years ago how excellent was his hearing, the medical profession now told him that his slowness (his thyroid deficiency) had helped impair his hearing to an alarming degree. Moreover, here is the medication necessary—the thyroid supplement—that will right that balance. And so it will. If Ruburt once found himself imagining that he must be strong and perfect enough to help solve everyone else's problems, now he found himself relatively helpless and "undefended"—that is, his physical condition put him in such a situation. The superperfect, impractical self-image simply fell away. It could not survive such a situation. So contrary to its own beliefs, and helpless or not, Ruburt was holding his own. . . .There was a certain comradeship existing between himself and others [in the hospital]. Desires and impulses became more immediate, clearer-cut, easier to identify. The discomforts of a physical nature led to instant responses. . . . His weaknesses were out in the open, dramatically presented, and from that point, unless he chose death he could only go forward—for suddenly he felt that there was after all some room to move, that achievements were possible, where before all accomplishments seemed beside the point in the face of his expected superhuman activity. He will, then, continue to improve, because he has allowed himself some room for motion, for change of value fulfillment. Trust the body's rhythms as these changes occur, however. Going out in the yard (as Jane did this afternoon in a wheelchair, accompanied by her nurse) was an excellent case in point, important on practical and symbolic levels.In a manner of speaking, the sinful self created the superhuman self-image that demanded so much, and it encased Ruburt's body as if in concrete. Well, that image cracked and crumbled in the hospital experience, leaving Ruburt with his more native, far more realistic image of himself. It is one he can work with. Do, when you can, look over my "magical approach" material. Ruburt kept turning down his thermostat, so to speak. Now his desires and intents have set it upon a healthy, reasonable setting, and the inner processes are automatically activated to bring about the normal quickening of his body, as before his intent led to the body's automatic slowness. Knough for this evening. I bid you a fond good evening— and know that you have taken, both of you, important new strides. ("Good night, Seth," I said.)...We were very encouraged by two key points Seth had mentioned: that her thyroid gland had repaired itself before—such an event happening now would free her of dependence upon medication—and that her sinful self's superhuman image had "cracked and crumbled in the hospital experience." Those two developments could leave her body free to heal itself...But the doctor hadn't expressed any idea at all that a thyroid gland could regenerate itself..."The body finally became so desperate to free itself from that rigid sinful-self superhuman image that it took itself into the hospital for a month—even if it did almost kill itself in order to get there. . . "Jane concurred...Certainly Jane chose all of her challenges in this life, just as I did, and as we believe each person does, but a major concomitant of focusing upon certain activities involves how one copes with them (often in close cooperation with others) as the years pass. What new and original depths of feeling and idea are uncovered, layer by layer, what insights, what rebellions, and, yes, what acceptances. . . . I could write many windy pages about the mysteries of life, I suppose, and how each of us does the best we can, although often we may not understand what we're doing; but what I really want to do is simply note that in her case, fortunately, and even if she may think she's failed in certain major areas of life, Jane has achieved some remarkable insights into her own situation (as I have into mine, being her marriage partner). She's managed to do this with the help of various portions of her own personality, the Seth material, and me. Our hope is that her case can help illuminate others..."Your kind of consciousness, relatively speaking, involves some intrinsic difficulties along with spectacular potentials. You are learning how to form reality from your own beliefs, while having at the same time the freedom to choose those beliefs—to chose your mental state in a way that the animals, for example, do not. In that larger picture there are no errors, for each action, pleasant or not, will in its fashion be redeemed (repossessed), both in relationship to itself and . . . to a larger picture that the conscious mind may not be able presently to perceive."...the pursuit of eternal truths; the alliance with universal goals, the unity in spirit at least of self, whole self, and universal mind. Those goals ignite your creative powers and have (and still do) propelled you to explore all categories of existence possible, seeking to express those divine mysteries that lie within and behind each existence—yours, and mine as well. Our explorations involved no secondhand evidence handed down by others, but the direct personal encounter of our consciousness and being with the vast elements of the unknown—a meeting of the self"...I believed in the soul's survival first of all, and inspired the "creative self" to step out as freely as possible... So I maintain that I am being unfairly attacked (perhaps that is too strong a word) for personally accepting in my own understanding a philosophy to which ten millions and more have also succumbed, and to which the "wisest" of the species have given their loyalty and trust. Yet even in our [Jane's] childhood years I yearned to free us from such doctrines, to search for alternate explanations, to go where no man or woman had gone before, and to venture outside the boundaries of all official beliefs. And to me this was no play but the main challenge—to discover while within one life all life's meaning; to acquire in one life's vulnerable swiftness evidence of eternity's breadth and depth, to sniff out its extended unknown dimensions. So if in the pursuit of such goals I overdid my cautions and overreacted, it certainly was not out of malice, but in a well-meaning attempt to protect the creative self —to keep a hand of caution on its course lest the centuries of man's belief in sin carried a true weight that I shared but could not comprehend. Easy enough to discard this or that symbol of evil, but suppose all such symbols hid some deep truth, and cast some restraining base of force that in my ignorance I still did not perceive? For by this time in our experience, yours and mine, the creative self was rambunctiously (disobidiently) rushing forward, despite all the cautionary statements of many ancient and modern documents, and our books were being read by millions. . "..Our vitality wants to express itself. The whole world of nature is an irrepressible, expressible area of expansion. Old ideas of the survival of the fittest, conventional evolutionary processes, gods and goddesses, cannot hope to explain the "mystery of the universe"—but when we use our own abilities gladly and freely, we come so close to being what we are that sometimes we come close to being what the universe is. Then even our most unfortunate escapades, our most sorrowful ventures, are not deadended, but serve as doorways into a deeper comprehension and a more meaningful relationship with the universe of which we are such a vital part... It concerned the other "Seths" who are revealing themselves around the country these days. Later tonight I want to offer a little more about this overall development—but people speak for their Seths entirely without Jane's permission...And even in the most private-type sessions Seth always wound his material into more public areas, so that we have reams of unpublished (and very controversial) material dealing with the connections between one's illness and other members of the family, community relationships, and with the very belief systems that underlie all of human activity. The kinds of beliefs we have about people bring about the kinds of illnesses we encounter. That is certainly one of Seth's clearest messages. The individual is always in a state of change... And—very troublesome to me—came the repeated news that various people were "speaking for Seth" publicly, and charging hefty-enough fees. I felt that my work was being contaminated, and more, I was annoyed and disappointed by those readers who could apparently be so taken in by those other Seths. As he has said so many times, Seth speaks only through me, to protect the integrity of the material. And it is indeed that contract between him and me that always assures you of the authenticity of Seth's work...Much of this present manuscript, Dreams, "Evolution," and Value Fulfillment, deals with the development of the individual as it is primarily concerned with the development of the universe: the two are one. In man's desire to make creative adjustments, it often seems that instead he adds unfortunate blemishes to life's vitality...The particular group of young doctors I saw, the specialists, were probably the fanciest-looking dandies that Elmira has known. They were superlative-looking young men, dressed in the latest of fashions, and even in the hospital it was apparent that they were properly clothed in the finest of social mores as well. They were in their collective way like magicians, producing wonders out of the clear air, stunning you with their charming smiles and manners, trying to win you over to some strange cause. In this case it was the operation cause...I may consider the notion of my larger, nonphysical "whole self" or "entity" being made up of a number of other psychically related physical selves projected into time. For Seth, basically there is no time, only a great "spacious present" that's a manifestation of a sublime, indescribable All That Is. Our gross physical senses, and indeed our very bodies, insist upon interpreting the spacious present in linear terms, however— through the inevitable processes of birth, aging, and death—so to help us get his point here Seth advances his ideas of reincarnational selves and counterpart selves in ways we can understand sensually. He tells us that our reincarnational selves explore the past, present, and future—but basically all at once, since time as he defines it is simultaneous. I've written before that as physical creatures we're always going to find the contradictory notion of "simultaneous time" hard to comprehend, intellectually at least...Seth referred to the conventional, culturally instilled fear of death that most of us carry, of course. Surely one's death to come is a much more personal and penetrating prospect—a much more frightening one—than "facing" any past-life deaths one may encounter: those deaths have already happened!..When Seth tells us that his last physical life was in Denmark in the 1600s, then Jane and I represent future physical selves of his. I put it this way because Seth himself has commented that the three of us are "offshoots of the same entity"...Yet we are all of us different now: "Ruburt (Jane) is not myself now, in his present life. He is nevertheless an extension and materialization of the Seth that I was at one time."...Within the context of my discussion, reincarnation is Seth's historical version of his counterpart concept, which is that each of us is physically connected with certain other males and females who are living at the same time we are, and who are exploring physical life from a variety of viewpoints in ways that no one physical self could possibly match. This means that each reincarnational self has its own cluster of counterpart selves within its own time period, and that all are interconnected on nonphysical levels, joining together like magical gears meshing in constantly changing patterns across time and reality. And once one understands ideas of reincarnation and counterparts in these terms, it becomes difficult to think of one without the other, so inevitable do they appear to be. (Obviously, some counterpart selves can meet physically, as reincarnational selves cannot. Under circumstances and in ways explained in Volume 2 of "Unknown" Reality, again, Jane and I think we've encountered a few of our counterpart selves. Just for fun, try to imagine the complicated relationships that can obtain within only a family of five, say, when each member exists within his or her much larger family of reincarnational and counterpart selves.Jane and I do feel sure, however, that the experiences of our current lifetimes have so many psychic and physical ramifications (offshoots) that their numbers are literally beyond our grasp—and that many of those developments are certain to be quite "alien" to us here in our own everyday realities. (All of this applies to everyone, of course.) I don't really think we can conceive of anything to be truly "alien," though, so I use the word here only to lead into the next of Seth's larger concepts that I want to mention: that of probable realities, or probabilities, as Jane and I usually say. Not only does Seth stress the constant psychic motion of reincarnational and counterpart selves upon this earth we know—but he also tells us that each of those selves can move into other or parallel realities.
I quote him from Session 681 in Volume 1 of "Unknown" Reality:
"All probable worlds exist now. All probable variations on the most minute aspect in any reality exist now. You weave in and out of probabilities constantly, picking and choosing as you go along. The cells within your body do the same thing. So if Jane undergoes illness in this reality, in another she does not— but in between those extremes she also explores all stages of her illness in a series of probable universes, flashing among them in "no time at all," basically. . . . In some of those realitites I accompany her in various relationships. In others / am the one who becomes ill! In some I don't even physically coexist with her. But as Seth has said, since I live with her in this probable reality from which I write, then my existence is always at least probable within any of her realities. The same applies to me from Jane's standpoint. And although Seth hasn't said so yet (that I remember), I also think that within the spontaneous plan of probable realities each of us—anyone, that is—explores all aspects of sexuality and parenthood at the same time. Within the idea of probable realities, then, there are in number 66 able opportunities for redemption to take place, between or among creatures—or even between or among ideas—and in all manner of ways. In how many ways? Seth remarked a long time ago that we humans can at least approach the notion of infinity by considering the ramifications inherent within probabilities..."

Sound, Brain Waves and Dimensions
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_oDdpSr0dTk&feature=related

The 11 Dimensions of Reality

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pO0kikKcjuM&feature=related



How We Create Universes

The fact, that you are reading this website, is showing, that you have a higher Awareness, than an average person. For you the subject of the Creation of Universes will be very interesting. For religious people, that would be another hard blow.
We all have been wondering for many years: how  Universes, Suns, Planets and life on them were created and now we have some explanation. Dolores Cannon included that fascinating topic in her book 3 of "The Convoluted Universe" trilogy, Chapter 25, called "A Different Law of Creation and Physics", p. 417- 424:

D (Dolores): What did you talk about?
I (Irene, the client): Universes, Multiverse. Much, much work to do. Much Balancing, much Creation.
D: You felt you couldn't create from the beautiful place, from Home?
I: Oh, no. It's not the same. Creation starts from there, but simply to create is not enough. One must also experience, and that is what we have to do. Not only to create, but to then go and to experience to bring that back. It's not bad if you can take others with you. For some of us have chosen to go together, and others, apart. It's a learning. It is like starting in a large group, and as you build your strength, you can learn when it's time for you to branch off, and go into others, and do other creations. There are so many, so many.
D: So in the beginning, it is easier to separate from the Home (from the Source of All Life! LM), if you have others to go with you. (Yes, yes) Do you know where you have to go?
I: To the red Planet first.
D: Why did you choose that Planet?
I: The color red needed to be created first. It's the vibration, as it were, of a red Planet, yes.
D: Was the Planet already created or did you help to create it?
I: We took the color Red. We created that vibration for the color Red. We made that. 
(Color Red is one of the lowest and negative vibrations in Color Spectrum! LM)!
D: And Red was important to be the first one?
I: Yes, it was for our work. We had to do the Red first. Others did the Green and some did Yellow. Each group created a different color.
D: Were there no colors before that?
I: There were all, all, all the White Color. All.
(That's how white Loosh/Love or White Sun Energy of Balance, that we are creating on this Planet, looks like. On other levels White Sun Light is used to create different colored Universes. For more info, please, read R.Monroe information on his link :   Robert Monroe info  , LM).

D: Oh, the light. (Yes) So you created colors out of the light. (only out of White Sun Light ! LM)
I: Yes, we took them.
D: And each group decided they wanted to concentrate on a different color?
I: Oh, there are so many! It's quite beautiful!
D: Then what did you do once you created the color red? (color Red is one of the lowest and negative vibrations! LM)!

I: Then we could create other things there; other creations. We could experiment. We could play.
D: I'm trying to understand. Each one did it with their own colors? (Yes) And you could play, you could create anything you want. (Yes) And you are given permission to do these things?
I: It's sort of an agreement thing, we all agreed to do this work, so maybe permission is not the word.
D: But before that, there was nothing there?

I: There was all; all in potential, all that is. All always has been, it just was in another form:
Light. (White Sun Light, LM). It's not like there wasn't anything.
D: And light contained everything that could possibly be? Would that be a way to say it?
I: Yes.

- I don't like it over here on the red one. I'm leaving that one. It's a little dense. We were only creating with red, see? Red's not as fast a vibration. It was okay. I wanted to see what it would be like.
D: What did you create out of the red?
I: A universe.
D: Oh! A universe would be quite large, wouldn't it?
I: Pffft ! Not really. We all created our universes. You like that word here: "universe". Silly word. So we created one, and we could have what we wanted in it. The whole idea was to create all these different colors, like this universe is. And not just basic colors. It's iridescent (rainbow like colors, LM) and sparkly, with all colors, but yet not colors. It turns one way and it's one color, and it turns another way and it's another color. To create as many, as we could out of this light. Oh, there is so, so many! But you know, I sort of get bored, so I don't stay too long in any of them. I like to start doing and then take off and go over to some of the other ones.
D: Does the group go with you?
I: Some did, and some liked that, so they stayed. This is when we started splitting off.
D: What do you put in the universe after you make it?
I: It's up to whoever is doing it. You can do all sorts of things. You can do like they do in this one, with the planets. But they don't have to be round like they are here. They can be anything. They can be all shapes and forms. And then they all have a vibration. So you have the vibration of the shape. And then they all have their sound.
D: Each one has a sound?
I: Oh, yes. Some have more than one. And if they get near one another, they make another sound. That's the fun part.


(It sounds like "music of the spheres" Alex Collier mentioned. LM)


D: So you never know what it's going to turn out like? It's a surprise.
I: Yes. It's fun. That's the fun part.
D: I thought  there were Laws of the Universes, that things had to be shaped a certain way.

I: Maybe in this Universe, but not in those.
D: (Laugh) So they can be any shape you want.
I: Of course.
D: Do they make the sound by themselves, or do you create those?
I: Oh, of course, we create them, we're doing it all. So, yes, we do them. But see, when we make the shapes, we're not exactly positive how the sound's going to be. We put in sound. We play with it, tweak (twist, pinch) it ...It's because the two sounds come together and make a new sound.
D: It makes music then? (Yes) But you said you didn't like the red one after you created it ?
I: Well, I tend to get a little bored. It's not that there was anything wrong with it. I was just done with it. The color of the vibration was kind of dense. We did the sound to help with that. And that helped, it really helped. But you know, just all red? When you've been with it, it was a bit too much.
D: So after you make the planets, do you make anything on the planets? Or do you go that far?
I: It depends. In some of them, you create things; in some of them you don't. It depends. Like with the red one, helped create the red, helped create the shapes, the sound, the movement patterns of the shapes within the Universes. They are all different patterns because the different patterns can make different sounds.
D: You mean the way they move and rotate?
I: Well, they don't exactly all rotate. That's here, this universe. In another one, they would do figure eight things, and spinning. It's not the same...
D: There is no law of physics? That things have to perform to a certain rule?
I: The red rule, yes. But the red rule isn't the same as the pink rule, or the orange rule, or the green rule, or the ... no. As long as they don't interfere or harm any others, each can have their own rules.

The basic laws of free will and non-interference extend to planets and universes.

D: So the planets can move and rotate any way they want. Is that what you mean?
I: No. The red planets have to follow the red rules, and the orange planets follow the orange rules, and the iridescent planets follow the iridescent rules. And then when they all come anywhere near each other - because you know they all kind of interact - and depending on their vibration, you can have them right overlapping one another. Just as long, as they're not going to interfere with each other.
D: So there are some rules of creation anyway. But then, if you get tired of that and want to go somewhere else, does that universe just evaporate and collapse? Or does it remain?
I: Oh, no, It's there, because others stayed with it. Initially, there was a whole group of us that wanted to create, and different groups created different colors. And different groups could choose to stay with that color for a while and continue to develop that. And then experience life, as it were, there. Or they could split off and go other places. For some were meant to be strictly in that red realm and to experience that to its full extent. While others are meant to go around and experience some of each; or just some of some.
D: So as long as some of the group remains, then the universe remains? (Yes) It doesn't just dissipate. I thought maybe you created, and then it would evaporate again.

That was the way it was explained in another chapter, where the Beings were allowed to practice creating, and if it didn't turn out the way they wanted, it would dissipate. This was done in a certain place especially reserved for doing this, the practicing, the playing with the energy, until it could be mastered. Then it wouldn't interfere with anything else.

I: Some could if you so choose. But no, for the most part they all stay.
D: But then you can also put life and creatures on these planets, if you want to?
I: Those, that stayed, could do that. Or you could go around and be a creator of the beginnings of all. And some would stay longer and create more, and then leave. Or some got so wrapped up in creation, they just stayed and stayed, until they experienced all that they were to experience.
D: You mean, in the beginning, they created everything, that was on the worlds?
I: They did it gradually, those, that stayed. I didn't stay. I would go on.
D: But they do create everything, that's on the Planet: the plants, the waters?
I: Right. They would create everything, that would make those planets, yes. And in some, everything was red. In the red, always red. The creatures were red. They didn't have plants in the red Universes. It wasn't needed.
D: But if they created animals, or creatures, did they decide to experience those creatures? Or did they just take care of the creation of them?
I: They didn't look like you think of creatures.
D: Tell me about it.
I: On the reds, it was more...Okay, think of a stingray on Earth. Now make it transparent and elongated. And then put, like, an oval in the middle of it. There were some like that, that could roam the surface.
D: They just used their imagination to create anything they wanted? (Yes) Then what kept these creatures alive after they were created?
I: In the red, it was simply the atmosphere. They had no ingestion. They didn't take in food and let out waste. They just were. They just existed. They just experienced.
D: So they didn't need a spark of life in them?
I: They were a spark of life. They were independent.
D: I am trying to understand and compare it with what we know on Earth. We think, that they have to have a spark of life within them to keep them alive.
I: They are the spark.
D: Does this mean they did eventually die?
I: Yes. They didn't have a way of making more.
D: I see. They couldn't procreate. (no) Then the Planet would be dead again, wouldn't it? (Yes) Then what happens after that?
I: I didn't stay there. I don't know. I left about then.
D: Where did you decide to go?
I: I'm roaming.
D: So you are not with that group anymore?
I: Right. I've always been the curious one. I like to see what's going on.
D: Where do you decide to go next?
I: Into a cilium.

I have no idea what that is. The closest the dictionary comes is: cilia in biology.

D: What is that?
I: I'm not quite sure. It looks like a pyramid in a pyramid with one corner of it leaking off and curving down.
424
D: You didn't have a desire to go into another color?
I: No, I was called to a cilium.
D: Who calls you?
I: A cilium called me. I was needed there.
D: I was wondering if someone tells you what to do.
I: No, you just know.

Parallel Universes



Color Levels of Fabric of Time with Portals or wormholes, through which Parallel Universes, with Galaxies in them, connect with each other



2 different Galaxies (or Parallel Universes) and 2 different Galactic (or Universal) Levels: one is on above picture (7 forms of Matter of 7 Color frequencies), another one is on the picture below
(8
forms of Matter of 8 Color frequencies)



On the above picture is more advanced Galactic Level: it has 8 forms of Matter, instead of usual 7, the 8th frequency is Magenta (dark pink)! Milky Way Galaxy is more advanced and it has Magenta Color Frequency, but after mixing with Andromeda Galaxy, the combination of 2 Galaxies seems to lose Magenta Level (a temporal step down in evolution) ! The same is happening with all Parallel Universes:
after Mixing 2 Parallel Universes, it levels them up and this combination results in a step down in evolution (temporary)!








The above picture is showing how the different Levels (Color Frequencies) of Fabric of Time of different Parallel Universes have been mixing with each other

Some of the material Alex Collier wrote in 90's are connected to the materials, written by Dolores Cannon:

New Type of Souls Appearing in the Universe

"....New Souls have also appeared that have an Awareness beyond anything known in our Universe. My understanding is
that a lot of this information comes from beings in higher dimensions (densities) that are talking with the Andromedans about what they are going through. These new souls have not made contact with any being yet, but according to the Andromedans these new Souls are in an observational mode. There is no name given to them yet. Because nobody knows, what they are..." (they helped to organize the 12th Level of Consciousness, LM).

Consciousness Evolvement Rate Increased Tenfold

"Because of this new frequency, evolvement of Consciousness has been sped up almost tenfold from its normal rate of
Evolution. A lot of you, I'm sure, are experiencing things moving very quickly on all kinds of Consciousness levels."

New Frequency Has Purpose and Direction

"This new frequency does not carry a Balance of ositive and neNgative polarity, which also implies a specific purpose
and direction. What that is at present unknown."

Four Other (Parallel) Universes Are Experiencing The Same Thing

"This frequency and density shifting is also happening in four other Universes at the same time it is happening here." -
Alex Collier

 UNIVERSE-ANTIVERSE-MULTIVERSE


There is some material about Parallel Universes in Dolores Cannon's "Convoluted Universe" , book 1, chapter 11, "Parallel Universes" . Here is an extract from it:


"...B: Sometimes they don’t even notice that. Sometimes they just notice something, for example, some particular building that exists in their universe. And they notice that one day they’re walking and there is no building and has never been a building there. A few days later they notice there’s a building there again. And by this way they would know they were temporarily in another universe where there had not been a building built where there had been in their universe.
D: In other words, they’re not absolutely identical.
B: Right. They’re never absolutely identical. There’s always at least one thing different. And that one thing being different is enough to make a different universe. Sometimes it may be as small as a grain of sand being positioned differently on a beach, to be sufficient for it to be a different universe. And what makes it even more complex is that there are always new universes being created. For every action that is done, there is more than one possible outcome. In your universe one outcome is realized, but all the energy of the other outcomes have to go somewhere. And so these other different outcomes that were not realized in your universe, cause another universe to come into being that’s practically identical to your universe, except that this particular outcome is different. And from there the universe continues to develop in its own direction.
D: You mean one person can cause this to happen? Or does it have to be many people?
B: No, just one person. Anything. It happens all the time. The gigantic cosmos is continuously growing. And it’s infinitely complex, to where one mind cannot grasp it...."

The Universe and Multiple Realities

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ciencia/ciencia_multiverse04.htm

by M.R. Franks

2003

from ManyUniverses Website

 

What are Parallel Universes?

Recent discoveries in quantum physics (the study of the physics of sub-atomic particles) and in cosmology (the branch of astronomy and astrophysics that deals with the universe taken as a whole) shed new light on how mind interacts with matter. These discoveries compel acceptance of the idea that there is far more than just one universe and that we constantly interact with many of these “hidden” universes.

What is needed is a resource that explains in understandable, non-mathematical terms everything from the big bang hypothesis to morphogenetic fields to Bell's Theorem to the Aspect experiment.

Such a resource now exists
.



The Universe and Multiple Realities

“There is no one reality. Each of us lives in a separate universe. That's not speaking metaphorically. This is the hypothesis of the stark nature of reality suggested by recent developments in quantum physics. Reality in a dynamic universe is non-objective. Consciousness is the only reality.”

With those words, M.R. Franks, a life member of the Royal Astronomical Society of Canada, a member of that organization since high school, and also a law professor, begins his new book, The Universe and Multiple Reality.

Unfortunately, most books on parallel universes and quantum cosmology are written in language that an ordinary intelligent person cannot understand. Discover the fascinating nature of the universe in which we live and the exact processes by which mind interacts with matter at the quantum level. Understand parallel universes, multiple reality, and the hypotheses advanced by scientists such as Hugh Everett, Bryce DeWitt, David Deutsch and others.

The Universe and Multiple Reality presents an understandable view of parallel universes and quantum physics––and explains what this means in our daily lives.

The Universe and Multiple Reality explains to the non-scientist reader in understandable, non-mathematical language the paradox of Schrödinger's Cat, the two-slit experiment, and recent developments in quantum physics and cosmology.

There are a great many other books on “parallel universes,” on quantum physics and multiple reality––but none that offers an understandable model of how minds interact with multiple realities at the quantum level to produce palpable physical effects including paranormal phenomena.



CHAPTER ONE
Postulate One

Every conceivable energy state exists
There is no one reality. Each of us lives in a separate universe. That's not speaking metaphorically. This is the hypothesis of the stark nature of reality suggested by recent developments in quantum physics. Reality in a dynamic universe is non-objective. Consciousness is the only reality.

The purpose of this short book is to suggest a model for quantum superposition of realities, the better to visualize how these quantum effects "leak out" into the macroworld and indeed define it.

This first postulate simply asks us to assume that every possible arrangement of matter and energy consistent with the laws of quantum physics exists. This postulate asks us to assume, among other things, that a universe exists "right now" somewhere that differs from our own only in that one electron on one remote planet of one distant star in, say, the Andromeda Galaxy is in a less excited energy state.

 

Another universe exists that differs from the present universe only in that one photon, of all the photons in the room where this book is being read, is positioned exactly one Ångström unit to the left. Another universe exists in which the earth has two natural moons. Another universe exists in which there is no planet earth. Another exists in which Elizabeth Taylor has brown eyes. Another exists in which George Washington has a wart on his nose.

If a universe can be imagined, it exists.

 

The late Sir James Jeans, the great British astronomer, was among the first scientists to recognize the universe as a creature of imagination.

 

He wrote in 1932:

To-day there is a wide measure of agreement, which on the physical side of science approaches almost to unanimity, that the stream of knowledge is heading towards a non-mechanical reality; the universe begins to look more like a great thought than like a great machine. Mind no longer appears as an accidental intruder into the realm of matter; we are beginning to suspect that we ought rather to hail it as the creator and governor of the realm of matter - not of course our individual minds, but the mind in which the atoms out of which our individual minds have grown exist as thoughts.

This new knowledge compels us to revise our hasty first impression that we had stumbled into a universe which either did not concern itself with life or was actively hostile to life.

Indeed, every conceivable arrangement of matter and energy, however improbable, is postulated to exist as a separate universe.

These universes are, however, static––not dynamic. Dynamic concepts of energy and of motion and of time and of change with time have not yet been introduced into this discussion. While every conceivable arrangement of quarks, gluons, subatomic particles, atoms, molecules, photons and energy that could possibly be imagined is assumed to exist, this first postulate asks us only to assume that each such arrangement exists in a frozen state for all eternity.

 

Each of these imagined universes is eternally like an ice palace or like a still frame in a reel of motion picture footage. The frame exists forever simply because it is capable of being imagined, and because nature abhors a vacuum.

This suggestion is not entirely strange to quantum cosmology. Hugh Everett first postulated "parallel universes" in 1957.

 

David Deutsch, a research fellow at the Department of Astrophysics, Oxford, and a professor at the University of Texas, tells us:

I think it's safe to say that there is a very large, probably infinite, number of these universes. Many of them are very different from ours, but some of them differ only in some minute detail like the position of a book on a table, and are identical in every other respect.

Davies and Brown tell us:

If the many-universes theory were correct, however, the seemingly contrived organization of the cosmos would be no mystery. We could safely assume that all possible arrangements of matter and energy are represented somewhere among the infinite ensemble of universes. Only in a minute proportion of the total would things be arranged so precisely that living organisms, hence observers, arise. Consequently, it is only that very atypical fraction that ever get observed. In short, our universe is remarkable because we have selected it by our own existence! 

Notice, however, that while Everett, DeWitt, Deutsch and others postulate an infinity of universes, each of their postulated universes is dynamic, moving, changing.

 

Bryce DeWitt of the University of Texas tells us that under this theory,

"every quantum transition taking place on every star, in every galaxy, in every remote corner of the universe is splitting our local world into myriads of copies of itself. Here is schizophrenia with a vengeance!"

There can be no doubt that these pioneers envision multiple worlds that are dynamic, moving and changing.

P.C.W. Davies and J.R. Brown speak of the imaginary experiment involving Schrödinger's cat, so named for the physicist Erwin Schrödinger who first conjured up the idea in 1935. In this thought experiment a cat is placed in a box.

 

A quantum event determines whether this imaginary cat is poisoned or not. Perhaps a Geiger counter is arranged to count the number of particles encountered in a defined time period, and if the count is odd, a hammer is tripped and a glass vial's deadly contents are inflicted on the cat. If the count is even, the cat is allowed to live. However the situation may be arranged, it is arranged so that a quantum event determines the cat's fate.

Quantum physics tells us that upon the happening of the event the cat goes into two superimposed states, one of being half alive and the other of being half dead. Only when the human experimenter arrives later to look into the box does objective reality "collapse" in upon the events. And then that reality instantly collapses back retroactively to the time of the fateful event.

 

Speaking of this, Davies and Brown tell us:

According to Everett the transition occurs because the universe splits into two copies, one containing a live cat and the other a dead cat. Both universes contain one copy of the experimenter too, each of whom thinks he is unique. In general, if a quantum system is in a superposition of, say, n quantum states, then, on measurement, the universe will split into n copies. In most cases, n is infinite. Hence we must accept that there are actually an infinity of 'parallel worlds' co-existing alongside the one we see at any instant. Moreover, there are an infinity of individuals, more or less identical with each of us, inhabiting these worlds. It is a bizarre thought.

In Everett's view, because each of these worlds is dynamic, the live cat goes on living in the one world, while in the other world someone presumably takes the carcass out of the box and buries it.

David Deutsch tells us that Everett's universes all are "changing in content."

The present postulate differs from their thinking in that here each of the postulated universes is absolutely static, frozen, unchanging.
 
A Scientific Explanation for the Paranormal

The Universe and Multiple Reality

“There is no one reality. Each of us lives in a separate universe. That's not speaking metaphorically. This is the hypothesis of the stark nature of reality suggested by recent developments in quantum physics. Reality in a dynamic universe is non-objective. Consciousness is the only reality.”

With those words, M.R. Franks, a life member of the Royal Astronomical Society of Canada who has belonged to that organization since high school, begins his new book, The Universe and Multiple Reality.

What is multiple reality? How do parallel universes interconnect? What are the exact processes by which mind interacts with matter at the quantum level? Those are the questions that Franks, a law professor, tackles in his book as he explains the physics of miracles and of paranormal phenomena such as ESP and telepathy.

Franks explains that recent discoveries in quantum physics (the study of the physics of sub-atomic particles) and in cosmology (the branch of astronomy and astrophysics that deals with the universe taken as a whole) shed new light on how mind interacts with matter. These discoveries compel acceptance of the idea that there is far more than just one universe and that we constantly interact with many of these “hidden” universes.

Professor Franks says he feels it is unfortunate that most books on parallel universes and quantum cosmology are written in language that an ordinary intelligent person cannot understand.

 

What he felt was needed is an understandable, non-mathematical source that explains the concept of parallel universes and its relationship to perceived reality—a source that brings together the contributions of such greats as David Deutsch, Albert Einstein, Hugh Everett, Stephen Hawking, and John Wheeler.

“I wanted to fill the need,” the author says, “for an understandable source that makes clear the concept of parallel universes, multiple reality, and the nature of the multiverse or superuniverse. We talk about miracles, time travel, faith healing, and mental telepathy and how the latest scientific discoveries explain how these phenomena work.”

Franks promises that The Universe and Multiple Reality will enable the average intelligent reader to understand parallel universes, multiple reality, and the latest hypotheses advanced by scientists. It will also give insight into the paranormal and the miraculous.

The author claims that just about anyone can easily learn the nature of the universe in which we live and the exact processes by which mind interacts with matter at the quantum level.

 

The theory also explains the mechanics of faith healing, the power of prayer, and even witchcraft and voodoo.

“I have presented a view, understandable to the non-scientist reader, of parallel universes and the latest developments in quantum physics—and I explain what this means in our daily lives,” says the author.

“The Universe and Multiple Reality breaks new ground. There are a great many books on parallel universes, on quantum physics and multiple reality—but none that proffers an understandable theory on how the human mind interacts with multiple realities at the quantum level to produce palpable physical effects,” claims Professor Franks.

The author feels this book is a must for any intelligent person curious about the place their mind holds in the cosmic scheme of things.



Hear Professor M. R. Franks

Beyond the Ordinary is a program originating from Radio Station KRSE in Washington and heard worldwide via the Internet.

On 25 March 2004, and invited back many times, most recently on 3 February 2006, hosts Nancy Lorenz and Elena Young interviewed the author, Professor M. R. Franks, devoting a full hour each time to his groundbreaking book, The Universe and Multiple Reality. The fourth interview, conducted on 22 November 2004, was on the forty-first anniversary of the assassination of President John Fitzgerald Kennedy. The subject of that one interview was the assassinations of President John Fitzgerald Kennedy and Rev. Martin Luther King, Jr.

To hear 4 interviews on multiple reality with M.R.Franks go on his website.

This extracts are coming from the book written by M.R.Franks, called "The Universe and Multiple Reality", p.2-4 :

"If a universe can be imagined, it exists.  The late Sir James Jeans, the great British astronomer, was among the first scientists to recognize the universe as a creature of imagination.  He wrote in 1932:

To-day there is a wide measure of agreement, which on the physical side of science approaches almost to unanimity, that the stream of knowledge is heading towards a non-mechanical reality; the universe begins to look more like a great thought than like a great machine.  Mind no longer appears as an accidental intruder into the realm of matter; we are beginning to suspect that we ought rather to hail (greet) it as the creator and governor of the realm of matter - not of course our individual minds, but the mind in which the atoms out of which our individual minds have grown exist as thoughts.
This new knowledge compels us to revise our hasty first impression that we had stumbled into a universe which either did not concern itself with life or was actively hostile to life.
Indeed, every conceivable arrangement of matter and energy, however improbable, is postulated to exist as a separate universe. These universes are, however, static––not dynamic.  Dynamic concepts of energy and of motion and of time and of change with time have not yet been introduced into this discussion.  While every conceivable arrangement of quarks, gluons, subatomic particles, atoms, molecules, photons and energy that could possibly be imagined is assumed to exist, this first postulate asks us only to assume that each such arrangement exists in a frozen state for all eternity.  Each of these imagined universes is eternally like an ice palace or like a still frame in a reel of motion picture footage.  The frame exists forever simply because it is capable of being imagined, and because nature abhors a vacuum. This suggestion is not entirely strange to quantum cosmology.  Hugh Everett first postulated "parallel universes" in 1957. David Deutsch, a research fellow at the Department of Astrophysics, Oxford, and a professor at the University of Texas, tells us:

I think it's safe to say that there is a very large, probably infinite, number of these universes.  Many of them are very different from ours, but some of them differ only in some minute detail like the position of a book on a table, and are identical in every other respect.

Davies and Brown tell us:

If the many-universes theory were correct, however, the seemingly contrived organization of the cosmos would be no mystery.  We could safely assume that all possible arrangements of matter and energy are represented somewhere among the infinite ensemble of universes.  Only in a minute proportion of the total would things be arranged so precisely that living organisms, hence observers, arise.  Consequently, it is only that very atypical fraction that ever get observed. In short, our universe is remarkable because we have selected it by our own existence!

Notice, however, that while Everett, DeWitt, Deutsch and others postulate an infinity of universes, each of their postulated universes is dynamic, moving, changing.  Bryce DeWitt of the University of Texas tells us that under this theory "every quantum transition taking place on every star, in every galaxy, in every remote corner of the universe is splitting our local world into myriads of copies of itself... 
There can be no doubt that these pioneers envision multiple worlds that are dynamic, moving and changing.

According to Everett the transition occurs because the universe splits into two copies, one containing a live cat and the other a dead cat.  Both universes contain one copy of the experimenter too, each of whom thinks he is unique.  In general, if a quantum system is in a superposition of, say, n quantum states, then, on measurement, the universe will split into n copies.  In most cases, n is infinite.  Hence we must accept that there are actually an infinity of 'parallel worlds' co-existing alongside the one we see at any instant.  Moreover, there are an infinity of individuals, more or less identical with each of us, inhabiting these worlds.  It is a bizarre thought.

David Deutsch tells us that Everett's universes all are "changing in content..."

THE UNIVERSE AND MULTIPLE REALITY

Pages 21-22
The pioneers of the many-worlds hypothesis do not see it this way. Just as they envision multiple worlds that are dynamic and not static, so too do they envision multiple consciousnesses. Paul Davies tells us:

Not only our bodies, but our brains and, presumably, our consciousness is being repeatedly multiplied, each copy becoming a thinking, feeling human being inhabiting another universe much like the one we see around us.
The idea of one’s own body and consciousness being split into billions upon billions of copies is somewhat startling to say the least, yet the proponents of this theory have argued that the splitting process is quite unobservable, because the replicated consciousness cannot communicate in any way with its siblings. In fact, the separate worlds of superspace are all completely disconnected from each other as far as communication is concerned....
..... So what starts out at birth as one consciousness multiplies countless billionfolds by death.

David Deutsch writes in The Fabric of Reality that “each copy of us can directly perceive only one universe".


******************************************************

How Does the Paranormal Work?

http://www.magicalmiracles.com/
Paranormal phenomena definitely are real. We are talking about ESP or the ability of the human mind to perceive thoughts, events or situations at a distance with no apparent physical connection, as well as telekinesis, precognition, premonition, remote viewing, and other psychic phenomena. Numerous double-blind experiments confirm the existence of a "psi" or psychic factor.  But why is it that paranormal events happen?  And how does the paranormal operate?There are a great many writings on both sides of the question of whether the paranormal even exists.  But few books say anything on why the paranormal works.  Just how do paranormal events occur? Recent discoveries in quantum physics (the study of the physics of sub-atomic particles) and in cosmology (the branch of astronomy and astrophysics that deals with the universe taken as a whole) shed much light on how mind interacts with the universe.  These discoveries compel acceptance of the idea that there is far more than just one universe and that we constantly interact with many of these "hidden" universes. Unfortunately, most books on quantum cosmology are written in language that an ordinary intelligent person cannot understand.  Moreover, many if not most scientists are in a state of denial of anything paranormal.  They are blind to the paranormal and simply cannot see the obvious logical conclusions of their own discoveries. What is needed is an understandable source that explains those relevant concepts of quantum physics and cosmology which reveal the exact process by which paranormal experiences work.  Schrödinger's Cat, parallel universes, the many-worlds hypothesis, and their relationship to perceived reality are all relevant.  These issues were touched upon in the recent and excellent movie, What the Bleep Do We Know.  But to make matters clear, what is needed is a source that brings together the contributions of such greats as

Alain Aspect (the Aspect experiment)
John Stewart Bell (Bell's Theorem)
David Bohm
David Deutsch
Bryce DeWitt
Sir John Eccles
Albert Einstein
Hugh Everett
Stephen Hawking
Douglas Hofstadter
Fred Hoyle
Julian Jaynes
Sir James Jeans
Carl Jung
Subhash Kak
Sir Charles Lyell
Hermann Minkowski
Karl Pribram
Rupert Sheldrake
Neil Sloane
John Wheeler

************************************

The Multiverse
by William Hamilton
from AstroSciences Website (http://www.astrosciences.info/)

(Also http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/sociopol_signtimes08a.htm)
 
Introduction

 New concepts and theories of Cosmology postulate multiple universes and multiple dimensions that give the universe its structure. However, the concept of a Multiverse is not new. Ancient Sanskrit and Chinese texts discuss the Multiverse.

“According to Vedic Cosmology, there are countless universes, which are clustered together like foam on the surface of the Causal Ocean. The universes are separated from each other by the shell that envelopes each universe. Although the universes are clustered together, interactions between the universes are impossible. Each universe is completely protected by an enormous shell. Thus, each universe has a boundary. The universe is ball shaped and surrounded by an eight-fold shell.

 This shell is composed of primeval material elements in their most subtle manifestation. The shell consists of eight spherical layers in which each successive material element is manifested and stored. If we penetrate the universal shell consisting of these eight spherical layers, we will enter the universal globe and find a hollow region containing all the inhabited planets. “ (1)

The newest theory in physics is string, superstring, and M-theory. The new theories use extra dimensions of space beyond the three we are familiar with, but the 6 extra dimensions are not observable as they are compactified to such small dimensions, curled up in a tiny space less than the Planck length.


However, M-theory, an integration of string theories and beyond postulates extra extended dimensions like our familiar universe. The branes that compose a universe may come in multiples and interact with each other according to some theorists. It is even possible that these branes are spherical and compose shells as pictured in ancient Vedic Cosmology.

These strings can vibrate with different frequencies, and in so doing they create different types of particles. That's comparable to plucking a guitar to generate different notes. When physicists play the music of the cosmos, the faster a string vibrates, the more massive, or energetic, the particle created.

Whether M-theory will turn out as a unified theory will probably depend on the accuracies of its predictions and whether the theory is internally consistent and a reflection of physical processes. The idea of matter frequencies is not new and may give us some insight on another way to view the existence of multiple universes.

 Time:
 
Time is an elusive concept. We speak of the past, present, and future. Our memories confirm the existence of a past world, and our imaginations envision the future. The present is ever fleeting and cannot be caught. We know time subjectively and we measure its passage by the ticking clock, but what is time?

Time seems to be the persistence of space, energy, and matter. We measure this persistence by periodic motions. Any particle or planet that has a regular periodic motion can serve as a clock for the measuring of time. We consider the diurnal rotation of the earth as marking a day and we have arbitrarily divided the day into 24 hours.

We know that the rate of time changes with velocity according to the Special Theory of Relativity and at extremely high velocities we can determine the dilation of a second of time using the relativistic equation. 

In the relativistic equations time is a fourth dimension. Could there be another dimension to time? Some physicists think so, but this leads to further paradoxes.

If we look at how we use time in physics, in units of seconds as determined by the vibration of atoms, then we are treating the vibration as a constant with a fixed period. What if there is a fundamental vibration? A string in M-theory has different modes and frequencies of vibration. Whether a string or ring, these vibrations can determine the character of fundamental physical particles. What if there were vibrations out of phase with our universe? Would they be detected? Could a time frequency define a universe?

Other than an extra extended spatial dimension for another universe, the possibility of frequency universes may also be a hypothesis that could ultimately be tested and allow for communication between universes.

One of the fundamental frequencies that can be attributed to sub-atomic particles is spin frequency. If we combine the energy of a photon and the energy of mass we could derive a spin frequency equation:

F = mc2/h

In this equation h refers to Planck’s constant. Both c and h contain units of time.

If these spin rates vary, it is possible that such matter will not interact with photons and thus be invisible from our perspective. Just like a spinning fan which speeds up until one can no longer see reflection from the blades.

This is conjecture at this point and experiments on changing spin frequency of elementary particles are not something our scientists have a handle on at present. Anecdotal stories of spectral sights that are seen in moments of psychic vision seem to imply the existence of invisible worlds. Metaphysical tradition states that these other worlds are vibrating faster than the world we sense. This is one possibility which can be modeled.
 
Space:

The extension of objects in space is something that is also fundamental to physics and most hyperdimensional physical theories, such as the Kaluza-Klein theory, string theories, and M-theory deal with the mathematics of extra spatial dimensions.

Spatial dimensions beyond the three of our everyday world are difficult, even impossible to visualize though some mathematicians have tried. If we visualize a cube in three-dimensional space, could we extend this to visualize a hypercube in four-dimensional space? The problem is that we define a dimension as orthogonal to other dimensions and we can only perceive three orthogonal extensions which we have defined as length, breadth, and width. We do not know how to rotate another 90 degrees to point to that fourth spatial dimension.

In M-theory the extra spatial dimensions may form closed loops that are as small as 10-33 cm (Planck length) and are said to be compactified.

“Many physicists hope that string theory will ultimately unify quantum mechanics, the theory of small-scale interactions, with general relativity, the theory of gravity. String theory requires at least nine spatial dimensions, so proponents normally claim that all but three of them are compactified and only accessible in extremely high-energy particle collisions. As an alternative to compactified dimensions, Lisa Randall of Princeton University and Raman Sundrum, now of Stanford University, describe a scenario in which an extra, infinite dimension could have remained undetected so far.

Other researchers have pointed out that if extra dimensions exist, the strong, weak, and electromagnetic forces and their associated particles might operate within a three-dimensional "subspace" of the higher dimensional world. Like beads on a wire that lies on a table, the particles would be restricted to their own set of dimensions, unable to move beyond them. But gravity is different: It consists of the motions of space-time, which includes all dimensions simultaneously. So Randall and Sundrum imagine a world with four spatial dimensions, where gravity exists in all four, but the other forces --and all of our direct experience-- exist in 3D. They say we live in a "3-brane" located at some specific position along the fourth spatial dimension.” (2)

Many physicists believe that these extra-dimensional theories are very speculative and that ultimately we could not prove the existence of extra dimensions, but the rejoinder is that these theories are successful in predicting particle masses and energies. The future may bring new theories and discoveries.
 
Many Worlds Theory:

In 1957, Hugh Everett III proposed a radical new way of dealing with some of the more perplexing aspects of quantum mechanics. It became known as the Many-Worlds Interpretation.

According to this interpretation, whenever numerous viable possibilities exist, the world splits into many worlds, one world for each different possibility (in this context, the term "worlds" refers to what most people call "universes"). In each of these worlds, everything is identical, except for that one different choice; from that point on, they develop independently, and no communication is possible between them, so the people living in those worlds (and splitting along with them) may have no idea that this is going on.

The Many-Worlds Interpretation is an interpretation of quantum mechanics, and pertains to quantum events. But it also has implications for macroscopic systems like you and me. Although you may think that there are certain alternatives you would never choose, can you really be sure of that? There are a practically infinite number of versions of you, who have all split off at some time in the past from the path you are now following. There may be versions of you that split off five or ten years ago, or perhaps five minutes after you were born, to whom those choices may not seem unthinkable. But in a very real sense, those people are still "you" (but it can be argued that we should not use the word "are", or even "were"; we need to invent a new kind of tense...) (3)
 
Bubble Universes:

Alan Guth’s evolving theory of an Inflationary Universe, one that rapidly expanded from the Big Bang, a fluctuation of the false vacuum led to the concept of many such universes bubbling out of the vacuum and our universe is only one of these bubbles floating around in a superspace.
 
Transdimensional travel:


The exciting world of science fiction contains many stories of transdimensional travel in space and time. Perhaps as we proceed in our understanding of how the universe works, we may someday realize these stories and they may become a real part of our technology. Already such marvels as photon teleportation and quantum computing are being explored in laboratories around the world. It is exciting to think that someday we may visit another universe which would have to be very similar if not identical to our own in physical principle if we are to survive the journey. We may also find doorways in time and visit other times.

(1) "Comparative Cosmology" by Akif Manaf J., Ph.D.
(2) http://focus.aps.org/story/v4/st28


(3) http://www.station1.net/DouglasJones/many.htm

**************************

The Multiverse Not one but an inflating/deflating rhythmic diversity of many universes

by Martin Rees
Whole Earth Winter 1997
from WholeEarth Website (http://www.wholeearthmag.com/)

 What is conventionally called "the universe" could be just one member of an ensemble. Countless other universes may exist in which the laws are different. This new concept of a "multiverse" is, potentially, as drastic an enlargement of our cosmic perspective as the shift from pre-Copernican ideas to the realization that the Earth is orbiting a typical star on the edge of the Milky Way, itself just one galaxy among countless others.

The multiverse could encompass all possible values of fundamental constants. I think cosmologists are starting, by better observations, to pin down the key numbers describing our universe. At the same time, physicists will soon be able to tell us which of these numbers are fixed by some underlying theory of the multiverse, and which are, in some sense, "arbitrary" outcomes of how our particular universe cooled down.

 The latter numbers would not be the same in other universes. The universe in which we've emerged belongs to the "unusual" subset that permits complexity and consciousness to develop. Once we accept this, various apparently special features of our universe —those once adduced as evidence for Providence or design— occasion no surprise.

In addition, other universes may follow life cycles of very different durations: some, like ours, may expand for much more than ten billion years; others may be "stillborn" because they re-collapse after a brief existence, or because the physical laws governing them aren't rich enough to permit complex consequences. In some there could be no gravity; or gravity could be overwhelmed by the repulsive effect of a cosmological constant. Some could always be so dense that everything stayed close to equilibrium, with the same temperature everywhere. Some could even have a different number of dimensions from our own.

By mapping and exploring our universe, using all the techniques of astronomy, we are coming to understand —to a degree that even a decade ago would have seemed astonishing— our cosmic habitat. We have intimations of other universes, and perhaps ... we can infer the scope and limits of a final theory even if we are still far from reaching it — even if, indeed, it eludes our intellectual grasp forever.
 
If the universe isn't everything, what is it?

We need to specify carefully (especially when talking to philosophers) what we mean by "the universe." We must distinguish three things:

(i) What we can actually observe — i.e., what lies within the horizon of present telescopes.

(ii) The larger domain that may, one day in the future, be observable, or at least in causal contact with us (or our remote descendants).

(iii) "Everything there is" — which includes all other possible universes, though these may never be observable, even in principle (and have different laws, dimensions, etc.). This is what I've called the "multiverse."

There are two ways we can gain circumstantial evidence about whether other universes exist:

(i) When we understand the early stages of the "big bang" better, it may turn out (indeed I strongly suspect it will) that the theory would predict a whole succession (or even an infinite ensemble) of separate bangs, each sprouting into a separate universe.

(ii) The features of our universe that make it seem specially "tuned" for life can, I believe, be best explained by supposing that there is a whole ensemble of universes, governed by different laws. It is then of course not surprising to find one member of the ensemble that fits any requirement.

As our universe cooled, its specific mix of energy and radiation, even perhaps the number of dimensions in its space, may have arisen as "accidentally" as the patterns in the ice when a lake freezes. The physical laws were themselves "laid down" in the big bang.

Our universe, and the laws governing it, had to be (in a well-defined sense) rather special to allow our emergence. Stars had to form; the nuclear furnaces that keep them shining had to transmute pristine hydrogen into carbon, oxygen, and iron atoms; a stable environment and vast spans of space and time were prerequisites for the complexities of life on Earth.

Life in other universes?

It's hard enough to speculate about what life might exist elsewhere in our own universe, let alone in others where the physical laws are different! The basic laws allow an immense range of complex structures, which we can't necessarily yet envisage. Science fiction authors are the best at this, of course, and we can get more stimulus from them than from most scientists. Our universe is still near the beginning of its cycle—we are certainly not the culmination of evolution.

 (I also make the point, which is unpopular with some people, that, though SETI [Search for Extra-Terrestrial Intelligence] projects are worthwhile, I rather hope that life is now unique to our Earth. This may seem at first sight to make life an irrelevant fluke in our vast universe. But life "seeded" from Earth could spread through the galaxy and beyond, making our tiny Earth central to the cosmic scheme of things.)

 I emphasize that biology is a harder subject than astronomy — astronomers deal with things that are big, but not specially complex. That's why it isn't presumptuous to aspire to understand them. A frog poses a more daunting scientific challenge than a star.

In the first and last chapters of my book where I briefly allude to the implications of a SETI detection, I speculate about whether there might be "superintelligences" who could visualize the Mandelbrot set as easily as we visualize a circle, and who could perhaps infer the existence of universes (e.g., with extra dimensions) too complex even for us to imagine. I like the analogy with the observer in a rowboat in the middle of an ocean. The sea may seem to stretch uniformly to the horizon, but there may be continents, "dragons," etc., far beyond.

Is cosmology relevant?

I think the concept of the multiverse erodes any basis there might have been for the theological "argument from design" [that the Universe is so perfect and complex that it must have a creator]. The concept of the multiverse could allow multiple universes of various levels of perfection or complexity. However, the argument from design is not itself taken seriously by many theologians. While science raises problems for certain "literal" beliefs, I don't think it has any further relevance to one's religious attitudes.

 I mention briefly in the book that, just as Newton's contemporaries reacted differently to nature, so do present-day scientists. If being a scientist teaches me anything, it is that even a single atom is tough to understand. That makes me skeptical of anyone who claims more than an incomplete and metaphorical understanding of any deep aspect of reality.

Cosmology is of no day-to-day significance. But people have always been fascinated by "origins." Dinosaurs have been high in the popularity charts ever since Richard Owen discovered them in 1841. So, of course, has Darwinism ever since the 1860s. Cosmology fascinates people now, just as Darwinism has for more than a century. (I'd certainly get less satisfaction from my own researches if they only interested a few other specialists.)

I don't think modern cosmology carries any real message relevant to ethics. Cosmologists can hold almost any faith, or none. They may, however, have a special "ecological" perspective. The intricate biosphere, of which we're part, has taken several billion years to evolve. Our Earth is a speck in the universe. Planets are common, but those that harbor such complexity could be surpassingly rare, or even unique in those vast spaces. In terms of cosmic time-spans, we're not yet at the half-way stage — we're still nearer to Darwin's "simple beginning" than to the endpoint of the evolutionary process.

 But it is collective human actions that will determine how, or even if, that process unfolds. Being mindful of these potentialities should deepen our commitment to understand our world, and conserve its web of life.

.
Time Travel in the Mass Media

http://www.timetravelinstitute.com/media/



Quantum Leap (Television Series) 1989-1993

The show proposes that Dr. Samuel Beckett, a scientist of the near future, uses a quantum accelerator to "leap" into the past (although only within his own life span), exchanging

This show has an interesting, although flawed, way of dealing with the Bucket Factor. The traveller switches places with a person in past, sending that person to the "present", and leaving the traveller in the past until it is time to "leap" again. The flaw in the theory is that the traveller and the person he switches places with will never be of exactly the same mass and size. This also left a large plot hole in the show, as Dr. Beckett, the time traveller, was expected to impersonate the person he switched places with. Ignoring the fact that he looked nothing like the persons he switched places with (a fact which was addressed in the show), he was still expected to wear the person's clothes, stand as tall or short as the person, etc. A difficult task when he "replaced" a woman, or an infant, or an amputee.

By limiting time travel to within Dr. Beckett's own life span, the show also addressed the Universal Time Factor. When travelling only within your own life span, time, theoretically, can be calculated by the age of the traveller, all the way back to "point zero" (conception). For this kind of time travel you don't use a calender to control your travels. Rather, you use the person's DNA.

Quantum Leap commonly alternated between Theory A and Theory C of time travel, at times brushing dangerously close to Theory D. The writers of the show proposed that by tampering only with "little people" who did not have any effect on the grander scheme of the universe, they could change the future of those people without affecting the entire universe, totally disregarding Chaos Theory and quantum mechanics, thus Theory C. Other times, the time traveller would be put in more relevant positions, such as the JFK assassination. Dr. Beckett succeeds in saving Jackie Kennedy from the bullet of the assassin, which is how Dr. Beckett remembers his history anyway, therefore it was meant to be, thus Theory A. On one occasion, though, Dr. Beckett "leaps" into his own past, embodying himself as a youth, and attempts to save his brother from dying in Vietnam, tinkering precariously with his own past, and brushing upon Theory D.

Timecop (Television series) 1997 / (Film) 1994

This television show, based on the 1994 film, which itself is based on a comic book, has a complete disregard for the nuances of intricacies of time travel. Timecop is the story of an agency which polices timelines in search of persons bent on altering history, and their attempts to stop them. According to this show, anyone can go back in time, change history, then return to the present and remember not only the "new" history, but the "old" history as well, making excessive and abusive use of the C Theory of time travel. The show is laughable and implausible in the extreme. Only the existence of Theory D of time travel saves the show some credulity. The malicious time traveller can therefore travel back in time, tamper with the past ad naseum, and return to find his present totally altered, yet himself entirely unaffected.

the Terminator (Film) 1984

In the future a great war has devastated the earth. Robots, controlled by a central computer, Skynet, have taken over; But human insurgents are about to overthrow the tyrannical machine. In a desperate attempt to save itself, Skynet sends one of its robots, a Terminator, into the past to kill Sarah Connor, the mother of the rebel leader before he can be born. One lone rebel soldier, Kyle Reese, follows the Terminator into the past to try to stop it. By sending the Terminator into the past, Skynet has sealed its own fate, as Kyle Reese meets up with Sarah Connor and together they conceive their child John Connor, who will grow up to be the rebel leader who destroys Skynet. This places the film firmly with Theory A of time travel. It was meant to be, and will happen again, time and again.

Terminator 2: Judgment Day (Film) 1991

Unlike its predecessor, Terminator 2 leans more toward Theory B or Theory C of time travel. A second Terminator has come from the future to kill young John Connor, future rebel leader. Old John Connor, in the future, sends a reprogrammed and "friendly" Terminator into the past to save his young self. For John Connor to be alive in the future, Theory A of time travel must take precedence - the friendly Terminator of course defeats the evil Terminator and saves young John Connor so that he can grow up to do it all over again. But this falls to the wayside as Sarah Connor, mother of John, recruits the friendly Terminator to destroy the carcass of an earlier Terminator (see the Terminator), to prevent a technology company (Cyberdyne) from using the parts to develop Skynet, the evil computer from the future. So far we are still on track with Theory A. Skynet sent the original Terminator from the future into the past to kill Sarah Connor. By doing so, Skynet inadvertently produces the means of its own destruction. But Skynet also produces the means of its own birth... by sending the Terminator into the past, what remains of the ruined robot is used by Cyberdyne to give birth to Skynet. The wrench in the works is when Sarah Connor and the friendly Terminator actually succeed in keeping Cyberdyne from creating Skynet, which begs the question: Has an alternate universe been created where Skynet never exists (Theory B), or has the future of this reality been changed (Theory C), so that there is no Skynet, therefore no Terminator, therefore no one comes into the past to try to kill Sarah Connor, therefore John Connor is never conceived, therefore everything that just happened just didn't happen. Theory B seems to be the more acceptable, as Theory C sends us into an infinite paradox.

Back to the Future (Film) 1985
Back to the Future (Television series, animated) 1991-1993
Back to the Future Part II (Film) 1989
Back to the Future Part III (Film) 1990
Bill & Ted's Bogus Journey (Film) 1991
Bill & Ted's Excellent Adventure (Film) 1989
Dr. Who (Television series) 1963-1989
Final Countdown, The (Film) 1980
Freejack (Film) 1992
Millennium (Film) 1989
Philadelphia Experiment, The (Film) 1984
Planet of the Apes (Film) 1968 Red Dwarf (Television series) 1988-
Star Trek (Television series) 1966-1969
Star Trek IV: The Voyage Home (Film) 1986
Star Trek: First Contact (Film) 1996
Star Trek: Generations (Film) 1996
Star Trek: The Next Generation (Television series) 1987-1994
Time Bandits (Film) 1980
Time Machine, The (Film) 1960
Time Trax (Television series) 1993-1994
Time Tunnel, the (Television series) 1966-1967
Timerider: The Adventure of Lyle Swann (Film) 1982
Trancers (Film) 1985
Trancers II (Film) 1991
Trancers III (Film) 1992
Twelve Monkeys (Film) 1995
Warlock (Film) 1989

You can buy many of these movies and series at the Time Travel Institute's Campus Store.
Other references to time travel in television and film can be found in the following sources: places with other people, and setting things right that have gone wrong.

**********************

Black Holes


Violet Black Hole!

Violet Black Hole!

Many people have a lot fears about Black Holes, deliberately generated by the media. True knowledge about Black Holes has been very well hidden for so long, being replaced by 'scientific' information which has very little value. Those who wants to evolve to a non-physical level should not worry about being sucked by a Black Hole to another physical Universe forever.
Many human females are bringing Black Hole energy with them to clean up the planet  from the 3rd Density unbalanced stuff to prepare the Planetary Spirit for moving to the non-physical 4th Density level. These women are not consciously aware that they are doing it and they don't need technology, like Hadron Colliders, to do it!
I've read the 'scientists' explanations' of Black Holes and like many others I couldn't understand a thing, because what they were writing was not true and to cover their own ignorence a certain confusing 'scientific language' has been designed and the same happened with all our 'sciences', which prove now to be not real.
This is the only simple explanation of the nature of Black Holes I came across to after reading so much related literature.
We need to thank Dolores Cannon for giving us a valueable info about Black Holes (the regression-session with one of her females-clients Louise, who was involved with Black Holes) in her "Convoluted Universe", Book 3, printed in 2008, p. 183-195.
This info explains what it is a Black Hole and what energy it is using: if you take a square piece of cosmos and bend the edges till left edge meets the right one you will create a tube and a pressure force as a result of bending, this becomes a Black Hole.
That there are different types of Black Holes, depending on the energies being present in that part of the Universe at the time when the two sides (left and right) opposed each other. Aliens and their spaceships can go through some and can't go through the other ones, it depends on their vibration; that mature humans from Earth can go through Black Holes in their astral bodies and carry Black Hole Energy from Earth to Black Holes and back or to other parts of this and possibly other physical Universes where it's needed; that there are some humanoid species who are constantly dealing with Black Hole Energy: they can hold it and disperse it; they say that you can heal the universe with Black Hole Energy by placing it here and there and that you are only able to deal with Black Hole Energy after having an experience of living on a planet like Earth, to become mature.
Also It seems that Black Hole can't transfer you from physical 3rd Density level to non-physical level or to a different dimension: it can only suck not evolved energy from 3rd Density level and transfer it to the same vibrational level somewhere in this or other physical Universe; and Black Hole is not a Portal; and that our physicists have totally wrong ideas about the nature of Black Holes;
that everything is illusion except the Creative Force, which looks like a Central Sun and there are many of this kind of Suns-Sources of energy for everyone.

"...what I saw are Black Hole people. I call them that because I feel I work with them. They are all white, six feet tall, a sausage shape. They have a small neck, small arms. And a diamond-shaped face: pointed at the top, going to two points at on the side and then one point on the chin. I see really nice, beautiful eyes, but they are tilted: the outsides are going down. Above the face is a protrusion, you'd almost think their brain was sitting on top of their head. they have four legs coming out about a third of the way up the sausage thing - the body. It's four skinny legs that come out equidistant. So I see them there, which confuses me, because they told me they were from from the Black Hole. Oh, no, are they just telling me they work Black Hole energy?
So that's why I feel an affinity towards them, because they - that's me. And one of them is saying, "Welcome, welcome, welcome". It's like I haven't been home in a long time. We're just catching up. That's what it feels like. We're all excited.
Dolores: Can you see what you look like?
Louise:  Hmm. I'm seeing myself two ways. If I stand away from myself and look back - I look like me, human. If I get into my body, and I look down, then I look like a black-hole person, like these people.
D: Is it hard to make the four legs work?       

L: No, no. (Laughs) OH, it was funny that you would ask that, because it's like asking, "Is it hard to sit down?" It's so natural.
D: Do you think you worked with these people in that building?
L: The words I just heard were, "My group, my group." Right now I'm feeling like I'm here and there at the same time. This is happening right now. So, yes, I haven't been back there for a while.
D: Why did you leave that place?
L: Umm, to get information. That's why I'm here on Earth, to get information.
D: Why do you need to get information?
L: I just saw the words, "We're expanding." So our planet is expanding. And I'm seeing that different people from our place have gone to many places. And then we come back and report. So that's my job. There are different people from all different - we'll say, "jobs" - or different groups. Like my group does a certain work...It has to do with that building...
What kind of information are you sharing with all the people?
L: I'm getting the words, "Physics, astronomy, characteristics of all the physical things here on Earth. How things work here. 

Cultures. DNA." Just everything I can find out...different people go to different places at different times...there are only about 13 (their people on Earth now).
D: Why is it important to them to gather information?
L: ...They're telling me, part of that machinery has to do with Black Hole Energy. And they say that I know now that it's all energy just compressed together very, very strong. What's being developed is a system that would help to heal the universe, or more.And with all these different energies we are working with, we need to find out more about the places we are going to be helping. It's going to make a difference. They're saying, to put it quickly, to find out what energies are needed so we'll be able to provide them. That's why we are finding all this information. We're going to be healing different problems in different places, like the Earth, with these energies. I don't know where else. But some places need more of the certain part of the energy. Some places need another part of the energy...a certain dose of it. They just told me, when I come down, I bring whatever is needed. I'm  bringing the Black Hole Energy. And whatever I find is needed, is provided. So 13 of us are doing it now...yes, it's getting the information, and providing the information at the same time. And they are showing me the reason I was speaking in front of many council members, is reporting...
D: Do you go back and fouth quite often?
L: Well, I'm 61 now in this lifetime, and they said I've been back 15 times. And when I go back , I meet with the family or - not the family, the group...and report. Imagine that! And I'm being told that all the other energies that come in, that people need, are a part it this. If someone needs copper energy, they wouldn't be able to handle the other energies...
D: What  is the copper energy?
L: Well, you know, every single thing is energy. Different vibrations. Some people may need the vibration of copper. The metal. The mineral. That's just a part of the total energy. And as I get more and more information consciously, then many times energy will be sent to this place, or that place...But much of my work at night (while sleeping) is going to different places on Earth. And whatever part of the Black Hole Energy they need, is what they get.
D: Did you volunteer or did somebody ask you to do this? 
L: I'm seeing that it was an honor. It's like you win a prize...I see myself having gone to other places many times and the Earth many times. (Pause) So we're in a big building that has many drawers. Almost like you'd have a compartment with a drawer in it. And when you are ready to do your trip... I don't know how it happens right now, but your physical body is in the drawer. Your spiritual body is gone. And then you come back, and that is your body again.
This sounded very similar to other cases where the physical body was kept onboard a spaceship. When the body was put in a state of suspended animation while the spirit was off on another assignment...
L: It's almost like it's hibernating...
D: And it's there waiting for you to finish your ... journeys? (Yes) So your spirit, your soul, is the one that makes these journeys?
L: Yes. I'm chosen for it. I don't know who decides. I'm being told it's the council members...
D: What does the council do with all the information once it's brought back and reported?
L: ...Somehow, by reporting what you found out, and what was done, they know what the next step is...how many people should go to Earth...How much of the Black Hole Energy should be provided. How much is needed in each place. That's what they are monitoring. Evidently, each time you visit, you have the Black Hole Energy. And you are able to heal with it. Here and there, wherever it's needed.
D: Why do they call it the "Black Hole Energy"?
L: I just got it, "Beacause it is!" (Laugh)...It does come from Black Holes from the universe. Somehow they are able to harness that energy and containit, and disperse it.
D: Then the next question is something our scientists have always wondered about. What are Black Holes? We know what the scientists say, but what dothey say?
L: (Pause) What I'm being shown is - you are looking at the cosmos, and you seeing it as being black with planets and stars...black as being a fabric...All one solid thing...Then from the right and from the left, two pieces of it come towards each other. (Later she showed me what she saw by taking a piece of paper and curving the edges towards each other so they were touching.) As they are moving toward each other, where they are kind of crumpling up (bending up) in the middle, it starts the energy that begins turning. And that's what causes a Black Hole...So the energies of the cosmos come together, and cause a ...think of it as a pressure. They cause a pressure as it's pushing together, and that is what causes the energies to become so compressed. And that's what we work with, the compressed energy.
D: The scientists say  nothing exists in the Black Hole.  

L: Yes, they say everything is sucked into it. It's very dense, is what I was getting. They keep saying, "Pressure, pressure, pressure."
D: That nothing can exist within it. What do they say?
L: They're showing it as if there's a Black Hole right there. (Laugh) One of the people is saying, "Well, look at me!" And he jumps in it, jumps out...Jumps in it and says, "Hey, I can! I can exist!" And they are saying that we can carry that energy. That's why we're going to the Earth. We mostly learn what effects happened since the last group of people came down and brought Black Hole Energy. So we learn all these things, and at the same time we are dispensing Black Hole Energy. Then we go back and report, "Here's what things look like now." So we exist with the Black Hole Energy.
D: But don't our scientists say that everything is sucked in , and nothing can get out?
L: Yes. And they keep giving me the word, "Pressure, pressure, pressure." There is so much pressure there. They're saying that we work it. We're able to go in and out, in and out. We bring some of the Black Hole Energy with us. We disperse some of it. We couldn't bring a whole Black Hole down. It would be too much. They're telling me, just little pieces are what we work with. So it's very, very powerful, condensed energy.
D: We've also heard that if something was sucked in, it would come out somewhere else.
L: Like a White Hole. That's what some physicists call it...
D: But they say, spaceships or things like that  wouldn't be able to escape the draw of the Black Hole. It would pull them into.
L: Yes. When I was trying to find out about what would happen, I just kept getting, "Pressure, pressure, pressure"... They're saying that we evidently are certain vibration that can handle the energy and work with it. And if a spaceship was a certain vibration, they could handle it. They could go in and out, if they were the right vibration. They could go in and out, if they were the right vibration.
D: Is the theory correct that if you were sucked into it , you would come out on the other part of the galaxy, or somewhere else?
L: (Laugh) The one who was jumping in and out of the small one (Black Hole), said, "Come with me." It's almost like we are floating through the air. And so we're at this very small Black Hole. It's only as big as a house, but it's still the same kind of energy.

black hole house

Black Hole House

And he says, "Okay. Do you see anything in it?" And I say, "No". It's just like when you look at the cosmos. It looks empty and black. And so he says, "Okay. Let's go in it. Do you feel anything?" And I say, "No"...So he takes out a little instrument that shows pounds per square inch. A pressure gauge...he says, "All right , watch." And the the pressure gets so high it (the gauge) explodes. And he said, "Pressure, pressure, pressure". And so now we're going deeper into it. It's like we are going down. And it looks like ... you know where two pieces of the cosmos came together? (The former example.) Just parts of the cosmos came together, and above it and below it and on the sides of it, it's not being pushed together. So we come out on the other side, and there is no pressure...
D: But you've come out in a different place?
L: Yes, if you want to go - not in a different dimension though. You are in the cosmos at the top, the bottom, the sides. There is only a certain area that's being pushed together that is the Black Hole...And he's pointing out to me, when he's saying, "Pressure, pressure, pressure," he's not talking about our physics. Not our atmospheric pressure, not our fluid pressure. He's talking about energy pressure. Energy just being pushed...And he says it's not like something becoming denser. It's not a denser energy where you go: from gas to , to liquid, to solid, or something like that. It's not denser in that way. It's different physics...it's many different energies being pressurized. But it's not the same as if you took a gas (or solid) on Earth and pressurized it... 
D: I was thinking that the people involved with physics would be interested in this. So it's not the way they think?
L: No. It's almost like  a different law of pressurization. It's the way the energies are reacting.
D: That's why you were able to use it , because it is a different form of energy. (Yes) I am thinking about the ET's with their spaceships. They know how to maneuver the Black Holes, or stay away from them. Would that make sense?
L: What I was just being shown was that different ET's have different vibrations also. They have different energies. And different Black Holes have different amounts of pressure...Depending on the energies that were present in that part of the cosmos at the time when the two parts pushed together, that depends on what kind of a Black Hole it is.What kinds of energies are presurrized. So the people - the different Et's and the different spaceships usually know. "We're able to go into that Black Hole. We cannot go in that one."
D: Some people think of these Black Holes as portals. Is that a different thing?
L: What they just said is, "Portal is a portal."
D: So a Black Hole cannot be used as a portal?
L: The words I just got were, "Under exceptional circumstances." So sometimes, evidently.
D: So it shows there are "beings and spirits" that can live in any type of circumstance?
L: (Laugh) I just got the words, "Of course".
D: Because our scientists think that nothing can live in something that is so dense and heavy.
L: Well, actually, we don't live there, but we can be in the Black Holes, and we can utilize them.
D: So this planet that you consider home, is not actually in the Black Hole?
L: No. It's outside of it, but it utilizes the energy of it. It knows how to do this. And then taking that energy and helping other places in the Universe with it.
D: It can be directed, and they know how to do it. (Yes) And this is what they want Louise to do, direct the energy?
L: Yes. At the moment.
D: Then when Louise came to Earth, had she had many lives, or is this her first one?
L: What I keep hearing, "Many (lives) have been imprinted."

You can read about Holographic Life Imprints in the books of Dolores Cannon
"Keepers of the Garden", "Between Death and Life" and "Convoluted Universe", part 3; some of this info is also on  My Thoughts and Thoughts of Other Writers  link of this site.

D: So it is really not necessary to live many lives.
L: The guy who was showing me into the Black Hole said, "Well, no. Of course not"...
D: I'm getting the same information from several people, that there are entities gathering information and reporting back.
So I guess many of them going on the same assignments.
L: Wow! Yes. That's great...I'm seeing the drawers again, where the physical bodies are...That's were my physical body now- my human body - is feeling the connection with the other...The past lives, the lives that I've been imprinted as a human, in between those lives (what I call the "spirit side"), that's also an illusion. That the planet I live on is an illusion. The Black Hole is an illusion. So there are no in-between lives.
D: But her physical body is waiting on that planet for her to return?
L: Yes. And that will happen. But that's an illusion, too. Everything. Everything is illusion. So what we see as between lives, that's an illusion too...
D: Otherwise, it would be very hard for our minds to function if we didn't have something we think is real. Well, if everything we know as an illusion, is anything real? Because I know we create our reality. We create our illusion.
L: I was just waiting for an answer. And I was shown what looks like the great central Sun.
D: And that is real?
L: (Laugh) I just got, "If you want it to be." (Pause) They were showing me all different universes. I specifically saw the Earth..my home planet. I saw everything being sucked toward one place. It was like I was standing in the great central Sun, and everything was being sucked inside of there.
  
D: What is the great central Sun?
L: One thing is that it's made of - everything is in it...because it all was sucked right in there.
D: What does it look like?
L: To me in looks like you're in a creamy, golden, yellowish light, but it has the sense of being in flames. You can't see the flames. But it's the sense of that.
D: I don't want to influence you, but I am thinking about something I have been told. That over eons, everything that was created implodes back to the Source. Does that make sense?

L: No, that's not what I'm being shown. I wasn't being shown an implosion. I was being shown symbolically that everything we talked about: my home , Earth, whatever emanates from there. And I just got the words, "No implosion, no explosion."
D: Would the great central Sun be the equivalent of what some people call the "Source"? (Pause) Do you think it's the same thing with the different name?
L: Other people call it the source. But I'm seeing that as a ball of light. I'm seeing thousands of other balls of light, and then they are all whooshing into another place. It's as if the Earthis inside - emanates from the Source. Then what we call the Source, what we see as a Source, looks like that  emanates from another.
D: So we are limiting it by thinking there is only one?
L: Right. And I'm hearing, it goes on and on and on and on. And this energy is there to be used by everyone.



******************************

http://hubblesite.org/explore_astronomy/black_holes/home.html

Black holes are places where ordinary gravity has become so extreme that it overwhelms all other forces in the Universe. Once inside, nothing can escape a black hole's gravity — not even light.
Yet we know that black holes exist. We know how they are born, where they occur, and why they exist in different sizes. We even know what would happen if you fell into one. Our discoveries have revealed one of the strangest objects in the Universe, and there's still much we don't know.
The nearest black hole is many lightyears away, so we don't have to worry about threats to the Earth. This is as close as you'll ever get to one. So come explore!
For a fully interactive multimedia experience, click Journey to a Black Hole (fast internet connection recommended). For an in-depth study of black holes that presents the site's contents conveniently sorted by topic, click Black Hole Encyclopedia.

http://hubblesite.org/explore_astronomy/black_holes/



Fall 2006 ASTR 2030 Black Holes: Weekly Summaries (14 weeks)

http://casa.colorado.edu/~ajsh/astr2030_06/summaries.html

"For stars less massive than about 8 suns, the wind eventually drives off the entire envelope. For a while , the star is seen as a Planetary Nebula (nothing to do witn planets), containing a small hot sun inside a glowing gaseous nebula.
The central star cools to become a White Dwarf."

The statement from this article is not quite true. R.Monroe described in "Far Journeys", p.230 how he saw Earth Planetary Nebula when he was taken to the future. So, according to him planets do create Planetary Nebulas at the end of their lives. But, otherwise, their are  interesting summaries, for those who wants to participate in future ones.  
Lydia Monroe

Week 1

What is a black hole?

An object whose gravity is so strong that not even light can escape.

Event horizon - Schwarzschild radius.

The point from within which light cannot escapeSingularity

The center of the black hole, where the spacetime curvature becomes infinite

A place where space and time as we know them come to an end 

Astronomical evidence exists for two kinds of black holes:

Stellar-sized black holes, observed in X-ray binary systems

Supermassive black holes, observed at the centers of galaxies

Black hole bends light around it.Tidal forces tear infaller apart:

well outside the horizon of a stellar-sized black hole

well inside the horizon of a supermassive black hole

Time dilation allows you to travel "faster than light"  

Relativistic effects of moving through a scene at near the speed of light:   

Aberration: ahead appears fisheyed, behind zoomed

Color: blueshift (higher energy photons) ahead, redshift (lower energy photons) behind

Brightness: brighter ahead, dimmer behind

Time: faster ahead, slower behind

Stable and unstable orbits around a black hole 

Object falling into a black hole appears to an outside observer to redshift and freeze at the horizon 

Nothing special appears happens as you yourself fall through the horizon.

 Parallel Realities

The Explanation of Densities


When I read volumes of complex literature written with tonnes of (mostly useless) words, which have no human warmth, dry as a toast and very confusing, I try later to refrase, simplify what I understand, using my personal experience to make it easier to comprehend for the others. Simplicity and compactness is the human answer to alien, cumbersome, dry "scientific" language.
Though I don't trust much of channeled info and consider "The Law of One" being affective only when you merge with Creative Force on the highest density, I made an exception in this case. This explanation would help to understand more complex material.
This article by Marshall Telemachus, called "Channeling, Ufo's and The Positive/Negative Realms Beyond This World"  is from V.Valerian's  "Matrix 3", vol.1, published in 1992, p.490-492. The material is from the book “The Law of One”, known as Ra Channeling used here :


"...A cosmic overview  both in terms of the  multidimensional stages or “densities” of conscious  progress in the Soul’s awakening to the spiritual holism of the Creator (Creative Force, LM), and the developmental progression of galaxies and planets as evolving vehicles of those densities... the units of consciousness that become the developing Soul-vehicle or mind/body/spirit complex evolve through Octaves of Creative Expression known as densities...the planets and the star systems exist, multidimensionally, within and as the vehicles of these densities, so that for example the sun is not just the physical source of nuclear fusion we know as a materially-focused subject; the sun exists in various states and forms through the densities and simply has the radiant appearance we know in our characteristic 3rd density field, just as Earth exists at least in potential through all the densities. The movement of the lenticular systems as a multidimensional whole, accounts for the cyclical and coordinate passage of the various suns and stars  through “local regions” of transformation in which a basic revision of the nuclear material occurs and the perceptual patterns are realigned so as to install the given “body”(a Higher Self for a sun and a Planetary Spirit for a planet, LM)  at a progressed density or level.  
Our solar system, and therefore Earth, is passing through such a transitional space now, so that our 3rd density planet is in the process